Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Beach and Edinger Corridor Specific Plan: A Presentation wi
City of Huntington Beach Planning Department BEACH and EDINGER CORRIDORS a SPECIFIC e VISION S i TEMENT The Beach and Edinger Corridors Specific Plan will present the vision for the evolution and continued growth of the two corridors, and establish the primary means of regulating land use and development Beach � Edinger establish the Specific Plan area. TentaCorridors The Specific Plan is also proposed to facilitate private and public l investment activities along the corridors and immediate vicinity, and to Schedule: support and promote investment that will enhance their beauty and October 20,2008 vitality of the City. The overall goals of the City Council Study Session and Draft :1 Specific Plan are: Specific Plan F Document-public r Actualize Market Demand Review Enable Most Promising Environmental Impact Opportunities First Report Spring 2009 I .. Maximize existing value ' Promote a Range of New For ther information 's """ � Housing Choices fiu visit www.surfcity-hb.ore/ tf _ Support and augment departments/planning `' .. current and potential October 24`h Specific Plan ; "� i future Auto- will be available online. !J � ' 'xr r-� � � Dealerships along I Beach Boulevard Or call: integrate and Coordinate Rosemary Medel' Interdependent Associate Planner �_ r (714)536-5271 Specific Plans to Kellee Fritzal, Deputy Enhance the Director of Economic '";ice t: y� r__, Community Vision 14 Development Beach Blvd.North of Warner,Huntington Beach,CA Leverage Goldenwest (714)536-5560 College and the Transit Center Smart Growth Development The underlying principle of the proposed Specific Plan is "Smart Growth." What is Smart Growth? ® Smart Growth is development that takes into account the economy, community, and the 1 _ environment. It provides a framework for communities to make informed decisions about how and where they grow. Smart - growth makes it possible for communities to grow in ways that support economic Bella Terra (Specific Plan 13), Huntington Beach, CA development and jobs; creates strong neighborhoods with a range of housing, - commercial, and transportation options; and achieve health communities that provide Y P families with a clean and safe environment. ARM +, C VAL -, jµ ( ►/9` -- e 0 3. i = { "City Place" Mixed Use Development-across the street from u. The Main Place Mall, Santa Ana, CA - Page 2 �a,P J Design Principles ®f Smart Growth 1. Identify appropriate locations for density. z r 2. Connect people and places to home, shops, schools and offices. 3. Add more jobs and homes to areas - through Mixed Use development. 4. Create parking alternatives because mixed use areas help minimize demand for parking by allowing people to park } once and reach a number of shops. /s 5. Create a sense of place in a neighborhood. (Photos to the left:Plaza Almeria and Town Square �, ' ` '({�B �► Huntington Beach, CA) C "Soco District," Transit Station & Mixed Use Development, City of Fullerton s 9 � U A J � p i _ I e Page 3 City of HuntingtonDepartment The Beach and Edinger Corridors Specific Plan will be a Form Based Code... beach Edinger Corr�d�rs S ec��ic ; Phan ' 'etative What is Form Based Code? Schedule• A method of regulating development to achieve a specific urban form. Form-based codes create a predictable Dctober 20,200� public realm primarily by controlling physical form, with a City Council Study lesser focus on land use, through city or county regulations. Session, and Draft Specific Plan Document Form-based codes address the relationship between building Bub,ic Review , facades and the public realm, the form and mass of buildings nv�rbrnent in relation to one another, and the scale and types of streets al Impact and blocks. Report Spring 2009 Mixed use comes in many forms. It may be a corner For further information visit' store in each neighborhood. It may be a neighborhood work w�vw surfcrtv hb"orcf center for people who sometimes telecommute during the d 'Aft ment�/planning week. Mixed use can help add jobs or homes to an area, cal improving a jobs/housing balance. This balance benefits the Or l community when people relocate to the area to be within A©oci Rosemary Plan el walking distance of jobs. ner . ,.. (714)536 5271 So how is a great Mixed Use development achieved Kell&Fritzat` Deputy through Form Based Codes` Director of Economic The regulations and standards in Form-Based codes are Development keyed to a regulating plan that designates the appropriate 314, _S36 5560 form and scale (and therefore, character) of development (: rather than only distinctions in land-use types. This is in contrast to conventional zoning's focus on the micromanagement and segregation of land uses, and the control of development intensity through abstract and uncoordinated parameters (e.g., FAR, dwellings per acre, setbacks, parking ratios, traffic Level Of Service-LOS) to the Octneglect of an integrated built form. Not to be confused with will be available able online.be Specific Plan design guidelines or general statements of policy, Form-based will codes are regulatory, not advisory. Source: Smart Growth Network October 2008 The Beach&Edinger Corridors Specific Plan I r r l l r f 41 The Public Review Draft Orientation Session A - r i joint City Council ft Planning Commission Study 3 Session �'-- N'T•" October 201"2008 6 AN Corridor Specific Plan Team • City Staff Core Team Everything « • Freedman Corridor Revitalization x ' Tung & Land Use,Urban Design& 4 Bottomley Development Regulations • Tierra West Advisors Market and in partnership with Fiscal Analyses Linda S.Congleton& ,011 Associates r { ft � • =Pft SAW Austin-Foust Circulation& - Associates Access "' agz �. A3 E Background ., Study Session at Conclusion of Phase II: 1. In April 2008, City Council approved the --- key concepts for the revitalization and re-planning of the Downtown Plan Area. 2. City Council directed the City Staff& Consultant team to prepare a Subarea — Plan to implement that vision and those key concepts. -- f O/C e Today's Study Session Objectives Draft} 1. To review the key concepts for the revitalization of the Beach Boulevard & Edinger Avenue Corridors. 2. To provide an overview of the Plan's Draft[t content and organization as it relates to these concepts. 3. To answer questions and discuss any6 issues Councilmembers wish to Or if discuss about the Specific Plan. Plan Organization Plan Organization Plan Organization Specific Plan Purpose Introduction To enhance the economic Book I : Community Intent performance, functionality and Book II : Development Coe beauty of the Beach and Edinger Book III : Public Improvements Corridors in accordance with the forces of the free market and the Glossary community's vision for its primary Appendices commercial corridors. 2 Beach/Edinger Corridors Specific Plan Study Area Specific Plan --- _ Area 71 =A Book I. Community Intent Book I : Community Intent The vision and key concepts for corridor revitalization approved 1. Community Objectives by City Council to be 2. Starting Point: Summary of Plan implemented by the Specific Plan Inputs are detailed in Book I. 3. Revitalization Strategy 4. The Envisioned Future Corridors 3 LI (lomm+�rrr Oi�rcu es Communityenm�Me.�.m Book I : Community Intent Objectives 1 o Community Objectives m 2. Starting Point: Summary of Plan Developed with tiro Inputs input received 3. Revitalization Strategy from the 4. The Envisioned Future Corridors community and stakeholders at public , workshops and focus groups Factors Conditioning What is Possible Book I : Community Intent Starting Point: Plan Inputs CONDITIONING COMMUNITY TOOLS FACi"OPS INTENT 1. Community Objectives ,e eb- 2. Starting Point: Summary of Plan � T� Inputs l 3. Revitalization Strategy l,T -Jv' e 5;a,"ems 4. The Envisioned Future Corridors Revitalization Strategy Book I Community Intent 1. Harness Market Demand 6. Integrate Interdependent 2. Kick off Revitalization by Specific Plan Areas in Enabling Most Promising Service of a Unified, Opportunities First Mutually Beneficial 1. Community Objectives 3. Make the Most of Value Community Vision Already In Place:Attune 7. Leverage Golden West 2. Starting Point: Summary of Plan Policies and Strategic College and Transit Center Inputs Actions to Existing 8. Implement"Center and 3. Revitalization Strategy Conditions Segment"Policies and 4. Promote A Range of New Strategies 4. The Envisioned Future Corridors Housing Choices 9. Relieve the Monotony; 5. Support the Continued Enhance Corridor Identity Presence and Expansion of 10.Provide an Investment- Auto-Dealerships along friendly Planning Beach Boulevard Environment 4 1. Harness Market Demand: 1. Harness Market Demand: A. Realign development B. Accommodate the market's policies to capitalize on the preference for retail changing requirements of the concentrations at major shopping industry. crossroads. Falling out of Favor: Linear Strip format Contemporary Formats:Anchored Clusters at Primary Crossroads cl Pattern of City Centers 1. Harness Market Demand i C. Plan the corridor retail as -�' °�; z~�, a!r part of a supportable"` ,p i city & regional ...n.� hierarchy of centers. 5 Y Pattern of Centers City Centers&Neighborhood Centers 1. Harness Market Demand: ' D. To realign corridors with I � the forces of market demand - — as well as to address long 1 term mobility & sustainability: Plan Real Centers e s asx,_ 1 f Real Centers are concentrations of activity,synergy,and mix BENEFITS OF MIXED-USE: vase * REDUCED TRIPS& * FEWER MILES TRAVELED 10 1 M&D 3 Destinations 3 Destinations 6 ITE Trips 2 ITE Trips - Disappearing Trips 6 Real Centers are nodes x"s x �e " ��, .�,� au�i I '� hwa rn-r,• � of accessibility • r y�'"4y z. i ae x"Fs.t as L _d __r' x§df�caafi: ''• � L, •� �' �.''"t $t xb _ i2#Mks_3 k - { y. i f .§'•. .,v ik'"F .k Y up} R € I�Jocaxrd.� l+"— F" -_z'.* a•'. 3 r+ 4 .ra i3- ba'#:F Sz Y�v ��' s raeax�.xi.�.rt boh ex az wsds hriwanxw,�ahEca .�k'�p'.�*zN"�`� p 's *a� A r sk a b^�t ta3s artsw � ��. 4 t-';� A nu9�psrh3�s1 19gc}by al 'T tt4 Cs dmssi�nmtiX tri`x Exclusively Auto-oriented development patterns falling out of favor BENEFITS OF HIGHER DENSITY:SUPPORTS TRANSIT 0 Orkie9w Residas§aFUcniy I aces Plum- Segments: In Between the Centers How do we caseate value for :•.tit _ properties no longer advantageously ositioned for fl- retail investment? a. • , e®. 7 Market Demand Analysis 4. Reverse the creeping • There appears to be little to no demand disinvestment b identifying the for net new retail development,with the y 'rI g possible exception of a missing retail "highest and best use(s)" for the anchor use or two,and some expansion and as art potential at Bella Terra. Corridor as a whole ( p • One or two existing retail centers could of a healthy city/region). be redeveloped with new anchored retail —this would be a replacement. • Overall,sites without retail should not be expected to receive substantial interest in new retail development. Market Demand Analysis • There is strong demand for new investment in new residential development.Current demand is strongest in the luxury rental area, but the prospects for overall residentialRtiements development remain strong. �< X. � '- • There is demand for some additional lodging. v a • There is limited demand for new office, office/medical along the corridors. , " 7m ` Huntington Beach Land values — �� New development l Multi-family: Condominiums $70 Apartments $50 Retail $30 4_ r may- I Multi f—Il d—it [el 60 units values as o/2" qe 2007 Values have Y.,-s y y appovima y per acre qua ,•_ �, tleclined since.Retail values based upon flow aea ratio o/tJ 25 monthly avaage rent of$2 00 per sq fl,per month NNN �wyn^�^a - Soirce Terra WesAMimrr Fe�rvary 2o08 8 Existing Zoning Residential Development 4. To maximize property owner Permitted return on property investments, extend residential entitlements to all/most properties along the .. Corridor. Specific Plan Strategy: 3. Make the Most of Value A Variable Approach toCorridor Revitalization Already in Place: Attune Policies and . i — Strategic Actions to x Existing Conditions. 5. Support the Retention and Book 6 : Community Intent Expansion of Auto Dealerships Y O Permit existing Auto Dealerships to expand anywhere on the corridor. 1. Community Objectives a Encourage new Auto Sales Dealership 2. Starting Point: Summary of Plan Development along segments closer to Inputs 405, particularly north of Five Points. 3. Revitalization Strategy • City will work with existing auto 4. The Envisioned Future Corridors dealerships to investigate the potential for off-site overflow fleet storage. 9 The foundation of the Specific Plan: Envisioned Future Corridors: Intended Plan Outcomes Edinger Avenue Corridor CONOMONIN6 COMMUNITY TOOL5 FACTOAS INTENT N icet I �) f i Envisioned � �( i rPt�r.� Future G' r ed i — g s ' 'C Corridors .;, fi c.I.I Con o,r ion,�� Fn+'...r¢rzs or rns Svs c,E'ic Yr.+a ... � 13---` ����� �- € The Existing Pattern of Development in the Revitalization Framework Edinger Corridor & Environs T i ce�r jt i �y � nef ,>� i`, ah'y I? P' F 1'' Pnegnherhrted t jl. ircfm Nv-` ' PesdeKfro*HU9ttNthwd hn A( P 3MfglFdee� } bi -''uestla:l4W Meg5Ea._h»% -_ A 3wy{dA�ml 3 4 Isolated,low intensity,sinole use development in an auto- Connected mixed use development in a pedestrian friendly dominated environment environment.or gmted to a city cente Town Center Core & Edge Town Center Core & Edge 211 Orl- "M y 3 h 10 Lingering Disinvestment = Opportunity to bolster the performance of Bella : Terra/Edinger. . . y Ste. �iti . . . and enhance the identity of this part of the City Town Center Neighborhood Core Edge : 1 R . 4 Y3, ,.d ., t�-,."�,' �`Y"'" n+,y�•'+"rfr;�:: '$'�+9R �,:r/sue Town Center Neighborhood Town Center Neighborhood a F j 11 Town �h. n The Existing Pattern of Development in the Centerr I'll, , Edinger Corridor&Environs Neighborho 11, od Interior ' r 11 NE s • +,-'a, < 5`:� aesrurgxazgnao.F.a a•,'�"� �• Ps3uxa � _;' ',. Isolated low intensity,single use development in an auto- dominated environment Revitalization Framework Qa r-, c aw i99 ' N"� 5- El i tai asp. i Connected,mixed use development in a pedestrian friendly -- oriented center Envisioned Future Town Center District Tows Core Edge Ground Floor Retail Required 5 ' r p nwv Residential, ' e xsF „ Office,Lodging 4 - a Above M Minimum 2 Stories y Maximum 4 Stone s � f` 12 Town Center Boulevard Town Center Boulevard � Lei ,ftek, Residential Transition Areas Envisioned Future Corridors: Beach Boulevard Corridor a " ( l _ S tt r{{ lld Pattern of Centers&segments LL PCH to Adams Segment PCH to Adams:Typical Development Types Residential Parkway rW TR%149W 14 - -° PRESERVATION 13 PCH to Adams:Typical Development Types Residential Parkway s Adams to Five Points Existing Pattern of Development Neighborhood Parkway Segment ! � n -{p — 4- 2 4+ Revitalization Strategy (Long Term): Neighborhood Parkway `Pull the Value up" l v t - µ a .+ SUN,, 14 Neighborhood Centers Neighborhood Centers in the Parkway Segments PARK,w.ky NFiGHBoRHooD CFNTMS-L.00NTiow MAF rz * Neighborhood-serving retail required on ground level * Upper level housing,office or lodging permitted s * Frontage Coverage @ 50%with building entrances facing public sidewalks [ `� * Sidewalks minimum 12 ft wide;planting strips or curb-side parking required Five Points - Core Five Points - Neighborhood ......m r 'ad+_ iv .... m r-.. n. w7 Edinger to Warner Beach to Goldenwest e F SNu is- m I n .= o a r ff: Td �_-A 14 r 'FRANSttIDN 'P" �^ corer 15 Town Center Boulevard Warner to Five Points Neighborhood Souleuard Segment h_ Neighborhood Boulevard Neighborhood Boulevard # NN, Pg N sE 1 p r _ Pattern of Centers & Segments Land Use&Development Framework A mill " y Basis for the Regulations 16 9_t_t 0.lnximr,H ixmv�'rn= (D}A fin) MAND policy establishes y> the maximum amount of pp�� net new construction of ®®It I r° residential and commercial development permitted in the Beach Development Code and Edinger Corridors Specific Plan corresponding to necessary traffic and utilities infrastructure improvements The community's vision of attractive and value- ®d i stem generating corridors requires a y "form-based" zoning code to replace the existing conventional use-based zoning. Zoning Designations Existing zoning Problems with Conventional Zoninq u LTy m Organized by Use x and Density 1. Very Restrictive Use Control (Use Separation) 2. Very Specific Density & FAR Control 3. Not Enough Building Type, Form & Character Control Hard to envision and predict physical I outcomes 17 d i sue. o GC GC a a Land Use Zones Regulating Code Essentials Zoning code that visually describes the building's physical characteristics such as orientation, volume, relationship to the street, articulation. Center&Segments Provides investment security by insuring that buildings will be located nearby 7 buildings of similar type. Advantage of More Detailed Specifications QQn� Streamlines the development application Centers & review and approval process by providing complete and detailed specifications. Segments The fundamental organizing principle of the development code 18 Book I Pattern of Centers &Segments I Book II Centers & Segments Map s � it .. FIG- CORHiui)H CEN7HASAND tiEt:N-11INI— f ii Z { W, s L3) Un'Y Rin SL — �.cnn w ()11 Oli,1)e.anti De atsate St � -- t E �� (LT Nattt ut Flti.:Si e. 19 V Review, 'Intent i itf.Bbb k;I Ireopt shown here i suesPosnts Neighborhood ..........- iz NW, am K SUM, IIRVIR. Wil -NET x- -W. V, Al -fl- AN, -AR �2 a NA -D6fih n Now Eto measure<k -Ait, omeasure Setbacks • bdfjn&c�o,-Of,,pANhg Typ��s -eral,iRe-q i e 2". ten tj-co_qh ts N't �ja IN 'NA u 3-w• r Stdrd �,w -tibns4iMpqsg,s '. spec�a4 requirements such qkkll ,-,:as sizelresirV&ti6ns,,onl-us�t?s-,--,,, M p P;i R., 4 � i r r On IF f av -- MMAOW-46, "Ni =I NO m� 21 Building Orientation to Streets & Public Spaces - All buildings in the Plan Area p must be located along and C _ oriented towards new or ;b existing street(s)- Private Frontage : Definition Private Frontage Types - Shopfront Private frontage includes both: . . . . yy . . .....,. _ ... . 1) Portions of a property between the Back-of- Sidewalk line and the primary building facade along any street 2) Portions of all street facades up to the top of the first or second floor. o x. _ n Private Frontage Types - Shopfront Private Frontage Types , _ - r 22 Street Regulations �.., — Improvements to Existing Streets — Provision of New Streets ` - Maximum Block/Parcel Size R� East-West Street Connection .. me FOE 'i4 ' ' Maximum EdingerBlock Face i_:.0 • Residential Transition Street om Building Orientation to Streets&Public Open Spaces R y Voluntarily built new streets h New Street Connectivity z1 — Street Types(New Street Design) Public Frontage : Definition Improvements to Existing Streets Public Frontage is the area between the thoroughfare curb face and the back of sidewalk Public frontage & ? oF line,including the sidewalk and any sidewalk thoroughfare landscape areas. improvements are required where I existing conditions do A A, ,� not meet minimum i ` requirements. -------------- Sty nw Flc.2-5,C:oRRIUOR DEFI,NT1 TONS O}TlucAls - W., � ere the Street Network Maximum Block Size has not been established Any development proposed development a T increment larger than § 11 d the maximum block size s must provide a new A « r;Nay .: , -90 street(s) a - >� .-• s � The perimeter of block shall NOT exceed 1900 _. feet Existing Conditions Envisioned Future 23 Street Provision Regulations Street Types (New Street Design) For each district, 461 permitted Street Types are — 11 detemuned for the design of new -* x streets. , Existing Conditions Envisioned Future F.-<-- teoa ®pen Space 'Types ' y Public and Private Open r n Space Types are defined { 71 MEN Open Space must be IA Y51 provided as one of the q - y permitted Open Space - EN k I.B. Types. s ii _- - x+. it IN BEWE Erma 21" tormwater Best Management Practices Regulations specify when development must incorporate Source Control,Site Design,and , Treatment Control BMPs Regulations provide guidance for the design ofNO N stormwater- management facilities and encourage on-site management 24 1 Parking Types Permitted parking types are determined by Center or Segment n i Examples of Parking Type I k ,, _.......>. vwbnaluci, +a,<,.3.....- rk, ^ V 4 td Book Pattern of Centers &Segments OEM ...... �im, Book II Centers &Segments Map F C 25 t. BOOK Ill:PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS ........ .......... C, Pl....—............. .................................. 5.2 .......... ...... Book III. and Pub:ie Faci)iO-I Public Improvements Classic Boulevard Segment iv Palm Tree Boulevard Segment Parkway Segment Wi 26 PCH Gateway Traffic / Street Network Improvements � "„/ YN `�'kh 7 tx Eeame%/&'ach*v9er5Pctro�- amv—� IN i Ekmg Ccvr+ls'-synarmmy - • weF,s.na s�,awe i eeaairtaurercmxan Traffic / Street Network Improvements Book III: Further detail Infrastructure and Public &F.di.t.atn regarding traffic improvements will Facilities 1�1— ---11�11.--,�. ' be developed in conjunction with the Improvements mpm»mrym=4:e xpMu .ah Jea.. environmental analysis eMJwi�•m�um�¢�.�rzu�st��.e.i�:�s�v+Lyla:w»ynN n.6i.,µs:w.v� To be completed in conjunction with the document's environmental analysis ..... __.. e ! / -- ssnn,'-_..--___........_..._._............. 4 � 127 x�oe .... ..... _enn�, ��exnc rrn xroxnsuor sriimsrzr................. ... .............. .xrres�iz�:j��nc:.ino>,->ic.ux•rscs........._...._ ...... _......_.._......................... .._........_._isu a AN �'v grrertt� - 27 � I ' . i SIT � F )H.�TtvIfvT '� ) t1' E � twool i 1 A C H A N 11 AEdDINGER CORRIDORS Sl' l C 11 l C PLAN A October 2008 i y lot 4��e oil 14TO&Ir oh 5 Th 3. ' f 3h RY .i4 5 �. > frA ', aic ,nh' q,All Not w WAR Via. x � £.. "Ut F .. - �,a:�` � .' A c.v s fir' _ 3 � g �'�w �. RA. 0, .v, `F*r,5� .w: ,�_ .. .3'*;..>.. �c .rss.?.:"fi'; .::d",� n a, �.s".. A",`#h` f s. .wx`? "�t-.� ,: 4..F,,. 7-?- 'd• .�as a .`<?� y, s 'h G .n yg¢g sq*.;.. ,.�a3�; '�""��1��. ��a,,# amt�", a `.�r+ „��'�✓, �� 4, _q� ��-t`,"� .. �*a. `� of � �¢.a:�� r-: k'°fi? �:'w. .::�ri.�t� s ���L�'�.- FWC���,K .is .. , ': 5 ...... -a, 5 '.i: ..?t � .�*�-''".M '7is ?' {4+�t.!. "$ ��r r '�?^.a �, �., .b •aa"sz^`s�•L,',�.$','Ke .R. .> �a "�> "�s. .�. �,., ` -�., '. N r, s�a jps�°-..`� ,.: �'; . ', ,.,. ,aM��'::� s,. :.^.a.,r.^,�.•s*h' ,.. � _,.,^„«� .;,''i'y„��.. �,a '. "`:a,44r` 'p`'>.x.. �.: �. 'n '�; �: ' ��r-, ::� "�, �-. a a .�� fii .#��k'%w "..-�".n" .r r :.x". ,",'w ...�;t'�a.a.,,f•;N �s, '�;;. ,t'�.a. "�`-. ..�`.t asr .v.�.. :4 Y�. �s_f ��%�S�"C .�„�,. .t'9 � a� ,y ry4'� j""x°'�, �`& .-�d t"- 'ear.•„M.,,. .•� ° if7''. ��1. S e� "�: +»" ;�.," #: �. .'�. � :�"�,`'� ^}�^��,^s� Not. r WN�:. ;�„ ^.'�.�,� ;.s` �t,;a::.*. ��;:'�' ra.�=fif. ,k�• .���'. :��� s.f..?;^,e,. :��'a9; a. ..,,J: .^ •.�,w�y „'f d.�.ii^ a'�,. s� �'. r�a4-.r LOOKIN (s NORTH ON BEACH BOULEVARD FROM 1 50 FEET SOUTH OF TALBERT AVENUE C 1 9 3 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS -. - IN'TRODUC'TION ................................... ..................... ..........................................................................VII i.I Purpose...................................................................................................................................................vii j i.2 Authority and Procedure............................................................................................................................ vii I i.3 Specific Plan Area.................................................................................................................................... viii ji.4 Document Organization ........................................................................................................................... viii i BOOK I: COMMUNITY INTENT................................................... .............................................. 1 1.1 Community Objectives 2 i 1.2 Starting Point: Summary of Plan Inputs ........................................................................................................2 1.3 Revitalization Strategy.................................................................................................................................3 I 1.4 The Envisioned Future Corridors..................................................................................................................4 BOOK II: DEVELOPMENT CODE...........................................................................................................23 2.0 Orientation............................................................................................................................................. 23 Development Standards 2.1 Development Standards ............................................................................................................................. 26 2.1.1. Maximum Amount of New Development (MAND)........................................................................................ 28 j2.1.2. Establishment of Corridor Centers and Segments..........................................._............................................. 28 r 2.1.3. Town Center- Core............................--................................................................................................ .30 2.1.4. Town Center Neighborhood Center Neighborhood 2.1.5. .................................................................................................................... 34 2.1.6. Town Center Boulevard Segment............................................................................................................... 36 j2.1.7. Neighborhood Boulevard Segment.............................................................................................................. 38 2.1.8. Neighborhood Parkway Segment................................................................................................................ 40 2.1.9. Residential Parkway Segment................................................................................................................... 42 j2.1.10 Residential Transition Zone........................................................................................—........................... 44 Development Regulations 2.2 Building Use Regulat ions...................................... .......................................................... 44 2.3 Building Scale Regulations............. ................................................... .......................... 47 � 2.4 Frontage & Building Placement Regulations ................................................................................................. 51 2.5 Street Regulations..................................................................................................................................... 61 2.6 Open Space Regulations............................................................................................................................. 73 g F" 2.7 Parkin Regulations .................................................................................................................................. 82 W F 2.8 Architecture Regulations............................................................................................................................ 86 i2.9 Signage Regulations .................................................................................................................................101 0 ! W I W i ra I � H i 1 BOOKIII: PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS..................................................................................................110 3.1 Circulation Plan....................................................................................... ..............................................//4 azPublic Facilities.......................................................................................................................................uz sn z"m",,"="= ,"av"u/" n""m,/es Improvement Responsibilities...................................................................oz GLOSSARY................................................................................................................................................1uu APPENDIX a: EXISTING CONDITIONS.............................................................................................1z7 A./. Introduction ...........................................................................................................................................ur ^.e. Context................................................................................................................................................../2: x.3. Pattern "/Ownership ...............................................................................................................................nz A.4. Zoning...................................................................................................................................................nz A.5. Pattern "f Development.................................................... ......................................................................./3s A.o. Open Space and Recreation ......................................................................................................................./*u x.r. Vulnerability w Change............................................................................................................................nr ^.o. Local Transportation and Circulation........................................................ .................................................nr A.v. Architecture and Landscape Character.........................................................................................................mo A.m. Conclusion ...................................... ......................................................................................................u/ APPENDIX m: WORKSHOP SUMMARY.............................................................................................../*o APPENDIX C: CHARACTER WORKSHOP SUMMARY...................................................................../47 APPENDIX m: MITIGATION MEASURES.........................................................................................../se SEPARATELY BOUND APPENDICES ................................................................................................1w/ Appendix/s Economics............................---.................................... .............................................................1m Appendixa Transportation............................................................................................ ................................./«/ Appendixm Transportation........................... ................................. ................................................................1«/ PROJECTPARTICIPANTS ....................................................................................................................1wy .- ----- ---- --- ------ -- '-----''--- --- '-----' � - ----- --'—�--- ---- - --- -- -�� -- �-- --- xi 77 All subsequent approvals necessary to develop property within the Specific Plan PURPOSE Area must be consistent with the Specific Plan,the Maximum Amount of New The Beach and Lilmger Corridors Specific Plan is established to orchestrate private and Development established in section 2.1.1 of this Specific Plan and be within the public investment activities along the Beach Boulevard and Edinger Avenue Corridors,and scope of the Program EIR. Additional environmental documentation may be to support and promote investment that will enhance the beauty and vitality of these,the required in the future if significant changes are found to have occurred pursuant to j CEQA guidelines. City's primary commercial corridors. This Specific Plan presents the community's vision for the evolution and continued growth ofthe two corridors,and it establishes the primary 2) Specific Plan Amendments ! means of regulating land use and development within the Specific Plan Area(see section 0-Specific Plan.Area). Finally,the Plan contains a program of planned actions and Specific Plan Amendments shall be made through the Zoning Text Amendment j investments that the community intends to implement to stimulate and complement private process;subject to consideration and approval of the Planning Commission and j investment along the corridors. City Council in accordance with the provisions ofthe Huntington Beach Zoning and Subdivision Ordinance � L2 AUTHORITY AND PROCEDURE 3) Severability The Specific Plan is established by the Huntington Beach City Council in accordance with if any section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase, or portion of this title, or I Chapter 215 ofthe Hnn[ing[on Beach7.orung Subdivision Ordinance,which establishes any future amendments or additions hereto,is for any reason held to be invalid or unconstitutional by the decision of any court or competent jurisdiction,such Specific Plans as an authorized mechanism tot regulating land use and development il l decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this title,or any the City;and as enabled by the State of California Govemment Code Title 7,Division I, future amendments or additions hereto The City hereby declares that it would Chapter 3,Article 8,Sections 65450 through 65457. have adopted these titles and each sentence,subsection,clause,phrase,of portion This Specific Plan implements the broad policies established in 1'he Cuv of Hunnnglon or any future amendments or additions thereto,irrespective ofthe fact that any one Beach General Plan to guide growth and change along the Beach Boulevard and Edinger or more sections,subsections,clauses,phrases,portions or any future amendments Avenue Corridors and is consistent with the General Plan.The Development Code contained or additions thereto may be declared invalid oiunconstitutional. within the Specific Plan replaces previous land use and development regulations contained within the Himnnglon Beach Zoning and Subdivision Ordinance for these portions ofthe City j The specific plan document is based on community input resulting from six community meetings,several study sessions with City Council and the public hearing process with the Planning Connuission and City Council A specific plan may either be adopted by ordinance or resolution(Government Code Section 65507). Should the legislative body wish to change a proposed Specific Plan recommended by the Planning Commission,the change must first be referred back to the Commission for consideration,if not previously fconsidered(Government Code Section 65504). 1) CEQA Compliance Adoption or amendment of a Specific Plan constitutes a project under the California Environmental Quality Act(CEQA). If the initial environmental review shows that the ` proposed or amended plan could significantly affect the environment,themrisdmction must prepare an environmental impact report(EIR). Pursuant to CEQA,an Initial Study was prepared as part ofthe Specific Plan approval process. Based on the results of the Initial Study,the City of Huntington Beach determined that a Program EiR would be the appropriate level of environmental review for the Specific Plan. As part ofthe Specific Plan Program EiR a traffic study,noise stdy,air quality study and z utilities analysis,including a Water Supply Assessment,was completed The Program EIR C also evaluated land use,aesthetics,biological resources,cultural resources,hydrology and water quality,public services,recreation and hazards and hazardous materials. Mitigation _V measures included as part ofthe Program EIR have been incorporated in Appendix D and Q I will be included as requirements on development projects within the Specific Plan area. C) Chi ' F Vii and Environs that are outside of the Specific Plan area presented in Figure 1.1, 1.3 SPECIFIC PLAN AREA refer to The Crossings at Huntington Beach Specs fie Plan(SP13),as well as to The Specific Plan refers to all private and public properties that come under the the Huntington Beach Toning&Subdivision Ordinance Figure i.2 illustrates the .......... c, location of properties that are regulated by The Crossings at Huntington Beach Gadi��;,t Si.-1 L Pf" purview of the Specific Plan as indicated in the Specific Plan Area Map presented in Figure i.1 The Beach&Edinger Specific Plan Area is composed ofliortions of liaecific Plan two primary development corridors,the Beach Boulevard Corridor,and the Edinger The Beach B(,i(lei,ard('orrid,,P flan Area The Beach Boulevard Corridor portion Avenue Corridor,as follows: of this Specific Plan extends from Edinger Avenue to the north,to the northern edge of the Coastal Zone,which is located south of Atlanta Avenue(see Figure i.I The Edinger Corridor Plan Area The portion of the Specific Plan centering on Edinger Avenue extends westward from the Beach Boulevard intersection to the Specific Plan Area). west of Goldenwest Street intersection Development Standards contained in this Specific Plan will apply solely to properties formally located in the Specific Plan i.4 DOCUMENT ORGANIZATIONis r t El Area. The properties that will be included in that formal Specific Plan Area are illustrated in Figure i I-Specific Plan Area. The Beach and Edinger Corridors Specific Plan is organized into three mutually �V reinforcing"Books"or primary sections,"as follows- Notwithstanding these formal policy-area boundaries,the primary developments -4 influencing the optimum potential future for all properties in this portion of the Book 1: Community Intent describes the envisioned physical outcomes that the City are Bella Terra shopping center,Golden West College,Goldenwest Transit Specific Plan is intended to instigate and the prinituy means by which the community Center,and the properties adjacent to these three located between Edinger Avenue intends to support the emergence of those desired outcomes. and Interstate 405 Although these properties are outside of the formal Beach and Book II: Development Code establishes the primary means of regulating land use Edinger Specific Plan Area for regulatory purposes,the fist section of this Specific �e and development on In ivately owned properties located within the Plan Area Plan -Book 1. Community Intent- describes the community's vision for this entire portion of the City The Specific Plan refers to this cohesive portion of the BookIII:Public Improvements describes the planned investment ofCity resources FiG.1.2. EDINGEi;t AVENUE City as the Edinger Avenue Corridor and Environs The Edinger Corridor and to stimulate,promote and support the desired growth and change in the Plan Area. CORRIDOR AND ENVIRONS Environs includes all properties lining Edinger Avenue between the intersection In addition to these three primary sections,additional information upon which the Edinger Avenue Corridor and of Goldenwest Street and Beach Boulevard,as well as the triangle of properties Specific Plan is founded is included both in the appendices ofthis document,as well Environs Boundary formed by the eastern edge of Golden West College,Interstate 405,and Edinger as in separately bound technical reports. ....... The Crossings Specific Plan Avenue—see Figure 1 2-The Edinger Avenue Corridor and Environs For specific Area Boundary development regulations pertaining to properties in the Edinger Avenue corridor ....... North Huntington Center Specific Plan Area Boundary M_ W, W it 0";7 crat se Ald g `'A 7,NUN c 11/�W��";� I gv s� !2, _;S6 e. V A, 0�, Y", V, v N N c .......... :-, -,,-1 — ., r, 4 �_; , " W A" <X" N, J 1:t, i'dOn i,q"I, V "A" rif jpiz _X, f Y, qo, 'W� Giff, i6, Y V MM K VX, z"'ti� > F L L aff, ac4&BM, 7 li�B Blvd @4,11 2 J A 4 'HK ——— Coastal Zone Boundary I" I G . i . I P 1, A N AR E A M A P . ..... F'et Specific Plan Area Boundary Viii BOOK I - COMMUNITY INTEIN" T This Specific Plan establishes a, planning and design framework to enhance the economic, 1wi-formance, functionality and Iva 11t)T of the Be avli and -c free market and Edinger Corridors in accordance Avitli the forces of the fi the community's Vision for its primary commercial corridons. This first of the three "Books" that contain the primary contents of this Spwific Plan, describes the physical outcouaes that the P]an is intended to bring almitas new This section of the Sjwcific Plan also descril-ws the means by which the cominunity intends to instigate new investment and to guide the form of that investment to the mutual benefit of private and public interests. Tliese intended physical plan outcomes and revitalization strategies form the basis of the regulations and planned public actions contained in the two subsequent Books of this Pla,11. I 11.), making the community's intent clea,r, Book I is also intended to provide supplementary gut-idance for instances or opportunities not s1weificall]. covered by the development regulations or public improvements contained in Books 11 and 111. 1.1 COMMUNITY OBJECTIVES 1.2 STARTING POINT: SUMMARY OF Enhance the overall economic performance, physical beauty and PLAN INPUTS functionality of the Corridors. More specifically: The primary conditioning factors in the determination of the optimum achievable I) Orchestrate new public and private investment toward the establishment of fiuure for the Corridors are the physical and economic conditions present at the a more lasting framework for growth and development-a framework of inception of the Plan. More specifically, the envisioned future corridors and clearly defined districts,centers,street patterns,and local architectural and revitalization strategy described in the subsequent sections of Book 1, and the e identity regulations and public improvements that follow in Books B and 111 to implement landscap e y-upon which new development can reliably respond to, the conununity's intent for the corridors,are conditioned by the following factors. build upon and draw value from Existing Pattern of Development,Market Trends,Infrastructure Capacity,Principles 2) Re-position disinvested corridor properties to capture value in the of Sustainability,and Established Principles of Good Place-Making(see Figure I I contemporary marketplace. -Conditioning Factors of the Specific Plan) 3) Begin the transformation of the visual character of Beach Boulevard from Existing conditions along the Beach Boulevard and Edinger Avenue Corridors at the "anywhere strip"to its proper role as the iconic gateway to and from the time of adoption of this Specific Plan are detailed in Appendix A,in combination beach,and as the city's most visible north-south thoroughfare. with separately bound technical reports listed after Appendix C. Ultimately,the 4) Promote new investment that supports the growth and successofBella implementation oftheplanning framework contained lierem will result in cumulative Terra and Golden West College modifications to these conditions. As change occurs,the community intends to monitor changes in the Specific Plan Area and amend the Specific Plan document 5) Build on the presence of Golden West College,Bella Terra,and the the degree to which it remains sufficiently current existing transit infrastructure to instigate the emergence of a vital and attractive urban district characterized by a synergistic nix of students, customers,residents,pedestrians,transit-riders,office workers,and visitors 6) Instigate the development of a network of pedestrian-oriented streets. promenades and other public open spaces that encourage walking,and ultimately,walking in combination with transit ridership. 7) Enhance pedestrian,bicycle and vehicular connections between Golden West College,Bella Terra,Golden West Transportation Center,and CONDITIONING COMMUNITY TOOLS development along Edinger Avenue. FACTOPS INTENT 8) Balance mobility and community development objectives.enable 7 continued market-driven growth and development while 1)maintaining EXis ICt minimum community mobility standards,and 2)furthering patterns ofQfl(}PY(It15 - w Devel omerit I land use and development that contribute toward long-term regional � p mobility and livability 9) Make the most of each increment of new development to build toward a iVli6rkit t (Book more environmentally sustainable future city and region. Treji,(f$" z 10)Insure that new buildings and landscaping contribute to the emergence of i, Envisioned HI air increasingly visible and memorable visual identity appropriate to the q�' unique history and character of the City. T�!©f"�c,"'I-A Future �.�� • FtEgPilize(� Plan- Li -- � �Strategies 11) Incorporate Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) � . t_ ' guidelines into designs to reduce the incidence and fear of crime and create air ( Corridors j r (section 1.3) envuonmenttomaxinnzepnbhcsafety � (section 1.4) ace- Mal Ong JJ x i t°tttdllS , =0bilit (BookIII) 2 FI (3 . I I CONDITIONING FACTORS OF THE SPECIFIC PLAN - - ......... - - - - - - 1.3 REVITALIZATION STRATEGY 2) Kick off Revitalization by Enabling Most Promising 5) Support the Continued Presence and Expansion of Opportunities First. Auto-Dealerships along Beach Boulevard. To orchestrate growth and change in the Plan Area in keeping with the community's Place highest priority on leveraging the large-scale assembled vacant properties t) Permit existing auto dealerships to expand anywhere on the corridor. vision for the two corridors,the City leadership intends to promote and guide new located between Bella Terra and Golden West College to:1)kick offthe revitalization investment and change by employing municipal policies and resources strategically. ofthe corridor and Its environs,2)to bolster and enhance the success of Bella Terra; it) Encourage new auto sales dealership development along segments closer Keeping in mind that strategy must always remain sufficiently nimble to respond 3)to stimulate pioneering residential development in a sufficiently large increment to 405,particularly north of Five Points to unexpected opportunities and to make best use of resources as they become to establish the beginnings ofa unique new urban neighborhood,and 4)to exemplify j available,the strategic priorities that the City leadership intends to pursue are the the desired character and scale ofthe"Town Center District"area. in) Work with existing auto dealerships to investigate the potential for off-site following: overflow fleet storage,and to support the retention,expansion and eventual 3) Make the Most of Value Already In Place:Attune clustering of the auto dealership offerings along Beach Boulevard 1) Harness Market Demand: Policies and Strategic Actions to Existing Conditions: Realign development policies and planned public investments to capitalize on Implement a variable approach to corridor revitalization(see Figure 1.2-AVariable 6) Integrate Interdependent Specific Plan Areas to the primary market trends most likely to condition the types and formats of new Approach to Corridor Revitalization) Achieve of a Unified,Mutually Beneficial Community investment in the Plan Area,which are the following. Vision. 1) Restructuring-In areas with severe disinvestment,vacancy and/or Coordinate land use policies contained in the Beach-Edinger Corridors Specific i The shopping industi s accelerating abandonment of exclusive) auto- dominant redevelopment opportunities,establish policies that support fairly flan and the Bella Terra II S eci c Plan to implement a singular commune vision Y' g Y" P h p b community oriented shopping centers in favor of more open au and amenity-driven sweeping corridor restructuring and market-focused strategy for new investment and city benefit Subsume the Five formats clustered at primary crossroads, Points area specific plan into this Specific Plan as well ii) Transition-In areas with some disinvestment and a moderate level of ii) Rapid population growth and the associated growth in demand opportunity,establish policies to encourage a transition to the most viable 7) Leverage Golden Nest College and Transportation particularly for housing,(and the associated escalation in the value of future restructured condition,but that support the retention of existing value Center. property)in the built-out portions of Orange County; already in place Leverage the proximity of Golden West College as well as the Golden West Transit in) Rapidly growing demand for walkable urban environments for Irving, iii) Preserve-In areas with little current disinvestment,establish policies that Center and the railroad tracks and right-of-way to stimulate investment in high primarily reserve existing value density residential development in a pattern that builds on the greater propensity working and shopping,m close proximity to existing or planned transit p y P g of student populations to walk and take transit when provided the opportunity to service, 4) Promote A Range of New Housing Choices, do sin. iv) increasing regional commitment to transit,driven by traffic congestion, Promote the addition of new housing in a wide variety of formats and densities to S) Implement"Center and Segment"Policies and concern about global warming,and escalating gasoline prices support corridorretail and services.Along EdingerAvenuein particular,promote the Strategies. development of dense,high quality housing formats that are responsive to college- related housing demand,that position customers close in to Bella Terra and nearby Assist the transition from linear strip to a pattern of centers and segments,each with corridor retail and services,and that provide the key ingredient to the creation of a enhanced visual character and market focus,and with supportive(and differentiated) more round-the-clock activity center in this evolving portion of the City. land use and development policies(see Section 1.4 2-Beach Boulevard Corridor, below for more specific revitalization strategies focused on particular centers and segments for that Corridor). Snout,'I'LRJI Po'rENTIAL FOR CHANGE ��.,���� / ; r i I' �� 9 Relieve the Moncton Enhance Corridor Identit N 11MUM TERM POTEiNTIAL �r ' Promote a varied visual structure along Beach Boulevard between I-405 and FOR CuAix6L ), the beach Focus capital improvements in coordination with Caltrans and new LONG TERM POTENTIAL � _ ,�n �I construction on fostering the emergence of greater stnictural differentiation that FOR COANGr is immediate)�`� p0 y obvious to motorists and pedestrians,and that enhances ease of z � ®. SvacIFlc PLAIT"AREA BOUNDARY orientation as well as the visual character and appeal ofthe long corridor. j W '� I I � „; I (LI)��. .Iv �`�_. ��J�k i f ' I�,>✓'i < ��i 'i-�� �� r i '_ �` � - rr i �D���J�'� c z 10) Provide an investment-friendly planning environment I y ,,J -t��-lF3B.�"3gI.���BI-1E�F"', a . �EaL? C i Streamline the development process 6 1 providing clarified L ) P P Y )P g — standards that ment ell out municipal re sufficient development s requirements in sucient .`— C��'s���.y� r ' a €ter`r- i o❑ i � P p p q detail to take the guesswork out ofproposal prepararion;and by 2)simplifying O Lit 1,� TRANSITION RESTRUCTU �; .:.� r'�� '�' �.I'� i ��\'� ( the development review process for proposals that adhere to Specific Plan U P �I r_ (r fi, ���'—' ) �i[ 'si :::x inn .`,,�, L:\.) n :. standards and guidelines - RE O�.�71 f — � it) Employ municipal development policy tools to provide a reliable Q PRESERVATION_:; RESTRUCTURE TRANSITION.' TRANSITION Q environment for investors to invest in a mixed use environment that provides enhanced clarity and reliability as to the character of future adjacent C' IG 1 2 A VARIABLE APPROACH TO 'CORRIDOR REVITALIZATION development - 3 I -- - - --- ,A hnfill development on underutilized properties responding to the broad framework 1.4 THE ENVISIONED FUTURE of the Specific Plan will be composed of the types of coherent arrangements of buildings,streets,an lacking.dtreetd blocks that were formerly lack CORRIDORS ? A Bella Terra will continue to grow in terms of retail offerings,mixture of uses,and The Beach and Edinger Corridors are composed of 550 individual privately held intensity of development,ultimately evolving from stand-alone shopping mall to 11 e ~ properties,and six and a half miles of public rights-of-way owned by the Gty of become the core ofa vital city district This"!'own('enter Core will offer commercial i y; ��„ar a Huntington Beach(in the case of Edinger Avenue)and the State of California(in goods and services that cater to the entire City in a lively pedestrian-friendly s ,,. *" t ✓-�. v , the case of Beach Boulevard).The overarching purpose of the Specific Plan is to environment.Infill development on properties between Golden West College and orchestrate individual public and private investments to produce greater value than this 76u,n Center Core will form a new 7itwn Center Neighborhood,providing air),separate project racticall achieveb rovidin gacommon ur osethata]I housing,office and perhaps lodging for people associated with the college,and y P P l P Y derive b p P for new city residents,while rovidin•a"captive market"to he] support the i 1"`,• "-,. `"" S - ,`- 3 t:.investors can rely upon,contribute to,and derive value fran This section describes )' providing P P PP t a the common purpose to which all investments shall be directed the realization of Town Center Core shops and services. New development lining Edinger Avenue �`'1- a vision of the future that is sufficiently specific to provide a common purpose,yet will ultimately transform the character of the condor fi-om commercial strip to ., „x, loose enough to respond to opportunities and changes in the marketplace that will 'Town Center Boulevard,with development increasingly reflecting the vitality and ` b P PP g P FIG 1.3. PATTERN OF EXISTING DEVELOPMENT inevitably arise pedestrian friendly qualities ofthis eentra]city district The ezr.cnng pattern old..lopmeni to charaelensed by isolated,low rntens'dy..crngl,uce Togethet,the"lour Cenler Core, Town Center Neighborhood,and Town('enter development in an auto-dominated en vonment 1.4.1 EDINGER AVENUE CORRIDOR AND Boulevard are the primary structural elements envisioned for the Edinger Corridor ENVIRONS and Environs—see Figure 1.5.These primary structural elements together form the Regulations contained in the Beach-Edinger Corridors Speck Plan will apply development framework on which the development regulations for each of these r iitr••^:•-'••,r`«xr,. w.n areas(only some of which are included in the Beach-Edinger Specific Plan)are solely to properties located in the Specific Plan Area. The location of the Specific n based The particular characteristics of new development intended for each ofthese Plan Area is illustrated in Figure i.l -Plan Area Map j elements are described and illustrated in the following sections Notwithstanding these formal policy-area boundaries,the primary developments The Emerging Town Center District. Over time,the growing college,the b influencing the optimum potential future for all properties in this portion ofthe City ; 1 # _ are Bella Terra shopping center,Golden West College,and the properties between emerging Town Center Core,and Town Center Neighborhood,will collectively :f ,�` �+ ) x and adjacent to these primary destinations Golden West Transit Center will also form an increasingly identifiable Town Center District(see Figure 1 4 and 1 5)that J P rY y vitality,synergy and mix This special city district will be play an increasingly influential role in the future ofthis part of Huntington Beach is distinguished b its vitali the antithesis of the linear step.development will not sprawl outward,low to the Ahhough these developments are outside ofthe formal Beach&Edinger Corridors ground,it will be compact and clustered;it will not be only type of land use, s 8 E Specific Plan Area for regulatory purposes,this portion ofthe Specific Plan describes P Y one YP the optimum future for thus entire cohesive onion of the City The Specific Plan but a mixture of uses and destinations—retail,entertainment,civic,residential,and P P tY P ®> refers Yo this portion ofthe City as The Edinger Corridor andEnvlrons The Edinger ultimately places of work and lodging will be found there The shopping core will Condor and Environs includes all properties lining Edinger Avenue between the center oil streets with curbside parking and slow moving trafficrenmm�seentofhistonc FIG 1.4.REVITALIZATION FRAMEWORK: intersection of Goldenwest Avenue and Beach Boulevard,as well as the triangle of downtown districts,but featuring contemporary businesses and accommodating the properties Y g g g parking and services that they require. THE TOWN CENTER DISTRICT ro erties formed b the eastern edge of Golden West College,Interstate 405,and The fi,nu e Ybwn c'enier Dist rcr will be character ezed by connected,mixed use development in a n Environs working rvisitinghe Town Center District will be those who value edestrian riendl y enen_,rent,oncnicd ro o town center core. Edinger Avenue see Figure i.2.-Edinger Avenue Corridor and vi ons People living, o g o t P f ) convenience,enjoy being"where the action is"and like to park once and walk,or Land use and development policies implementing the community's intent for ,• a °twin arrive by transit m bicycle. The Town Center District will provide businesses with 'i:i[zlrg - t the Beach and Edinger Avenue Corridors and Environs will be contained in the ?)4 * Center a prominent address while offering workers and customers nearby places to meet, °"r �'` combination ofthe policy portions ofthe Beach&L'dingerCorrtdors Specific Plan, Town _ i`_ 1 Neighborhood The Crossing at Himtin glon Beach Sec{'c Plan(SP13,and,for properties in the eat lunch,and shop. More than anything else,the District will attract people with its - g b p h ) P Pelltea' f+lw ra Edinger Corridor and Environs not falling under the regulatory purview of one of lively pedestrian activity and comfortable environment for walking and lingering, B€a4�l�w�lta �r ,Cent`r these Specific Plans,the Huntnrgrton Reach 7.onmg&Suhdivrsion Ordinance. featuring a generous assortment of sitting places,warmly lit sidewalks and attractive - E~ window displays.Walking and bicycling will be made easy by the district's mixture ' of uses,concentrated development pattern,and its fine-grained network of streets 1) The Evolution of the Edinger Corridor and Environs Y shared by vehicles and pedestrians alike Along these streets,office,housing,and ,� ZNew mfiil and replacement development along the Edinger Corridor and Environs lodging will easily mix in attractive buildings built right rip to the sidewalk,forming L..,...�"�""'" p will be directed toward the augmentation of the existing pattern of isolated,low a consistent"street wall"that creates the feeling of am outdoor living room ( F intensity, single use, surface-parked development, (see Figure 1.3—Pattern oft{c. tldrt'l�p lalChlrQr`tl -h `�'" Note Regarding Photographs Thephotographs displayed m the following sections Existing Development)with development that provides added connectivity,synergy ;i—S g "'4tri��l9llt1.t11 r~*G#It+ C 3 andmix.Rather than requiring everyone to move between propertiesby automobile, are provided to evoke the general character of development envisioned for the , s S , the future development pattern will make walking and bicycling viable choices,and firture of each ofthe emerging centers and segments along the corridors. In many , - x will ultimately make transit riding an appealing alternative to automobile use. cases,these photographs are taken from areas with somewhat different regional Q architectural expressions or local site constraints.None ofthese photos are intended O Piece by piece,the area will be transformed from a sprawling and undifferentiated to provide specific design recommendations or specifications for application to FIG 1.55.TILE ENVISIONED.STRUCTURE OF THE EDINGER p� landscape of buildings separated by large parking lots,to become a memorable new development along the corridors. They are intended to assist in evoking the central city district characterized by its emerging structural differentiation,vitality AVENUE CORRIDOR AND ENVIRONS --- envisioned future scale and development types envisioned for the various emerging +Boundaries shown represent envisioned District Struentre of the Ldinger Avenue Corridor and activity(see Figure 14-Revitalization Framework,The Town Center District). portions ofthe two corridors 4 P and Environc(Bbr the Plan Area Boundary see 1•ig i 7 Plan Area) 14 IV .;s�' s. e:,� ! { t .:# .fix "k,,,�s 6'��,at 'k ,� £', .�'a:.� .� ":i £�. ^` �'-� r'k E •,cs•,�. ;s, ;"^C*;�...r,^a� '� -=e h�",�:' .:5'a.. ,�.F •r,- �> �a, ,�,.��y, Y`� ..crc� n"xan ?.s'' p�.:�a ,.-a,°. � .. � ° "�'i> ,m+� ., s � '' '„`Y'`Y ""'�•. �� "� :�.� �� S`. .� .. �„�" �a'x..�; .:,.�. "° ,.u. �' qs` `� �`; ;�r �a� .d;< •m,;r `�", ,,;,'tee -.�,s' `,k t�'y �"9 .a= '�' x..:;�" �.t:' r'�,y°..�.,...,. �' Ty:�"".i 3 ""`' ;�'�:-'. ;s,sv d�z�a ��", P`" `�-i°.d s §. .,a4 't m+sr =�-�: � � +x •� s <�� 44 T'r �r'°.?a� a,-�y �p "'.r�'9`*7•?s! .: �„�, �, +k - ,3{� '� { s �r sye'� " ��. t``a`�'0 � a. �„�'.� s;.s �'� j .� p� �-*-- .sm 's^; �'` -W�§-�.,: -' :����`� a`.. �.ry'wwwY� .;,,d'� '�`�;-`�r$u'��".s .tip " ';,5.- �' 'Y.�•� � .,,.�.aa�, � " ;>a::� I G � � �g�� �#5��49'f fix. -��� �• � �^ �t�E � 5�*��-�.x xt.. � �.. � r �x" ����� � �'� ;� �Y .; � : , > " ,�' � S �#'sk''" ��� "'�z�, •. `�.,: :"�.4 ry, r¢,�: F �Y»S �. �_ � - 'r.. �r,k .� a� `�' F �.�� .r .'' Mll al ' m u- ,� �� •� 5� "Al '�, . � n�'�:� �„,i•�. � :� O :_„.. �i' .`._`k.;, " ,u�`�� �a .r �? i"� ✓- "v ." �,.,. „,.: 'Y -r"�: 3z'.:��" 3?rk �fi�.,ws'� n��"�A`` w�id ~ i x F►G 1.6.Tim ENVISIONED FUTURE TOWN CENTER DISTRICT (Looking Northeast from the intersection of Edinger&Gothard) i 5 2) Town Center Core Existing Conditions: Envisioned Future District: The area designated as the future Town Center Core occupies the major portion of Asconsumers'and the shopping industry's embrace ofrnixed-use urban shopping a single very large city block.Edinger Avenue runs along the southern edge of this center formats increasingly come to dominate the shopping industry,Bella Terra j superblock,providing substantial visibility to development along that frontage;Beach will grow anduntensifyinkeepmgwiththosemarkettrends.Additionallargescale Boulevard runs along the narrow eastern edge. There are no internal north-south or retail anchors will complement the ones already in place,increasing the number , east-west through-streets Buildings primarily occupy the center of the block and are and type of m-line boutique retail that can be supported Further amemt}'-driven surrounded entirely by surface parking lots. Roadways circling the block ate designed "lifestyle center"components similar to"The y911age"area clustered around the I n the form of wide arterials with narrow sidewalks,no buffering curbside parking,and amphitheater will also be added These will likely be similarly composed of _,,,t' 4 .,. r & f little in the way of amenity The overall pattern provides an environment exclusively restaurants with outdoor during,and entertainment uses featuring continuous r ,xi''... oriented to motorists, ground floor shop fronts with shop windows and doors that adom buildings with y � a high level of finish and detail �,+�.- X t 1 The Town Center Core area is anchored by Bella Terra stropping mall.The shopping center's strategic location in close proximity to the 1-405 Interchange, and to the The difference will be that above and surrounding these shops, a significant „ intersection of Beach Boulevard and Edinger Avenue make it an ideal location for a Population ofresidents,workers,and visitors in mid-rise mixed use buildings will r city and regional center.The mall features a mix of retail anchor uses,in-line shops enjoy the excitement and convenience while adding to the vitality and activity of 4•,. and a cluster of restaurant and entertainment venues surrounding and oriented to the emerging Town Center District. ,�*-` •Pry. a central plaza Building uses are exclusively retail and service uses,there are no In the longer term,as the center expands,large scale surface lots will give way FIG 1.7. ENVISIONED TOWN CI;NTEIZ CORE offices,residences,or hotel rooms The architecture of the Mall includes some of the to structured parking and pedestrian scaled blocks(see Fig. L7-Envisioned DEVELOPMENT TYPES most memorable neo-Mediterranean architecture anywhere in the Specific Plan Area. Town Center Core Development Types)that provide improved circulation and . a connectivity.The new streets,lined with street trees and decorative furnishings, PlanningApproach: f rr will offer convenient parking spaces at the curb,with more spaces tucked behind Promote the gradual restructuring of the low density shopping center into a vibrant buildings in lots and structures The attractive pedestrian-oriented streets will urban shopping district-facilitate the augmentation of Bella Terra with additional } • - , PP g g lead to signature plazas and public spaces in which activity and amenity will be retail anchors, shopping,eating and entertainment venues,residences, offices and concentrated. hotel rooms,as well as a widening variety of pedestrian anremhes,connected streets > - The pictures to the right illustrate the types of development envisioned for the , r '� and public spaces, t ' '. , Town Center Core District-S eci c Revitalization Strafe # P .� Strategy: Town Center Core Edge. At the edge of the Town Center Core as well as along Designate this area as a special City Center district characterized by convenience its Edinger Avenue edge, new development will feature ground-level retail, ' and urban vitality Focus special entitlements in this central area for additional restaurant and entertainment uses contiguous with those already in and being - ,' .. .• �'t*,,, ... city-oriented retail, eating and entertainment venues, as well as entitlements for added to Bella Terra. New development closest to Bella Terra will likely feature dense,creatively designed urban living,working and lodging. Insure the retention at least one new anchor store,which will form the new western edge of the of this area as an activitynode b requiring round-level activity-generating eneratin uses, Y 9 g Y-g g shopping core. Avenue. Implement standards that require 11 especially along Edingerve ue. hip ement development Stanfuture development to feature primary entrances oriented to existing and new walking The pictures to the right illustrate the types of development envisioned for the streets,featuring comfortable sidewalks and attractive landscaping. implement short Town Center Core Edge r- - term improvements to key intersections along Beach and Edinger to facilitate growth sy_ `` r „ without sacrificing mobility. Investigate and pursue longer term street improvements • e r and especially transit facilities to provide increased convenience and accessibility to this emerging city and regional center. :cl ; W *Bwindaries shown t present enrrsmned Distant Struct—of the Edinger Avemre Corridor and h.'nvtrons(hor the Plan Area Boundary see hug t I Plan Area) I CENTER z #I CURE . CORE Edinger Avenue I Edinger Avenue rA �1.,•_...�.SILLJ i r AOo. ,m. °..' '�...,...�`'.'L.�i ~'t°' �. !QD .?s•`' +. IM TOWN CENTER CORE LOCATION MAP TOWN CENTER NEIGH immooD EDGE LOCATION MAP ENVISIONED DEVELOPMENT FOR TOWN CENTER CORE 6 'A, m ag, 1 5 2*- 4 R, IT Is "K tvt , Mm 33 TIM, kig-, k0r C) ENVISIONED DEVELOPMENT FOR TOWN CENTER CORE ENVISIONED DEVELOPMENT FOR TOWN CrNTER CORE EDGE _ 3)_ Town Center Neighborhood Existing Conditions: District-Specific Revitalization Strategy: The area between and adjacent to Bella Terra and Golden West College contains Place high priority on promoting the redevelopment of the large underutilized the largest assembled properties in the Beach Boulevard and Edinger Avenue properties in this area,taking advantage of their position between Golden West development corridors. Several of those large properties are underutilized and, College and Bella Terra,and their high visibility along Edinger Avenue Insure given their location between these two popular destinations, likely targets for that new investment provides a pattern that promotes much better connectivity for s "^'" ,y :.,.* new investment. At the time of plan adoption,the property located immediately college students and employees,shoppers and residents by providing smaller blocks along the western edge of Bella Terra-the largest privately held property along the with buildings oriented to attractive walking(and bicycling)streets. Facilitate ^_ m ,, Corridor-is occupied by a vacant former department store. higher intensity budding types and a mix of uses with entitlements permitting a ,`+', wide range of uses and greater building heights than is typical for most of the city, Notwithstanding the substantial visibility along Edinger Avenue,there is very little and by requiring minimum development intensitiesin the way ofexisting retail or services in this area oriented toward the thoroughfare. Buildings are single-story strictures set back substantially on the Edinger Avenue Complement and stimulate new investment with street improvements along Edinger frontage. There is a cluster of retail and services located along Gothard Street Avenue that replace the look-alike strip with a distinctive boulevard designed t that is oriented to the college_ Whereas development south of Center Avenue more around the requirements of retailing while maintaining efficient throughput �;>+ consists exclusively of single-story retail and surface parking,uses between Center Leverage transit infrastructure to add to the attractiveness of the area by partnering Avenue and the freeway contain a wide range of uses and building types,including with state,regional and local transit agencies to make increasing use of the tracks medium density residential,racrise hotel and office development,and a low-rise and to enhance the visibility and accessibility of Go]den WestTranspoitationCen[er FIG 1.8.ENVISIONED TOWN CENTER entertainment-oriented"village'development. to a much wider variety of transportation modes NEIGHBORHOOD DEVELOPMENT TYPES Existing developments are separated by wide spaces primarily covered in surface Envisioned Future District: ra - tt parking lots,and by wide arterial roadways,discouraging walking between venues Near term development activity will take advantage of the large areas of vacant ` Building entrances are oriented to parking lots Block circumferences are very and underutilized land between the Town Center Core and Golden West College ,. K'v y '1 j large, scaled entirely to motorized vehicles,too large to accommodate walking fe, �•+` a g g g to provide the pioneering investment that will begin the formation of the urban or even much bicycling The pattern of streets organized oil to the specific sts s��' r> Y g P g >' 1 neighborhood surrounding and supporting the Town Center Core This will be y,. configurations of current development,rather than to provide a long-term street and a city neighborhood with a difference It will feature the City's widest range of block framework for development and change over time. contemporary housing es,and possibly a wide mixture of uses,all concentrated P Y g 1YP P Y The area is bisected by the railroad right-of-way,which features no pedestrian within walking distance ofthe Town Center Core's theater,shops,restaurants,cafes, crossing facilities,further discouraging walking around the area The overall effect nightlife,and anmenities As mfill proceeds and the region continues to invest in its •"_ �-" ;i. .;=;'�, ,r+;. is one of separate development projects in an automobile-oriented setting Golden transit infrastructure,the neighborhood will benefit from the presence of Golden p p P J S West Transportation Center is located in the middle of this zone,and is separated West Transit Center at its center while also promoting transit ridership. ' from Golden West College b a surface parking lot,and from the railroad tracks b ' b y P 6 y The vitality,safety and identity ofthe neighborhood will primarily stern front the new an undeveloped property. streets and pedestrian ways that homes face,and that provide connectivity between `"` the college,the shopping core,and the transit center The pattern of pedesrian " , PlanningApproaeb: scaled blocks that is created by these streets and ways will be distinguished by the a t As new development occurs,facilitate the restructuring of this area into a more special public spaces distributed along them. '"'• pedestrian-friendly and connected series of buildings and spaces Buildings lining the new streets will be artfully designed,and will be built close to the sidewalk with entrances facing the public thoroughfares Building massing and fayade composition will emphasize variety and street-side interest(Fig. 1.8 j Envisioned Town Center Neighborhood Development Types).Facades will feature *Boiinda*iee shown iepi esent envisioned Otstrici Sbaictiire ojthe Edinger Avenue Corridor richly detailed windows and doorways,building forecourts,terraced urban gardens, 4ii"` e qp lr �, and F,'nvaom//or the Plan Area Boundrn,v see Fig i J Plan Area) ,„ ,. v, :, e r front s and bay widows stoops, .axx s The pictures to the right illustrate the types of development envisioned for the Town - rz f i Center Neighborhood area Connections to Golden West College& Transit Center. As the Town Center - District grows,it will provide what have been the missing connections to and fromr \� Golden West College and the Golden West Transit Center.The GoldenWes[College Edinger Avenue Campus will continue to be a significant presence along Edinger Avenue.Improved T }-• 1 -s- . -�. ELL++ pedestrian connections created by new Town Center Neighborhood development rr 1 °� � � *•Ll "M', will allow the student and faculty population to enjoy the wide variety of retail and x L y.N-"—"--^'! >•^-^-_' �""" �'� �Ao entertainment in the nearby Town Center Core Visitors throughout the City and the µ region will take advantage of the Transit Center's central location to arrive by bus ^,- ..l.• and/or train to patronize the lively Town Center Core.Likewise,transit will provide Town Center residents and university goers with the critical opportunity to travel to TOWN CENTER NEIGHBORHOOD ANTERIOR LOCATION MAP other workplace or activity centers without relying on their car. - --- 8 40 41 1,04 A, 'A -L,2,m -per J, p Edinger Avenue -bo,g INi7ii,i,DEVELOPMENT ON THE PROPERTIES BETWEEN GOLODENWEST COLLEGE AND BELLA TERRA WILL BE ws. N, a CHARACTLMMI)BY SMALL BLOCKS AND A NETWORK OF CONNECTED PEDESTRIAN SPACES.tl Itivnol part qfthisi'li,,&,egirl,tions S fi Art jw AA A 4) Town Center Boulevard Existing Conditions: Envisioned Future Segment: e transformation of the Edinger Corridor and Environs will be most visible along The segment of Edinger Avenue between Goldenwest and Beach Th Boulevard visibly g b benefits from its proximity to the 1-405 Interchange The resultant positioning ofthe Edinger Avenue itself The older strip development-characterized by low-rise, Bella Tema shopping center a[the primary intersection insures that the properties single-use development set back behind surface parking lots and monument signs- rw � } .. " PP g P� rY P P , along Edinger within this portion of the corridor remain highly visible to a wide will give way to development that retains the economic advantages conferred by the C , Population of potential customers.The consistency and stability of commercial location's high visibility and accessibility.but in a patient that is configured to make uses along this segment is similar to the Town Center Boulevard segment of Beach walking a Diable choice,and to accommodate a wider range of uses •' ' + Boulevard, which is equally proximate to the 1-405 interchange. But whereas Physically,a greater proportion ofbuildings will be positioned between the street and i theBeach Boulevard segment is characterized by small and shallow property the parking facilities on to ofsome ofthe parking facilities), activity- configurations � configurations that limit redevelopment potential,the Edinger Avenue Corridor generating uses with public sidewalks(Fig 1 9 Envisioned Town Center Boulevard segment features a wide range of large and medium scale properties The larger Commercial Development Types) New development on properties lining Edinger scale of the properties combined with their proximity to two important destinations p p p ty p Avenue will typically feature a mixture of ground-level shops and services,with —Bella Terra shopping center and Golden West College,is likely to result in ongoing upper-level homes,offices,or hotel rooms(Fig IA0-Envisioned Town Center - investment and intensification of this portion of the City. Boulevard Mixed-Use Development Types) Many of the buildings will feature Planning Approach: multiple levels,reducing tire proportions of the space that Edinger Avenue passes through,reducing the overwhelming scale of the space for pedestrians. FIG 1.9.ENVISIONED TOWN CENTER BOULEVARD Encourage gradual iransilion to more pedestrian oriented and distinctive building types and site treatments,as well as increasingly efficient land use As one proceeds out and away from the Town Center Core,development will COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT TYPES become less compact:the spaces between buildings will expand,and the proportion Segment-Specific Planning Strategy: of the buildings built up to the sidewalk edge will decrease,and the buildings may Employ policy tools to support continued investment in a wide range of city and even become more low-rise,providing a transition from the district's most urban, 'r neighborhood oriented retail and services,while directing new invesrinent away core to its less urban edges. Over time,the amount of ground level retail may likewise increase as one moves toward the Town Center Core and decrease in the from purely auto-oriented formats to formats more supportive of pedestrian activity and more flattering to the identity of the city—while ietaining features of other direction. ¢ development that provide visibility and access from F,dingei Avenue. In addition, The transformation of the Edinger Corridor will be supported by frontage Provide entitlements for mixed-use development to encourage gradual increase improvements, converting the existing large expanses of pavement into deep, in land use efficiency. Require new development to contribute to the necessary green,tree lined landscaping or protected parking access lanes Each block of new .--•'' " ' expansion of corridor vehicular capacity by requiring the constriction ofnew street development will feature a unique protected parking access lane with slow moving segments that ultimately provide alternative routes,particularly for shorter,internal traffic and amenities that buffer the sidewalk from the central fast-moving center of j district trips Foster the emergence of a more attractive street environment by Edinger. Pedestrians will be able to stroll,eat outdoors when the weather is nice, extending required new improvements to the existing curb and window shop in this slow-moving area Tlus main street-like environment along p r �? Edinger will also create a comfortable"buffer zone"for upper stories of housing, lodging,and/or offices that will help make the Town Center successful. � s ..,. These improvements will provide the street environments to match development -- characterized by building and shop entrances that open out toward public sidewalks - With the wide thoroughfare in the center accommodating relatively high traffic volumes,the sidewalks buffered by rows of street trees and curbside parking,and FIG 1.1 B.ENVISIONED TOWN CENTEIt BOULEVARD the cohesive building types oriented toward the street,an identifiable civic boulevard MIXED-USE DEVELOPMENT TYPES will gradually emerge.The transformed"Town Center Boulevard"will provide the H central spine and iconic identity of the emergent Town Center District. G *Boundaries shown represent envisioned Distrrot Slriicluie of the 7iduxger Avenue FW., Corridor and[:nriroias(For the Plan Area Boundary see hug,I Plan Area) The pictures to the right and opposite illustrate the types of development envisioned for the Town Center Boulevard. t TOWN HH J " CENTER ti ROVI-EVAtRD Edinger -- -- - TOWN CENTER BOULEVARD LOCATION MAP 10 q kyA' � S 1 � yl 9 �� f.�r� •Y - � �s '.k'„x. Vim' - ��+'fc� � �* 9. I Sp�YJJ LL �'y� ryp 51d9 ". y9y 1 4 �"• a'C. a'£�5c,.". . , jr t+ �.^�' �#t' �: :..�.�r,���"� S 4�,t � 4�.µ �•+F6�-_ '� .� y?1� IMa �' f 5 ���. ,.�. ��3 1 �Y.��I e��iY1•b�.v� �' �p•e -�'�h xk'rs:Yk:'..'�^'-- ��� e ' TOWN CENTER BOULEVARD-ENVISIONED DEVELOPMENT TYPES ACROSS FROM -- �� AND WEST OF CORE AREA t F v- z TOWN CENTER BOULEVARD - ENVISIONED DEVELOPMENT TYPES AT Q CORE FRONTAGE � 11 i 5) Residential Transition Areas Existing Conditions: Residential Transition Areas are established in locations where properties are located between the existing commercial strip coiridor and established low density residential neighborhoods,where the - property lines of corridor-fronting properties abut the residential development. Existing coiridor-oriented strip development typically features building types and/or site u eatinents that are significantly ."` ,f incompatible with the character of the existing residential neighborhood Planning Approach: Facilitate the Iran itioning of the pattern of development along these rear portions of the corridor- fronting properties to feature conditions more compatible with adjacent low-density residential neighborhoods Area-Specific Revitalization Strategy: As new development occurs on properties between Edinger Avenue or Beach Boulevard and adjacent low-density residential neighborhoods,require the edges of new development immediately FIG 1.1 I.ENVISIONLD RESIDENTIAL.TRANSITION AREA contiguous with those neighborhoods to feature compatible uses and site treatments IntheResidential DEVELOPMENT TYPLS Transition Area south of Edinger Avenue,require new development to contribute to the necessary expansion of corridor vehicular capacity by requiring the construction of new street segments that ultimately provide alternative routes to take some of the pressure off Edinger Avenue,particularly -^'-`• ,�., �, * - ,i:J for shorter,internal district trips. '' " t Envisioned Future Development: Newinvestmenton large properties along Edinger Avenue will be configuredto provide asignificantly improved transition to the residential development that it abuts to the south. Where residential development to the south is characterized by rear lot conditions,new development will"complete I the block"matching rear lot to rear lot New residential streets will be constructed to"knit"new "',t' ,' 1 .1. - 4"•! development back into the"fabric"of existing neighborhoods and to provide appropriate transition to denser housing or commercial development lining Edinger Avenue(Fig.1 11 Envisioned Residential ' .� N ....wa �i... ,y.Y ,• Y Transition Area Development Types) ;w New streets required for new development along large properties will help establish an expanded medium sized block and street network parallel to Edinger Avenue These new streets and blocks will allow more vehicles to circulate within the Town Center District without contributing to the ,,.+ '^�, ,., � =•_ Y - j traffic along Edinger Avenue New streets will simultaneously provide the proper means by which .A- • - _�, k ortioiis of deep parcels currently occupied b low intense development can infill with a mix of t733 ""'" "• 1, p p P Y p Y intensity p � �_ t - �..t� L. office,and medium density housing that will assist with the improvement of the transition from •'"' "' - uE �k...) _ Edinger's mixed use environment to the existing housing beyond <xr�,aYx >�dF - r��i•' - _ The pictures to the right illustrate the types of development envisioned foe the Residential Transition } Areas. N �; H ..'Y.•b'',O W!"'`dw, -S, Z *Boundaries shown r< re•eent<nvenoncd prrrrat Sbvcnrro of dx Ldrngcr Arrnuc('nrndor. 71 ' f j and Environs(For the Man Area Boundar)sec Fig r 1 Plan Arcq) - _ <"`-� `a + ry Y ,# 77 TOWN CENTER BOULEVARD AI C T, n "47- Edinger v 12 RESIDENTIAL TRANSITION AREA LOCATION MAP 1.4.2 BEACH BOULEVARD CORRIDOR § -- Downtown r' t" Li From Commercial Strip to a Pattern of Centers and Segments: ' " Dot ing the period of time in which development is guided by this Specific Plan,Beach Boulevard Corridor will begin its transfonuation from commercial strip to a pattern of _ v r, +i Centers and Segments(see Figures 1.12 and 1 13 Developed during the community � !' . ,3, _ .a „m *, 'si'° .. ., .,,,.. workshop visioning process) Whereas the commercial strip is undifferentiated-a wt -ro .� linear pattern ofexclusively commercial buildings,typically low-rise(with some very visible exceptions),surface parking lots,and monument signs,the firture corridor will be increasingly characterized b an emerging structural differentiation there will Beaeh y' -�r•k-•- ,r r _ ` gY Y g g '� be clusters of shops,activity,mix,and intensity-Centers,and there will be longer linear portions distinguished by cohesive building types,frontage landscaping,and 's - `,' -r^ t .t�'Ii ra �Tewn center emerging market focus-Segments. Whereas the commercial stop caters to a narrow _ - ,:;kst- .,f;; e,a' s:r ;�r - "v, • �' District segment of market demand(tire demand for motorist-oriented commercial goods and services),the emerging Centers and Segments will have a much wider appeal '!'own Centers will offer community services as well as commercial goods and services CITY LANDMARK& RESIDENTIAL PARKWAY 5 POINTS MIXED-USE BOULEVARD ❑1 EDINGER CORRIDOR/ CORRIDOR STREEfSCAPE Extend high value develop- Focus dramatic visual I alien- Levers the medical/office 405 INTERCHANGE ZONE that Cater to the entire City ill a Setting Of Comfortable Walking streets and transit m¢nt attern toward 5 P Lion on the role o 5 poinTS anchors to promote additional Enable short-term re- Imoplem¢ntshort-term im- pointsP mayor community cross- - tall stment service,amidst a mix of liomes,offices and hotel rooms above the lively ground level pus m demonstrate Does �vestment oPpairlumlies the Vernondo. commitment to Leverage demand for housing shopping and entertainment venues,Neighborhood('enters will specialize in serving aormaor remtah nation as an engine for re-invest- Promote the continued sic- Orchestrate public and psi- Promote the continued the needs of nei ghborhoods within a short drive;mixed-use Neighborhood Boulevard Match Phase I Im is eat m�is,nv.t.d strip ess of this vote pansion and mtensrfmat,om �, provemen properties location for community or- stment to create an at- f the Bella Terra mall to to stimulate investment m anted shopping tro<trve boulevard segment mature Town Center WO and7invn Cenler Boulevard segments will focus on a synergistic mix of workplace, the most prommng segments Su ort li�ted neighbor- rricr hog reta� nd services can- Enable mvestment m a ws- Support continued n ighbor- commereial and high density residential uses Infill development on underutilized Extend Surf City haracter ters along tie parkway ble,mixed-use dust¢r at hood ¢,f+` Leverage"demand for hous- e Beach Blvd to the this central location serving retail c¢nt¢rsnn s an "of new properties responding to the broad framework of the Specific Plan will contribute to ios city Got eway elect n9eerman,gene locations an emerging pattern of coherent arrangements of buildings,streets,and blocks that Insti ote Imka es between were formerly lacking. BEACH&EDINGER CORRIDORS Camm�m atalllege,c West Re-all corridor properties with contemporary corridor fronting proper- New public and private investment will complement many of the offerings that were nTmr raka demand commere,ol strip to a pattern of ties already in place prior tothe adoption ofthe plan New shops and entertainmentvenues centers a adsagmenrs will add to the overall draw of the corridors,new and expanded auto dealerships Establish aT.lamm�g framework that enables near p P term oppor unity sites to contribute to a long term alre will widen la the"captive wide range of auto sales venues - offer,traffic, new residents will -- - Implepromoment nsupprt capitol improvements forms of investment - - - - -- brio a larger"ca ttve audience"to an meat the drive-by traffic,and new street improvements will enhance the walking and driving environment as well as the visual FIG.1.12 CONCEPTUAL REVITALIZATION&URBAN DESIGN FRAMEWORK identity ofthe corridors - TheimplementationofthisSpecificPlanismtendedtobeginthis transformation from r;t"l�.Ci�� .,'I}� - s: .:�iJ LI��III l-mil -�,: r"'I'l I. „�i( i�L) �i�, •I� I S((l.„,�:� the linear commercial strip that has fallen out of favor with market trends to a patterna) j of centers,boulevard and parkway segments more in keeping with contemporary " .� �1 I )' ff L.�ii -. �', ' - consumer and investor preferences and with value already in place along the corridors ;, {lr i 1%' l;i `' ;C."s=y' V TOV - 'E�rttg The particular characteristics envisioned for each of the Centers and Segments that t ��r''r I c`d"'�'II€ ,��,y, pc! will define the revitalized corridor are as outlined in the following sections. -� �U�� ui V t' 69 rd Q lam .=11,1; C nr CstL, fg'ms «;�`,C^, '� i ') •t:L;,� � L.i. ,�1(-._ i ''' i�b s"as «,a�� "�,.4`r �: _ ", "'",„il,`, I x`' °°�-zs. ,*�`✓,. ,�' ly C CAI I mil �I� l�,(-I.k( .I."144144411 'dA, ��,x., `=,#"tA•o, ri "'s ,;.,� -� '�� � ��`�� ��;���`r- —- 'I x W it r _� �_[117VA IP4Ui1�J4J1111 F�'1.a��1 ` �BI�1�-�( u L F���h-3 P���h�'l'��E��_ -�. �'� >: r � Ic�entiaYPa�" Pe1;; l�a _ATelghbroo �ar w �C ` I � � � ] � J( `'. F11�:r'_ r.-r,' II s�� 7 ".'a, 3'.�,- __ 1�13 't x( :, . _;g_C '.: i��E�{ � { V I�I,I (_�Iy. „J , v �sBe xh..Vd .T r'� �'�z- �'�i J �GEr �l It ��ly � '�i1.11'�INri ,.,R,.s 'L�.. `---� �t . .„T;,`? iC�, .r r �„ i�'.'T(�''� Jp\ i r;� ''' U nx"-w=x�^. ">"nc ;,£r..tifr>.5.,"},, ".��:: :k 4.,'# .t ?� 4'%e;'*1 4 Lam, 1� \ z' �I`i)(a(s, 2„t,rr L�` r J Ilk x a I ) TOWn` „'.. £. ^•�. - �2s.11. 1 - • :: 1�, ,i�' _,r� ___I It;CCs : urNh_bPd Center> L , x< LI C nterry :CO <. I�JC riLCI ,TIT - f2 111.13 PATTERN OF CENTERS AND SEGMENTS 13 1) S,outhern Speclfic,Plan BouridaI to41 .Adain� Residential Parkway,$egment Existing Conditions: G. The southernmost segment ofBeach Boulevard is unique among all the other segments �^ - � �_ •+ ''_. of the Specific Plan. It is almost entirely composed of residential development "' of solid to high value,typical of many beach city residential neighborhoods in �,,r _ <„• gw ;� .y �'- �� a '" „� close proximity to the Pacific Ocean Residential developments are well protected fiom the wide thoroughfare of Beach Boulevard b enerous lantm intervening S Y g P S a:f i service lanes,decorative walls,and/or by virtue of the developments'orientation toward side streets a t Planning Approach: Preservation Segment-Specific Preservation Strategy: ,x Infill and replacement development in this area will be directed by plan regulations t a§ to primarily replicate and very subtly improve upon the best features of the existing pattern(Fig I 14-Envisioned Residential Parkway Development Types). FIG 1.14.ENVISIONED RESIDENTIAL PARKWAY _. DEVELOPMENT TYPES The pictures to the right illustrate the types of development envisioned for the .,r ---r--<r ��*—� r�• �--r -*4- "^-r - ^-�^- ,) , Residential Parkway. _'; ''''`- s•. ', M a-; _r Neighborhood Center. � ii There is one existing neighborhood shopping center area extending southward f g g pP g gam. from the comer of Atlanta and Beach(see Residential Parkway Location Map). �� Community objectives that would apply to substantial changes to that center are iI. �� � _ i-r.,,(1":?'t �; '•f •„�� '�, '+ ''� V, �'"� j described in the section labeled"Neighborhood Centers"below ��,d r l*f,.��" s ^„g aN�� •,l's s *" s "a.w.�.,.�.-.M a `t it Lt t 1'S ) " "F 1 �,7 � 9 1 f x .t=i-r,E i� '"'._z¢i 3 .... :. •G Est_kv � -z.* ea�d�l zFm�t 1I =u Cam— 4 /LBe- �lvds` Ff — �f �b A/e-1 .g"=1 ' II �( Cf•_ I �L1� •��,� s * s 3. -t r't "q a." •'3" — 111 .'a:�[-7 ( I'a —Inman) (�J,(J M a w• - 11 RESIDENTIAL PARKWAY LOCATION MAP 14 3) =Adams to Five Points Neighborhood Parkway Se m_-..�._:enu ` ...,z. s � ..._�,� .. ,... .,Gm �" � ��'� ',� �..,� �' ,� ��..� }'FYrB Existing Condition: The"residential parkway"charactei ofthe southernmost segment of Beach Boulevard t changes most dramatically at the properties clustered around the Adams Avenue intersection. From the Adams intersection northward,the residential parkway is abruptly replaced by ageing commercial strip development,characterized by the M � .. Sail' typical one story development surrounded or set back behind surface parking lots, 4:r+* _ 1 and little in the way of landscaping or any type of pedestrian amenities.The abrupt change in development pattern is matched by an equally abrupt drop in apparent value,upkeep and visual character `' "§s `,` -,�"�'^-� =M, ft •' - Planning Approach: Restrcture/Revitalize i i Segment-Specific Revitalization Strategy: ' The best opportunity for revitalization of this segment is to direct new public ,l q # and private investment to forms that can be associated with the generally much more valuable and attractive segment to the immediate south,and that are also I present in the flanking neighborhoods to the east and west This segment of Beach /:xnrrng cnmmernaLc,np devclnpment north ofAdams Boulevard is poorly positioned to attract substantial new retail investment other than that supportable by residential in relatively close proximity,which accounts 8`•` z Sr�FN ii a pa�o A p ,L NE26NB } for the relatively poor performance of retail other than that located in the anchored r j neighborhood center Since it is closer to the Pacific Ocean than any of the other disinvesting segments along the Beach Boulevard corridor, its best chance for revitalization is to employ capital improvements and for private development to become increasingly associated with the residential neighborhoods to the south, east and west This will also result in an improved edge for those flanking neighborhoods. In order to maximize the likelihood of much needed new investment in this _ t segment,a wider range of land uses will be permitted than in exclusively par rm k Center k( - residential segment extending immediately south to the beachfront In addition to residential development,office, lodging and neighborhood-serving retail will also be permitted. In order to insure that new investment continues to mimic the i A L N E 2 e H&o o - ' `:•. imagery of the neighboring Residential Parkway segment,all development(outside �,�.x„ _.x..td�,.z^tee � .,, ,x wa RBI o.,.,, ,.,�, .,;�,„„y,___,„_,.,.. .t.�� .,,." of the neighborhood retail centers-see next section)must be required to provide Sugtnent-spec fie nvuahsanm,strategy.as%o cite new development with the more valuable segments tothe umnedx to-wh the front setback and landscaping,as well as the streetscape improvements that are so important to the increasing identification of this segment with the one south of + t e# "{� `� ,x 1 B «� Yl t r, t , Adams. J �t" n r ygR ro aas w 04X-7 ".. r „ }}�w. �e� r,��, ' =$` Tip `xR` ? { kb°t 'ro r"'ka+ s �i,'j P�"7`C . ` y .'a`f�.+ -^''1f ,.' +, i.wr ¢' ,w °*r«%w'v s„ +o- ��� _ tL n1^ r s' v } . �# �' # .rat tt z �Pallsi.t .. f . s ew a.ai_*13eachAB4uiLF �'y r �` •iF r.s r e; t s-xt a #�+ e s T ter _ ♦ cps r. a �s el fi nthoo'l�aaa �, 7M.1 �I �r JI IC1 �� i II L) (� Ul_� l:nvu,mved nerghborhoad parkway tnfil!devclopmen! O NEIGHBORHOOD PARKWAY LOCATION MAP 15 -------------- ----------- Envisioned Future Segment: Gradually,disinvesting strip development occupying the properties along Beach Boulevard will be replaced by primarily residential development oriented away Z from the arterial and toward perpendicular side streets(Fig 1.15 - Envisioned ;T 2131 lv� Neighborhood Parkway Development Types) Investment in new office buildings may also be attracted to this area,as might small scale hotels or bed-and-breakfast venue attracted by the improved setting and the short drive to the beach New homes will face neighborhood streets lined with shade trees in curbside strips and decorative neighborhood-scale streetlights New offices or hotel uses may V prefer to fortually face Beach Boulevard while providing access to parking facilities front side streets In areas characterized by large scale blocks,new development will provide new connecting streets for buildings to face,and mid-bJoeve I k an for access to parking facilities The resulting smaller blocks will add incrementally v A to the walk-ability of the neighborhood,and to the growing internal neighborhood circulation network. The Beach Boulevard frontage will feature extensive screening landscaping as well as decorative walls or fences New strectscape improvements will feature landscaped parkway strips with informal clusters of plant materials that invoke the image of the beach and oceanfront and that buffer sidewalks from the traffic on the arterial. Street firmiturc will likewise contribute to the"beach parkway"imagery so Isimportant to the identity ofthis highly visible portion of the city.New investment in non-residential uses will be designed to make compatible neighbors to prospective residential developments The pictures on the opposite page illustrate the types of development envisioned for T y;T 7- 7 , .111 11 U1,11 4, the Neighborhood Parkway. T Neighborhood Center: j'�k There are two designated neighborhood shopping centers in this segment, one occupying the majority of the eastern frontage of Beach Boulevaid between Adains anYorktown Avenues,and the other occupying the southwest quadrant of the vVK1 Ml� intersection of Beach Boulevard and Garfield Avenue(see Neighborhood Parkway q Location Map) Community objectives that would apply to substantial changes to that center are described in the section labeled"Neighborhood Centers"below. X Wt_ ' � � �'KK� � (oaf'.. „�� ^' `.a � t'4.�. `��z �•`>`s r y. �i$ '� �v�` �"�.���. I FIG 1.15.ENVISIONED NEIGHBORHOOD PARKWAY DEVELOPMENT TYPES 16 3 �Ne�ghborh` ent ors(located l h6parkwa a se is .'�W.....�.��'.�� _,.�� �4 K. I''. � N b '��� tp 5 f•�. � "P4�G K'R^; Existing Conditions: Three clusters of conveniently located anchored neighborhood shopping centers +� currently serve residents,hotel guests and businesses located in the Residential Parkway and Neighborhood Parkway segments All three shopping centers are single-story,surface-parked,and consist of exclusively commercial uses. Planning Approach: ti Retain Neighborhood Centers;encourage eventual iran.silion ofproperties to greater a land use efficiency and mixture of complementary uses ep w, r Segment-Specific Planning Strategy: Focus primary entitlements for neighborhood-serving retail&services for these two ,:•tr^` " �'`^- parkway segments in this location,limit entitlements for highly visible anchored l --`r'•and clustered retail elsewhere in the segment To encourage eventual maximum efficiency of land use and a less exclusively auto-oriented type of development, FIG 1.16.ENVISIONED NEIGIIRORIIOOD CENTER provide entitlements for intensification with upper level housing, office, and/ DEVELOPMENT TYPES or lodging Insure that new development contributes to the emergence of a more d 7 �•> _._.. 77 attractive street environment by specifying new landscaping improvements that a extend from the right-of--way Line to the existing back-ot=curb . �"� a Envisioned Future Development: g z 3 y *, New development an these sites may continue to provide exclusively shopping4.At center uses with surface parking(Fig 1 16-Envisioned Neighborhood Center :, I Development Types). New development may also feature a wider mixture of uses _ Ij�^ +-.*. and structured parking. In either case,ground level uses will continue to provide convenient neighborhood serving retail uses such as supermarkets and specialty grocery stores, pharmacies and banks, as well as small-scale restaurants and cafes,personal and business services. Upper level uses may include apartments, _ condominiums,offices,or hotel rooms_ Y The neighborhood centers will be distinguished from the rest of the developed areas of the parkway segments by their enhanced visibility from the roadway. The screening landscaped setbacks and parkway strips that distinguish the parkway segments will not be a feature of the neighborhood centers. A portion of the new --- 4buildings will be built tip to the back of the sidewalk,and the sidewalk will extends r to the curb. Palm trees and street lights indicative of the parkway segments will be s` z * v ay r.�a ut". located along the sidewalk. s The pictures to the right illustrate the types of development envisioned for Neighborhood Centers. N i I .y'i � '+ - L_l}�" � ��(z � � �:= mar we '. r � 1,� •�tx"^ :v' "� Si Jl- I Nerg b4r 'r � „ . t . PARKWAY PIEIGIIBORII0OD CENTERS LOCATION MAP � � 17 ) Filve Pia Existing Conditions: jThe Five Points Area occupies the half-way point between the beaelifront and I-405,and is organized around the confluence of Beach Boulevard and Main Street 1 It contains Five Points Shopping Center—a 160,000 square foot community retail =r.yr . fz center that includes a mix of national and regional retailers,including Trader Joe's, Old Navy,Pier One Imports,and GAP The area south of Main Street is characterized by a more haphazard mix of uses-office,medical services,multi-family and senior { _ housing-and building types Development is organized into a few very long blocksI - -_--...h Al that stretch from Main to Garfield without any opportunity to circulate within the district.A number of the properties appear ready for change Planning Approach: Relain the successful Five Points community retail center,and support its eventual +"" intensification andmis;encourage the res/rue/urrngandrevetalrsuuonofsuiroundmg FIIi 1.17.ENVISIONED FIVIi POINTS CORE � I" �� {^ � � "' areas to enhance market focus and district appeal DEVELOPMENT TYPES ' ' a" District-Specific Planning Strategv �3 1iu � Designate this geographically central area of the city and the Specific Plan as a I" i s. , potential city center characterized b convenience and urban vitality. Provide �` b k . P tY y ty� .6f.• entitlements for greater development intensity than surrounding segments.Insure the retention of the core retail area by requiring continued ground floor retail and _ : '�t�� - '% �• t` 41'` services in that central portion of flie district Create the conditions for long-term •, e s +""• '" evolving intensification and mix of the Five Points shopping center by providing - ,�, ,,;• i`r'•, ; the greatest development intensities in that core area. Investigate potential short term and longer term improvements to the intersection and to the configuration of conveiging streets to facilitate growth without sacrificing mobility Insure that new '� lsl • ';� - :-` r development contributes to the emergence of a more attractive street environment by specifying new landscaping improvements that extend from the right-of-way line to the existing back-of-curb The pictures to the right illustrate the es of develo ment envisioned for the Five p b tap P ie 1 s rk r Points Core. ApP "Fiz NRA r�V"IntsC\ tT '� 1I Iq. .+k oRugi� III L if o i u._ - FIVL POINTS CORE 18 Envisioned Future District. Infill development on underutilized properties responding to the broad framework buildings,streets,and blocks that were formerly lacking in this centrally located district.New apartments,condominiums,professional and medical office buildings of the Specific Plan will be composed of the types of coherent arrangements of will face public sidewalks with lobby entrances,shopfronts,and attractively detailed facades Parking will be screened from view along primary street frontages, Buildings will be taller and development more compact in Five Points than in most other city neighborhoods,providing the intensity and activity expected in a vibrant urban district (Fig. 1.18- Envisioned Five Points Neighborhood Development Types) The extra development intensity and thriving retail center will insure the emergence of a vital urban district in the center of the city,especially if future rail transit extends as far south as Five Points Although significantly smaller than Downtown or the Town Center District on Edinger,the Five Points District will likewise offer the choice of living or working in a convenient and walkable mixed use urban neighborhood NZ, Although new investment is expectedin theportion ofFive Points locatedtothe south Fit, 1.8.ENVISIONED FIVE POINTS of Main Street,the Specific Plan provides the framework for long term investment NEIGHBORHOOD DEVELOPMENT TYPES on the property occupied by Five Points Shopping Center. New investment on that property will continue to provide the synergistic mix of ground-level retail uses catering to the larger community,while ultimately augmenting the ground level k+ activity with substantial nud-rise office and residential uses above,continuing the A44 process of intensification in tire geographic center of the city(Fig 1 17 Envisioned Five Points Core Development Types). The pictures to the light illustrate the types of development envisioned for the Five Points Neighborhood. 'W -4R f 5 Po 4A iii ict, 9., FIVE POINTS NEIGHBORHOOD LOCATION MAP FiG.1.18.ENVISIONED FIVE POINTS NEIGImollmooi)DEVELOPMENT TYPES F 19 ........... 15) '-,.Five'Points t;l Warner 1!,lg I I,bI lillood BoulevArd,', Existing Conditions: As development extends along Beach Boulevard too far to be considered within veq convenient reach of the 1405 interchange,yet not close to the value-generating benefits ofclose proximity to the beachfiront,apparent market focus and the propensity ofowners to reinvest in properties appears to diminish.The segment extending from Warner to j### LL Five Points is therefore characterized by a significant amount of ageing commercial strip development. Development types are dominated by one story,single-loaded commercial MW buildings surrounded by-or set back behind-surface parking lots,and little in the way of landscaping or any type of pedestrian amenity. A 7 Three very significant value-generating assets are nevertheless present in this segment. c'' TF 337 7 "M First,there is a Wal-Mart just to the east of the condor-fronting properties at the Talbert VIVO% Avenue intersection. Wall-Mart is a major destination for shoppers and a potential force oftran s formati on for nearby properties,as well as a generator of significant added turning jig I f or Hospital y 3� movements at the Beach and Talbert intersection Second, Huntington Beach H p and associated medical services clustered near the hospital provides an economic niche that is not in competition for retail shoppers,and a significant generator of local activity and potential customers for convenient hospital related services. And third,the flanking neighborhoods are relatively densely populated and a potential source of demand for a 4 wider range of neighborhood shops and services. 1! 7 Planning approach: all New ni—i—ni along Boulevard egni-fs will Jeanne awide vaiielvofusev organized in acoheivni developnienipatiern Mal enhances coindt,idenalv4h,le Facilitate long-term transition from strip retail to uses more focused on nearby populations, featuring development types that retain visibility to motorists on Beach Boulevard,while providing a llullh more attractive and comfortable pedestrian environment. sir Segment-Specific Revitalization Strategy: 4 Employ policy tools to emphasize this segment's difference from those Closer to the J beach and the freeway interchange. Reduce the temptation for properties to alter JO compete with those more advantageously positioned for community retail.Discouragethe development of what would ultimately be underperforming strip retail in this segment in favor of neighborhood-serving and hospital-serving retail&services.encourage corner/ lit crossroads located retail,and office and office-medical taking advantage of proximity to the hospital and its related cluster of medical services. Also add entitlements to allow urfill residential uses throughout the segment Finally, insure that new development -V W_ U V " contributes to the emergence of a more attractive street environment by specifying i .0 landscaping improvements that extend from the right-of-way line to the existing back- New development in houlevardsegments ill he oriented Inward the enrridor,cindmIll—wd,attractive 1.ndLp,d,,1hk.,cind,,dew,lk,buIll the of-curb. fln—ghfure by pw-kwav sfrtpv Z FIGURES 1.19.AND 1.24).ENVISIONED INIFILL DEVELOPMENT ALONG BOULEVARD SEGMENTS Z �C- J� �i :J 71 77"'Z L 'N F 20 NEIGHBORHOOD BOULEVARD LOCATION MAP .. ......... Envisioned Future Segment: Properties along this segment will capture investment resulting from proximity to Wal- Mart and to Huntington Beach Hospital and the cluster of medical services around the Hospital Retail venues that are complementary to Wal-Mart but that V cannot find space within the Wal-Mart anchored shopping center are likely to locate on properties ready for change that are on the way to and from Wal-Mart-that makes the properties on the corner of Beach and Talbert(located between Beach Boulevard and Wal-Mart)particularly vulnerable to change Similarly,increased traffic to and from the hospital combined with over 500 hospital employees will continue to spin off complementary medical services as well as investment in convenience retail and services oriented to Hospital patrons and staff. Neighborhood serving retail and services oriented to flanking neighborhoods will also be viable given the lack of strong retail competition from 1-405-oriented retailers at this distance from the freeway. As new investment replaces aging strip development, the exclusively auto- oriented and zero-amenury pattern will be replaced by development oriented both to motorists as well as to people on foot—particularly people walking to and from FIG 1.2 1.ENVISIONU)NEIGHlBoRnooli)Boui.LVARD the constellation of medical services as well as people walking to and from Beach DEVELOPMENT TYPEs Boulevard from flanking neighborhoods and to and from the concentration of offices atthe intersection of Beach and Warner Aportion ofnew buildings will be built close to the sidewalk with doors and windows opening out toward Beach Boulevard(Fig. 1 21 Envisioned Neighborhood Boulevard Development Types), Planting strips between the curb and sidewalk will help buffer pedestrians from traffic moving along the thoroughfare Sidewalks will run between the new planning strips and planted setbacks,with decorative boulevard-scaled streetlights adding a modern flair to this highly visible portion of the City. 0011, U. A, 7, In addition to medical and neighborhood-seining retail and services,new residential ,!'r and office development will gradually replace aging strip development along this segment of Beach Boulevard. Some buildings will be mixed-use whereas others single-use,but all will be oriented to the boulevard and contribute to an increasingly visible local identity influenced by both proximity to the beach and by the regional architectural heritage. The pictures to the right and opposite illustrate the types of development envisioned for the Neighborhood Boulevard NA .C.w f" Kr7 4L- r et 11 �'71 I 77, %A 4; N 21 6):Warner to-Edinger-•:Town Center Boulevari Existing Conditions: ry The closest mile of Beach Boulevard corridor development to the 1405 interchange visibly ,. u¢ w benefits from its proximity to the region's main intercity thoroughfare The consistency and P - • a _ stability of commercial uses along this segment is similar to the Town Center Boulevard - - segment of Edinger Avenue,which is equally proximate to the 1-405 interchange. But s;y°iCtrAG`"m*, whereas the Edinger segment is characterized by a wide range of large scale properties, i this segment of Beach Boulevard is primarily characterized by smaller and shallower properties,limiting redevelopment potential,as well as the ability to make use of some ortionof ro ertyfronta+esforim rovementstoenhanceeconomicviabili Theexistin P P P b P viability g 6ir § stability of the retail combined with the existing constraints of property configurations is likely to limit the magnitude or range of likely change in this segment Planning Approach: Encourage gradual transition to more pedestrian oriented and distinctive building types and site treatments. _• w �k cv �,a '. ,, �^-rv'�� Segment-Specific Planning Strategy: r,. Employ policy tools to support continued investment in a wide range of city oriented retail ;_ and services,while directing new investment away from purely auto-oriented formats to formats more supportive of pedestrian activity and more flattering to the identity of the city —while retaining features of development that provide visibility and access from Beach EXISTING ENVIRONMENT ALONG BEACH BI,VD IN THE NE16II1301111O01)ANO TOWN CENTER BI,VO Boulevard. In addition,provide entitlements for nuxed-use development to encourage - gradual increase in land use efficiency Require new development to contribute to the emergence of a more attractive street environment by extending required new impi ovements to the existing back-of-curb. i Envisioned Future Segment: R The older strip development-characterized by low-rise,single-use,and single-loaded commercial buildings set back behind surface parking lots and monument signs-will J gradually give way to development that retains the economic advantages conferred by F the location's high visibility and accessibility,but in a pattern that is configured to make walking a viable choice,to accommodate a wider range of uses,and to provide more memorable imagery. ` t Physically,a greater proportion of buildings will be positioned between the street and s} i• �`-; "�t } �"I�` '�`��, the parking facilities(or on top of some of the parking facilities),re-uniting activity- generating uses with public sidewalks New development on properties lining Beach { b , 3 Boulevard will typically feature a mixture of ground-level shops and services,with upper- � , �. 7l .� : s^ sE" i r as level homes,offices,or hotel tennis An increasing number of the buildings will feature multiple levels,incrementally adding spatial definition and reducing the apparent width of .-,�°t *< <f �4 1, ;r 1} �� +� `,,.1== `" r t� i t {•�i a` 7 the thoroughfare. , (a's ,zfre; ,.ro ' ,a i`i •�'rt g4j;V '4, �Y"fhe transformationansfonnation of the boulevard segments of the Beach Boulevard Corridor will -/'l . ' f� # ' 4 o y. a�rK ..,: ,,, 'i„i1 ,T"t •- be supported by frontage improvements that include planting strips be curb and ; ,�.�, r- tMs r.�, +i ,' +t.,y 8:`I rt p, Is ,[t� ); --tl�. i sidewalk that help to buffer pedestrians from traffic on the arterial. Decorative boulevard- ♦ tt q+""t`yg= ih " x3!' "� �,..,�.+,.� 7f Wit,4a R ,x��9 i l S 9 P poles, A i•. 1 +"" : i l ` r x+ �+:�sx a ) r.. �a".�". h „7 scale streetfi hts that are unique to Beach Boulevard will replace the old utilitarian (_- 9 e aA a t contributing to an increasingly vivid corridor identity without restricting visibility of y ) p j, v Tyr "( I ';�} r", shopfronts. Modest setbacks between sidewalk and buildings will contribute a bit of u' f #a. F. tisl�: 'tLd Uplanting to soften and add color to the formerly unbroken expanse of concrete and asphalt, % AW and to assist with improved retention of water runoff. z- 0 Street improvements constructed by the City will ultimately complement these Features � '�'v �.,,. '� g a� �• �-� Q with iconic palm-lined median strip landscaping and lighting to emphasize the importance ENVISIONLi)FUTURE ENVIRONMENT ALONG BEACii B1,VU IN THENEIGHBORHOOD ANll TOWN CENTER BLVI) of Beach Boulevard as the primary thoroughfare to and from the beachfront. 22 -1 C DEVELOPMENT CODE I i �.0 ORIENTATION New Signs i) The regulations contained in section 2 9 shall apply to all new signs This section contains the Development Code that will govern all fixture private ii) Any permanent signs made non-conforming as a result of the adoption of this j development actions in the Beach Boulevard/Edinger Avenue Corridors. The Development Code may be repaired,but not structurally altered or made more Development Code is used to evaluate private development projects or improvement non-confmrnutg in any way. plans proposed for properties within the Plan Area(see Fig.2.I.Corridor Centers and Segments Map). i 2.0.1 APPLICABILITY The policies contained within this chapter shall apply as follows- t New.Construction,Additions and ExteriorRenovations —11 q The policies contained within this section shall apply to new construction,as well as to significant additions(addition greater then 15%of the buildings floor area)or exterior renovations to existing structures u) Where significant additions are made to existing buildings,requirements for renovation or enlargements shall apply only to new floor area I i rii)Where exterior improvements are made to existing buildings,architectural Z regulations shall apply to that portion of the budding being renovated. O F iv)Improvementsandadditionstoexistmgbuildmgsthatincreasenonconfornuties eF z � are not permitted. W [2 Use CFianges O i) The policies contained within this section shall apply to new land uses N proposed for existing facilities. L) Right oCil ontinued.Use, i) Nothing contained in this section shall require any change in any existing building or structure for which an entitlement application has been previously nW issued,or in any proposed building or structure for which a building permit O application was deemed complete prior to the effective date of this ordinance. ! V Changes in the property's ownership or tenants of existing uses shall require z no change in any existing building or structure. O .a W j W I A Q i 23 i l 2.0.2 HOW TO USE THE DEVELOPMENT CODE 2.0.4 DEVELOPMENT CODE ORGANIZATION 2)Environmental Determination Requirements for new development are contained in section 2.1 -"Development The Development Code contained in Book 11 is organized into the sections as displayed The extent and intensity of all anticipated development activity for the Beach Standards."The specific municipal Regulations governing the Development Standards in the dig ram on the followin a�e Edinger Corridors Specific Plan area has been identified in the Specific Plan P P g P g g P 6 and analyzed at a programmatic level in Program Environmental Impact Report are defined in detail in the subsequent eight sections that make up Book II. y' P g S P P To review requirements for new development for any given property: 2.0.5 HOW TO GET YOUR PROJECT APPROVED No.08-1. Development project requests consistent with the Specific Plan may be subject it Locate that property on the Fig 2.1-Corridor Centers and Segments Map, 1)Site Plan Review to additional environmental review as required by CEQA. Environmental and note which Corridor Center or Segment the Property is in; Development projects within the Beach Edinger Corridors Specific Plan area shall mitigation measures,as specified in the EIR may apply to individual Site Plan ii) Tom to section 2 1 —Development Standards to find the portion of that be subject to Site Plan Review,unless a conditional use permit is required pursuant Reviews. As noted above,a mitigation measure matrix identifying how a section containing the Development Standards that apply to that Corridor to sections 2.1.4,2 1.8 and 2 2.L A Site Plan Review shall be required for all new project will comply with/incorporate the Program FIR mitigation measures is Center or Segment area,and hence to the property in question. Review all the development,with the exception of interior improvements,general maintenance and required as part of the submittal application. Additional mitigation measures Development Standards for the applicable Corridor Center of Segment. repair or other minor construction activities that do not result in an intensification of may also apply to the project,should further environmental review indicate as in)To understand the specific Regulations that correspond to any of the the use. These exceptions may be subject to other City permits and approvals prior such, to commencement � Development Standards in the Development Standards charts,tum to the 3)Request for Deviation corresponding Regulation number and name(the Regulation numbers and A Site Plan Review request shall be submitted lathe City on a standard City application Deviations from the Development Standards of the Specific Plan may be names are the same in the Development Standards charts as they are in the fort and include standard submittal requirements as set forth on the application form, granted at the time of Site Plan Review for special circumstances and/or unique I Development Regulations sections-sections 2 2 thin 2 9-of Book I I The application shall include any request for a subdivision pursuant to the Subdivision IMap Act The application shall also include a completed environmental assessment architectural features. Requests for Deviation may include but are not limited iv)Review Guidelines. Guidelines common to all properties in the Plan Area can fort and mitigation monitoring matrix,showing the project's consistency with the to building height,setbacks,open space,parking and landscaping. Deviation be found inmost sections of the Development Regulations requests,up to 20 percent of any single standard,may be considered by the Specific Plan Program EIR. This information will be used to determine ifany further � 1 Director of Planning Requests for deviations greater than 20 percent shall • v) All development projects shall also consult and comply with the city environmental analysis will be required for the project. be subject to approval of a Variance application by the Zoning Administrator, specification including but not limited to Huntington Beach Fire Code and Huntington Beach Fire Department city specifications,Municipal Code and A Site Plan Review application,tentative map and environmental assessment may pursuant to the procedures outlined in the City's Zoning and Subdivision Public Works Standards.Where there is a conflict between these specifications also require analysis and comments from various department of the City. In order Ordinance. Development and construction phasing of selected project and the Beach and Edinger Corridors Specific Plan,the Specific Plan shall to approve a Site Plan Review application,the Director of Planning shall make the components may be approved by the Director and shall not require a Request apply as determined by the Planning Director following findings for Deviation or Variance to the Specific Plan r• i) The project is consistent with the City's General Plan and all applicable Deviations may be allowed when,in the opinion of the Director of Planning, O requirements ofthe Municipal Code;and 2.0.3 DEVELOPMENT CODE CATEGORIES significantly greater benefits from the project can be provided than would 4 Three primary types of Development Code are contained within the policy text of occur if all the minimum requirements were met Some additional benefits it) The project will not be detrimental to the general welfare of persons working that may make a project eligible for consideration include.greater open space, w j Book It,as follows: or residing in the vicinity nor detrimental to the value of the property and greater setbacks,unique or innovative designs,public open space,and the use cC !� improvements in the neighborhood;and 0 11 1)Dev¢lopment Standards. ofenergy conservation or green building technology.The Director ofPlammng O ! in)The project will not adversely affect the Circulation Plan of this Specific may approve the Request for Deviation in whole or in part upon making the j. Development standards are specifications for new development that the community N Plan;and following findings: ._..... J• considers essential to the creation and preservation of a high quality, sustainable -! and coherent city. Conf'omtance with Development Standards is mandatory. Such iv)The project complies with the applicable provisions of the Beach Edinger i) Promote better design,environmental and land planning techniques and provisions are indicated by the use of the words"shall,""must,"'`is required," "is/is Corridors Specific Plan and other applicable regulations contribute to the economic viability of the community,through aesthetically not permitted." The Director of Planning has the authority to approve,conditionally approve,or pleasing architecture,landscaping and site layout;and m deny a Site Plan Review and Subdivision Map,if any. The Zoning Administrator C2)Development Regulations has the authority to approve or deny a Negative Declaration or Mitigated Negative ii) Notbedetrimentalto the general health,welfare,safety and convenience (J Development Regulations are the detailed municipal policies that establish the specific Declaration. The Planning Commission has the authority to approve or deny an of the neighborhood or City in general,nor detrimental or injurious to Z ! rules and performance measures upon which community Development Standards are Environmental impact Report, the value of property or improvements of the neighborhood or of the w based. Development Regulations do not vary from one plan area to another. City in general;and The action of the Director of Planning shall be final unless appealed to the Planning a iii)Be consistent with the objectives of the Specific Plan in achieving 3)Guidelines Commission by the applicant or a member ofCity Council within 10 calendar days of. An appeal of a Site Plan Review or tentative map shall be subject to the procedures a project adapted to the area and compatible with the surrounding WW Guidelines provide additional information to assist the designers of new development environment:and P g P outlined in the City's Zoning and Subdivision Ordinance. A to conform with the intent of the Specific Plan Guidelines pertain to issues of visual iv)Be the policies of the character and aesthetics. Conformance with Guidelines is recommended,especially A Site Plan Review approval shall be valid for a period of one year. A maximum of e consistent withte goals an P Ci tys General Plan, to insure the swiftest possible approval Although conformance with Guidelines is two one-year extensions may be requested.A time extension request must be made in and comply with State and Federal Law. r4 recorrunended,developers are permitted to propose alternative design solutions to writing by the applicant,property owner(s),and/or authorized designee,a minimum O these aspects of the development if they are able to show that such design solutions of thirty days prior to the expiration of the current approval. if construction activity C does not commence within the approval or extension period,the entitlement shall be 4 1 meet the overall objectives of the Specific Plan.Guidelines are indicated by the use of terminated.the words"should,'"may,""is/are encouraged." 24 iz tz 0 C) :Ua dIv )1-WITfIq ro )vas ,Y-P apvas a", I.Ka V9,119(111VAR-IfI011 m (to ollill .___.__A_.__. x. mww'-1-as H-Iqv�.q-ve O Ha.LVAWHO�L d IxqIv9jS(111VAIIII-10* ISIH isa s Im IMAOthT,11' aDv,! -mill--r a')(um lFC*(YZ U00"', SadNoig SaNI uoolm,omaolq, NOT.I.WINV 91 )A(0) IIVSHNI'laul. gNl mT.qKm-lUsaamill at.m,pNAO,T,-,v-VF l-QaIVJ0'K AA(IImvJI1, 114,atls•v , 911 WZ -As "MaHmOull MIOD SHIHOWLI N*,)mlo:)ca" 140 3xv 11.L M.. Ts! HAIXI, fRZdo AOHl-C 97 1',V,IL LXO 'JI(I fill'It:F HNIItIO,T,1f(,IIj. D KA01 $7,1 do'P{Aa(I Hamil) s;sI("jvaiIqaH oxviHN'd IVIII 11371111�?�IV 'vamv 11 SIXM It'gas Giv SM. L H"VISOUl NOIIVI� M� 0:) .1-1al911 D It LKAKd "TRAN T alli7 NA 11 JH. aad" qvial'sF,CF xMilvill, q 01 A01 I ST-Wd',NgdO tz KdOTMU Is, . ,KOL. I-M.1d UIJV SIHMUS IM I v'YPPl SIO.I.V.M11110 -E-Z IN NIFI 1011W 1.119 1 R M. AaN40,11. fall H(mw� 9"CRY11AH'I'VE Ivilv[XvIii '17 'aWds JO KOISTAOIII'1 10 NOYSIA01ti'm I kL"Isf]-I I F*F I'lav I SNOUVIL719a21" SXOLTVIAf)'Ml SXOI,[N-!,I. IS TOLLVI asn mmu'llau . . M)LIA"LN'41110 .6.7 a f)VL silo 1 1 NJ 17 R, 47 u MIK ................ 'a :% 2.1 DEVELOPMENT x N' STANDARDS N 2.1.1 MAXImum AMOUNT OF X & NET NEw DEVELOPMENT (MAND) � ?X/ \,"t,�: X"-c This section establishes the maximum amount of net new t/ :t p construction of residential and commercial develo meat %A permitted in the Beach and Edinger Corridors Specfc Plan > as measured in Equivalent Development Units(EDUs) For the purposes of this Plan, development will be measured by T + Jq con veiling building uses into EDUs as directed by the Planning Director ,,, - - Z—V" The City will nionnor and publish the amount ofnew development k 9 to be n. p Y, it, 0,Jtit� detennined by the Planning Director.Updates to this sunimary of may- 1 that occurs after the adoption of the specific p an in a form w—'l development will occur each time new development takes place T�I When the Maximum Amount of New Development(MAND)as .4 rt ' T, 1 measured in EDUs is reached,no further development may be A', A 1 q 1, 'St Delaware permitted without an amendment to the MAND provisions and W1, A,! I environmental review x -1 3, N Upon issuance of a Building Permit,a project shall be deemed 3 to be entitled to the number of EDUs specified in the Building T, Permit,but such entitlement shall expire unless construction Z commences for such units within one year of the date of issuance Oof the Building Permit and is pursued reasonably to completion as determined by the Chief Building and Safety Official No 5k W Building Permit may be issued to allow a net increase in n' t9QV*V ��I--T development in excess of the MAND The MAND established herein corresponds to the installation of W Z " intersection capacity improvements necessary to maintain the I- "-� ,, Yi t community's level ofservice standard for primary arterial corridor 'm 4, wt� J ,,4 —0, intersections as well as installation of utility inflastructure(i.e X . ..... sewer,water,drainage and dry utilities) Detailed descriptions of those infrastructure improvements are included in Book 3— s, f -iC it A -Sl ON"I"PI Public Improvements Phased improvements would necessarily correspond to phased,increasing MAND thresholds, 2.1.2 ESTABLISHMENT OF L2 CSJ�,,. .. tfj�Wrj——jr Ce—�nt:e—rij—nn , 9-1— rrfd 0 P el The MAND for the Beach and Edinger Corridor planning CORRIDOR CENTERS AND El Fill,Pa �'e I i) The Transect is a system of classification for built environments area is analyzed in the Environmental Impact Report (EIR) SEGMENTS Every parcel in the Plan Area shall be regulated by its established in the SmartCode It uses the concept that place types corresponding to the Beach and Ldinger Corridors Specific location in one or more designated Corridor Centers range from f Laid(T 1)to urban(T6), The character and function Plan. and Segment as shown in the Fig.2.1.Corridors Centers of a district,center,or segment is an extension of its place in the The MAND established for the corridor plan areas will be and Segments Map. Where further clarification i) Eight(8)Corridor Centers andSeginenus are continuum of the Transect. Every element of the built environment is necessary, boundaries shall be determined by W4 determined in conjunction with preparation and completion established as the basic organizing principle for the has a place in the Transect This Development Code uses the 9Z of the environmental analysis of this document. consulting with the Planning Director/Designee as Development Standards applied to all properties in the Transect as the underlying principle of organization for the Plan described below for split parcels. Specific Plan Area. Area's Centers and Segments and the corresponding Development Standards. For reference purposes,Transect Zones have been it) The Centers and Segments are established in the identified for the Centers and Segments established in this plan as specific locations and with the specific names indicated in indicated in the Fig 2 1 Corridor Centers and Segments Map legend. the Fig.2.1 Corridor Centers and Segments Map 26 FIG. 2.1 CORRIDOR CENTERS AND SEGMENTS MAP "j H p 7*�7 J" I T R", 2.1 9 RES1DFNT1At.PARKWAY t-: T a 2.1.3 TOWN CENTER CORE SEGMENT T4�j 2.1.4 TOWN(ENTER 2il.H)RESIDENTIAL TRANSITIONIT '11� I "l,�, , 1fl H, , , i.1- - ` I . 71�l- -I.-' Niummomiooi) FLT,l' I I , ,��, rw Z)NE 4ist --2, UHU _J ,Golde 7 FT-5) 2.1.5 N19jc.i1B0H1100D COHNi-ji ENTRY REQUIRED -• J 1 (SE11 SECTION 2.4.3) 77, T' T4) 2.1.6 TOWN CENTER SPECIFIC PLAN AREA BOUNI)ARY IN j !17.71' BOULEVARD SE.GMENT SPECIFIC PUBLIC 011F-N SPACE 2.1.7 NEIG11110RHO(H) (SE.E SECTION 2.6.2) B(ULEVARD SEGME )I p, R-,SIDENTIAL REQUIRIU) 2.1.8 NEIGHBORHOOD E 14) f F(T3)] (S11,11 SECTION 2.' Gothard t PARKWAY SEGMENT JI j - _" ' F �-C TT -j --J, LLJ JL, 4T aT I- F L ! T -A -R iroa Tracks P W !I nlby,10,',J-L,� I'V T, 4 U A�i U1, it 0 U11--, LIE 7-fimm 1 7 -H M- J� 1-1- dill Y Z FJ� fj; j, r-rr eD fr,�, J -p Z)�j �CD T..ur:,E, pr, 1 —, , -E�, - 1 - �l'�' j 4 ultlti"r [-.,- I I-- -- , : , 7,,-,--T 7 -1- iOPO 500 0 1,000 2,000 > , Feet T j -4 i-1,i I, -Il 5" i P FT - tit ;j" —N— W ROL -M 4a WZ T_f; M!, P W-C rs Parcels with asin-a e esienall [4j:�Ifivefoj en" Stan -fii�rtv e lafiow a.&G7@d finid_g!L_ All development on parcels,assembled parcels,or portions i) Where Corridor Centers and Segments or Plan Area 1) The development standards applied to each Corridor i) Remember to review Regulatory Definitions,General of allocated in a single Corridor Centers or Segment must z Boundaries appear to connect between parcel lines of Center and Segment are contained in the Development Requirements,and Guidelines common to all properties conform to the development standards that apply to that corridor or segment. adjacent properties as shown on the Fig.2.1.Corridors Standards Charts contained in 2.1.3-2.1.10. within the Plan Area contained in sections 2.2-2.9 as Centers and Segments Map,the boundary shall be Each chart lists Regulations in the order that they necessary. determined by the Planning Director/Designee as measured appear in section 2.2-2.9 in the left column ofthe chart on a scaled version ofthe Corridors Centers and Segments Map. iii) Each chart lists the Development Standards that apply l,7 T"H'i it) Each portion ofthe Split Parcel shall be regulated by to each Regulation in the fight column ofthe chart. the applicable Corridor Centers or Segment. C 27 2.1.3 TOWN CENTER -CORE DEvEuoPMENT STANDARDS CHARTS 2.2 BUILDING USE 2.4 FROYTAGE&Bun,nim; STANDARDS STANDARDS REGULATIONS -,NT A RLGULATIONS &^iblic.0pe=Z2.-I We Types, en1atl6Wt6*reefsT in Space 'u� ut-1 ])Retail aired or not requii aired req fllz oil GoldefiWest Si'711 a — a)Sperialtv Goods Anchors P tWd 2.4.2 Private FrahRibe Tj b)Community Oriented Anchors 5)Private Frontage Specification W 10 Put,,thd a)Shola-Front pcnndtec �-4 -tainment Anchors c)Entei p,r (t,d �tl, '�-,4,; Sbopfront Length-maximum JI it)Eating&Drinking Establishments Iled Tenant Length-maximum 50II _0 Articulation Length maximum c)Specialty Goods&Foods P"",tt'd b)Corner Entry peon th,d W5) —r tt�J c)Arcade fi Entertainment&Recreation I d)Grand Portico g)Convenience Uses e)Forecourt I—,it'd '0'tha4St pc imucd(CS) f)Common Lobby Entr Inm wd y NnInIt'd ermtt,d P h)Business Services 2)Stoop t 43'U ,- ;,!"a h)Patch \Nlk i)Personal Services Railroa&Track 1,e wtd i)Front Door Fenced I j)Personal Enrichment -------- k)Edge Treatment:Terraced j)Edge Treatment: !W p—na Itdd 1)Edge Treatment:Flush per nir,d j— I"p— k)Service Commercial&Repair —1-4 f, 2AIW6rit Yard Setback 1)Large Scale Commercial Goods minimum maximum-Edinger J rouninumn I en-mon.-Bc.sh fa in)Vehicle Sales each Blvd 7;7 minimum maximum-Main minimum maximum-all other streets 0 ft It TA 5/15 ft 2)Civic&Cultural j'i t-nntt,d(C2) 2.4.4 Side Yard Setback'' V- amn w/living spore windows if 4)onl 3)Office �0 Professional Services perm sal(Cl TA) min w/out living space windows Olt 2.4.5 Rear Yard Setback b)Medical Services p-nitked(C2 1 4) ji 'Beach Blvd J, path tied 1(2) V I'd 4)Lodging minimum it A, 5)Live Work 6)Residential 2.4:6 Allej Setback, 4 tial minimum 5 It a)Multi-Fa tr mily w/Common Eny p—an,d(C2 k IA) 2.4L7,Fironla' vA.- po b)Mutt! A 000,500 0 minimum-Edinger/Reach/Main 90% Family n/Individual Entries JA) Feet e)Attached Single Family minimum-all other streets 7 5% I th Detached Single Family 1-4.8 Space BetweewBijildin S-1' 71 2.2.440eidal Retail Development Standards Charts Legend: minimum 2011 a)Neighborhood Center Special Conditions: 2.4.9 Build4qilcbmer required or not required nqntn,d P—ithd III-1 t,a"alla-6,h hI nnl—, (0) ( d ((Jl) In,—dermal d—hq -1-11,1 at t-t, b)Corner Store n/a 'd1a,--I fid at,Swt.n 2 2 1 1 J,c (('2) 1 1ppc�Moon nd, ant, c)Drive-through 2.5 STREET REGULATIONS STANDARDS (U2) (C3) fl,,K,,,,, Lt-E.[,d..........t and Da- I Not pan,-tad Bild Pounded 2.2.3 AffordobleMoijidnb lllequirefiiints` '114mo ng Street MA ppl-bh, (C-4—) SId, nd,e Z'�. ments to Existil nd.,'['all h,", WY) Large sah,Sp,—Ity Gat)&and F..d, : required or not required en tared([J 1) 3)Classic Boulevard tcq.—d(1,2) �)nk —1a.,2 2 1) taq.fi-rd rlh—n,,taud ,fall nesttng .anon 2 6 7) 2.3 BUILDING SCALE 'ANDARDS 6)Standard Avenue t�qa—d(1,3) —nd—a,d (C.5) With�hopfro,l Sl W 141-,GULA,201`1S — 7)Neighborhood Streets d--pt(1,2,13) tI (C6) 0,20%.�,pat�l&J"It 11halb.o t,inall" & rqui t'ng a... 2`521)��'� O handed I 11.n pph ,p—fi�d a, t—, (C7) I—nt,d I,Ila, It It, .....da—L Z3.1 Building Height 2.5.2 Provisiaiiriof,NeiArStreetts 243?_a, (C8) Yo,&,I.p—a a, 20,01a) f of bnfld g (I 7� On:j 2.5. Block Siriivf,;;�,IV74-� minimum height 3 tor—, I stun to, D-1np—W hall (,,c,,d(1,h.gl,,,,f —Ifing nits ."its 10" I. ph., p79) l�;.,d—I.p.-it 20 d Slatna" ("to—, M..i...Black Size 1900 ft z h'a—ng nt—the'n-pin�,tl,�ta—l"t'd dga,n- 1(119) R�a�&ntt,l Re �h..........Mal, as'ii—' a Ann,,nd-t�d(...—tion 2 3,2 Sp—tti (c 10) C"tat"'d btaldn'g, ,a,--1 th.tnd—nod v -d"'I ger Block Face n/a M"-"in F E Sairend,L- Bat Building 11,Ight l-'a') In.,d,fi-d t.2 3 4 Edinger/Beach/Main 4,1.,tna, i.S.*0,60 ConnectivitT ' "g" cs Nnnitwdn,�C...,St—-nl�gat,n n Phu,3 stones required or not required ns n,qn-d 0 Across the Street From Ifinsing td,1 ta-I t-1,&at ro,1han (CII) The-,,h�,M 11.—1— ",- t sec—tt-2 2 2 Sp—al R-0 other�ag. n.r..,',,—(1 I—t'—vac f.,—1,tand-I 2.5.5 Requirid1ilst-Woo' > 2 1)Stgtag,Rgalaltlall Adjacent to Housing q �,,d Stri6t.,Conn ktion�-- (Cl 2) A at tna t nt I gn-J)"c' 10 I)T I t�,Jnl,�,," — I.',."" :� -,"V' , .. , _. �l ' " - 'equired or no 't(,d , N,,tghh,ah..dCnd. (S3) 50%,hallh—]].—Id,dnnagthe nth of 2.3.1rouilding tength _ 7i , I NC IV. -nhh,,n,In,,P—.a x -nn'_,::a, —t—2 2 2 Sp—t ... 3100 ft 2.5.6 Residentialddry�S*iinirl Confi�,watjnr L—fiair, 1 -:t R,t,,] (S4) Must a....11 h-1 ft,11111t 2.3.4,Soeihal Bdildhit required or not requ red PP N-PP Reqtn.d f P tt�") (LI) BI'd (S-5)Moje�e"/Ft-aaap Limited Corner Building-maximum 11/a 2.5.7 Street 1Yji.ei-1 Nev e$jk,6CtWDeiign for Nnn-p'lo"t),11'.-I,(--u—21,7 (1,2) On lttfi.ge,Ave hh, O Limited Mid-Block Building maximum 1)City Street swn—am 131,111 I'l—) (1,3) On Mani St ,--n, —at 12.sqft and naa,annan Npcunittcd It 2)Public Open Space w/City Street j.,r,,h,d (A) E—ptt t-Ind,1--h,)—tT-Ida- (1,4) On Elha Ave and Delaware S, 2.3;5�1116ildihq Mass la 1� (M) A.—!,.--the F�g2 I D�,(—talvlap (1,5) Start,of Atlant,A- tn---(--ly ach/Mai. ighburhmad Street , Pro -Edinger/Be 3 2 w 5 2 3)Ne (L6) Between IhIi,,A,c and Adana A- (s7) lPr.p.,-ti.ns-All other streets 1 3 In 3 1 4)Public Open Space w/Neighborhood (L7) Nnrh.I h1h,A- f,nnh b.,Id,g, Scree 1 15)Alley Pet nmd 28 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS CHARTS, 2.6 OPEN SPACE 2.7 PARKING REGULATIONS 2.8 ARCM,rEcTum, STANDARDS STANDARDS STANDARDS Rt,(!uLA,no REGULATIONS wanip— T'&I Provision'of Public OpeWSp ace,, 2.7.1 PriavisbaWs!.Pa n 2.8.1.Facade"Hiight�'Articulat*i66-R46olations Retail iO,f 1000.,f(CS) Retail Anchors �i - : To o,qn-d Civic&Cultural sp.-per 1000 s.f. 3 u in/4,n- Base n,qn-d Office n/a I...trin, -U-500fcd 2.9 SIGNAGE REGULATIONS STANDARDS Lod in Eating&'Drinkimg-'Esitablishmenis Zk--`;`-'1 Live Work sp.-per 1000 s.f. 4 nnn/IQ.", 2.9.1 Pre"tandirio Sign Setbacks �'e--wun,119:1;�- Residential location In lnc 2.9.2 Total Sigdkieci 2.6.2.5pecial Public Open Space Reqji6iiiiiiw Speciolity Foods/Goods 2.9.3 Sign T e,kiaqulaticrns n/a spaces per 1000 s.f. 3 inin/4-, ;,'Gcmrd P-jecti."Si gii p-nfitwdl�-,'% 2.6�3 Provislorr"of.PAiriate Oli6irilspac 11111ni 500 111t maximum height 30 ft Retail n/. �Eiteiajirmaerit&Recreotmm-+ Mar imeeSin permittedCivic&Cultural o/a spaces per 1000 s.f. 1,nnn/10 n- maximum number of faces 3 Office n/a location -thn,5W 1-t maximum area 500,f Lodging n/a Convenience-Uses Wall Si2n%--`,- Live Work n/a spaces per 1000 s.f. 3 r-/4 mt maximum size 200,f(S]W.S5) Residential location -thn,500 f-t MmvumcuVSig4'&Ground Sijil,'-,"'i" Attached&M.Iti-Fmnily 60,1 Personal&Biaipess Services maximum number of facts n/, Detached Si.gle-Farnify H..,cx spaces per 1000 s.f. n,ni/4 a- maximum height rJa 2.4APublic Open Space Types maximum area location ithni 500 feet 1)Park Peis'mind Fruichruem,Services secondary sign permitted spaces per I OGO s.f. 5 in-(C 11) 2)Linear Green bonus sign n/a 2)Square p,r-tt,d location ithni 500 feet Poll,Mounted Sign&To'�--r`Sigrrr p-,m.d Cofficia-eiciailloods&Vehicl 4)Plaza ti Sites: maximum number of fares 5)Mid-Block Green I-n,nU spaces per 1000 s.L maximum height r/. 6)Court at d Plaza J-irfflnd location secondary sign 7)P.-ge/Paseo I-ntn,d Civic&ccdtmi`aW;r,� z bonus sign 8)Pocket Park/Playground p-att"I spaces per 1000 s.f. 4 111- maximum area n/,, Z'Cl$'11irivate Open Spdce Types location -thin 500 f-1 secondary sign n/', 1)C.-ty.rd .....It'd Of 6e','Professional iV h..-sign no, 2)Private Yard pa tutted spaces per 1000 s.f. 2 5 1-1/3 5 Projecting Sign 1-nntuj Y, 3)Porch location mnhm200IM mitsunum area 4)Rooftop Deck or Gat-den jv,,,+,ftd Office-Medical Awning'Face Sign I-iu&d 5)Balcony p-nittd spaces per 1000 x.f. 4 5 n n/5-5 r- maximum area 20%,,1--g fi- 2 .6St6rMiWiiieVManiigem�ifit;13est- Awning,VilamdSi n.- 1-timi ithu,200 f-1 9 Maria` ilttqernr��t Practices - ': �P L6,11 i. a gingy.. lines of lettering I required or not required qnod spaces per guest room I rim/1 2r- letter heiZht(whichever is less) 2/3-1-c,]-�Ia inAro location -thin 200 Fc,, Side Sign'Ml- Source(:..tt.1 BMPs i,qu-d non(O ,'Li -Work i'L�,, lines of lettering Site Ucsig,BMPs ,q.-d sp.-per unit I inin I n- letter height gin Treatment Control BMPs IT N-I'll spaces per employee 0 nin, I Clmop"FasciiSika Ued 2.6.8 OO&rSpace Lanidscaping-. 2P;, location -thin 20(1 feet- - maximum height(whichever is less) 2/3 fas-h-ght 12 in re uired or not re uired rcquucd ,�Restideptial Uses 7 TFg maximum width 2/3 ,dih spaces per studio unit I n/I ni- lilies of lettering I 1)Perimeter Block Setback Areas spaccs per 1br unit I nim/15 may ','-Al:mvi,Canupy Siji,04', `,J,-' a)Sidewalk E.tensi.n p,nntk,d spaces per 2bc+.,,it 15mm/2maa maximum height(whichever is less) 1 1/2 fasma h,ight 24 in b)Parkway Landscaping guest spaces per 10 units 2 n 3 maa(C 12) maximum width 2/3ol,cc int], c)Boulevard Landscaping location on it, line, let er lir I 'Neighbr 2L_L Z 77 4 . d)Neighborhood Street Landscaping pernint,d(1,4)only 4hood"Center Elot6tions 4Mh.',�- Si,. 2)Interior Block Setback Areas a acesper][000s.f. 01 1 1 r- maximum area a)Groundcover aRecessed Entry' P. b&c)Moderate or Heavy Screening spaces per 1000 s.f. 0 rin, maximum area 20 s f location n Iti.t on], lWiiidow Sign�-t 1' > maximum area 20%.f,ind (S3) 1)Surface Lot-Front Z 2)Surface Lot-Side 3)Surface Lot-Real- P-nitnd 4)Surface Lot-Exposed C) 5)Structure-Exposed 6)Structure-Wrapped:Ground Level 7)Structure-Wrapped:All Levels pu ittcd j�,,'Ildly SubM! fqiu- p,naud(L4)-1, Structure-Under round permitted 29 { Ih -` IZEGDLATIDNS YLAGEMI3NT REGULATIONS C011NLR ENTRY REQUIRED (Si?,SIit:TtON 2.4.3) 2.2.1 Use T 'as � ._ 2.4.1 Buildin Orientation to Streets"&public' �' 1)Retail _ - required or not required requited a cv� SPECIFIC PUI3LIC OPEN SPACIs Olen)peSt SY� -- - --- f ip a)S ecialty Goods Anchors 2.4.2 P[i4ate Frontage Types'- (SEE,SECTION 2.6.2) b)Community Oriented Anchors 3)Private Frontage Specification RESIDENTIAI,REQUIRED +k 4. c)Entertainment Anchors a)Sho-Front p nmtttd (SFI;SECTION 2.14) q' I. Sho fiont Length-maximum ion s` d)Eaton &Dunkin Establishments pctmntcv3 g g Tenant Length maximum �O u - d (i,l Fc La)Doty' Articulation Length-maximum 50 0 e)Specialty Goods&Foods pemutted ` b Corner Entry jai ll,J requ„ed(M) (11F13)orh f)Entertainment&Recreation per niucd c)Arcade pam,lted � ma �� (177) d)Grand Portico panuual A 1 3dd'4`<1r= -d- k'! otha �' „k"a :? Idy g)Convenience Uses CSorlx- tted c)Forecourt Venn,ttal tit( c ' Grd St '- — *_ it,1,1.3)Dolt t)Common Lobby Entr• pamatal h)Business Services penwnlcd )stoop pamatcd Rathoad Track ( ) h)Porch Personal Services uc V }— 1,nw d i)Front Door J)Edge Treatment:Fenced --- [t S rtl t t I a j)Personal Enrichment 1,anitted )Edge T e tm eat:Terraced permitted ,nY l and r t_t k)Service Commercial&Repair (U51 conditional AND 1)Edge Tt eatment Flush p tt I r4��� I,In,d owl 2.4.3.Prbnt Yard Setback',',, - 1 f 1)Large Scale Commercial Goods _ minimum I mazimum-Edinger n/a iflif r minimum/mazimnm Beach 0 tt/loft 303Uh B)v _ ;F I z� m)Vehicle Sales --- minimum/maximum Main 0 ft/ If 2)Civic&Cultural pcnnmed minimum/maximum-all other streets ('It/U It 2.4.4 Side`Yar'd Setback �. q rot t .,, }, y ri,` 3)Office min w/livingspace windows l0 It C.5 tt7 a)Professional Services penn,ttcd i min w/out living space windows oil b)Medical Services ixmuttcd - 2:4.5.Rear Yard Setba ...ck` -- Beach,Blvd 1/,. - _ 4)Lodging porn ticd minimum 10 tft %iy r �' ter.= 5)[ e Work in:nn tied v, - F 2.4.6 Alley Setback 6)Residential minimum 5 tt a)Multi-Family w/Common Entry Detm,tteel(U9) Z41aFrattc aCo cmmcd( 1)1,0DT 2,000 b)Multi Family Individual Entries vers'e 9 H- 0i%N 1;000t500 ,0 minimum Edinger/Beach/Main `at"lz, Feet Pen,tt-J(Uy) minimum-all other streets Detached Single Family)Attached Single Family d 2;4,9,S ace Between Buildings 7777777777777 w 2.2.2 S eciafRetait.Confi arati'ons { ,A Development Standards Charts Legend: h t en„tte minimum -ac allows[,b, ht unlc» ClC1d Ground I lour UI h it n,dcnnal de,I ntwnh 3 0,n,o,e a)Neighborhood Center p d fiat n tl symhnt. - = spa icondmo Usar (LI a.1,3 2.4.9 Build-to-Corner`., )anh required or not required urcd �-j I petmrtted Ihe;eelen,cat+. � �ng (ell ( ) �,I b)Corner Store pernrttud � rut namnr me speatmd w Swoon 2 2 l T)se (C2) I Ipi,<r tloots onh .rots c)Drive-through 2.5 STREET REGULATIONS STANDARDS (C3) N R,av Urdscepo,g iegmicd along Iawch (U2) I,,hntenainn,ent and Dane,ng no, Not pttcd 81,d petmtt"i : - .r Notapplieable (C4) Side,am „l,eatvardhalleoi torhe.,ro (U3) 1.argeScaleSNe ItyGood..--dFoods :23}AHb"rdatileHousi"n':Re aireirients' 2.Savlin roveitient3'to_Existin 'Streets" ami " 2 G 7)a required I here a e reywred elements o(all new sc eznv,g(se,,rchon (hilt(see�'Lnon 2 2 I) required or not re[tired [e.trod(U 1 " 4)Palm Tree Boulevard re dcvclopment—rd,eated (C5) Wah shopltonl s 2.3 BUILDING SCALE a)T ical Configuration required(1,,j (U4) not la, it W Mov,e'nmatcas ted STANDARDS q unditiooai ,qunes a condnto-1,pemn (CO Or 20/or pmeel depd,,bid-vt is smaller REGULAT) 6 Standard Avenue -d(L3) it I e (US) around lk,or llcahh Fc 6vamsc Clubs sic ) rcqunc limited hm.ano,r.,split,a.,—hed in section LiaitIM to the cv,m,v,on ofe—ha_ote, PP �sp ) F t.fired exec t 1.1 I.3( 6 I Neighborhood ,ondmonal 2:3.PBoildin .Hai ht 7;;`.:'= "3`,;ti':.a 7)Nei hbo ood Streets 9 P l - -) �.% 243 Pinat<lhontagc'1'}'pcs (CS) 1'or dcvclopment or er 2(1.f1()()afol'huildu,g area (l17) (Mlr health Ye f+<erc ecluM - - '" plus Development shall not exceed the height oC (C9) F.,development ore,20,1-1hng inns of (US) (hth Gas stations minimum height 2 slor,es 2.53 Provision Of New Streets;=d,fist'',.3.,r:(sec section'_.5.2) Z nonsmg arios,the street Phi,the mm,het of lodg ing roan„ r9 Rcaamm,al ae ones as snot„ion Ma, maximum height 2«5:3.BIockSize"•;'.7a''*,,k. _,.._: '*:;': ' W aonee indicated(sec swho,r 3 2 Speaal (CIO) U,urnanl Wilding„nay e—ed u,e rhemed 2:3.2 S eEii iSoitilh 'Heig htLimits', Maximum Block Size 2400 a 'nsei'x vti.;-J - auiL7 T°'=.„`..-x�..£rs`�AS'( : I3udd,n¢Ac,h[i.mrts) Icnglh as d,fimd m 2 3 d Rmldmg Lengdr Edin er/Beach/Main 4 stun mat(1,2 1,3) Maximum Edinger Block Face n/a O CS pen,[ttedmaComm Stole wnngaranO° etq 'lh< mm�erof denits[inomaeat (st) rvwpnoosapplyfora,aogeableenpy& ( n ,p..,prori one s,•n sarrahonz.ce se„non Across the Street From Housin ph,=2 ha-- 254.StreetiConneetivi i sec scchon 2 2 2 Specml Rdad b 'e rW I—A—space tot each student Conner,anon,) 2`)Stprtagc Rcgulaa,n, Ad'acentto Housin ) t required or not required q uul (C72) Amuumum otlguestsp— it DTI tcynncsa W Nc Petmdted,n a Ne,gnbornend caner (s3> sot,tau ne auowanle anrmg die monm of 2.3.3 Buildin Len ih - 3 44 2:5.5 Re uired.East-Wrist Street,-Cinifieaion," coudtuonal use e m,t D,xembe, ' A ', � coshgwanon(.cc.tenon 12 Z Spcual ', maximum � �300 If re uired or not required / Retad Conhg,vahonv) LOeatttl5'.p=,'= - :+,..�,;y""'n, ,;,.}. _ (S-1) M.A occur as tower fo,nwt g. . I--I rNN-PPRegn.calort_norarptoleet,n.nromaged (LD o I3 chl3l I (s5) lorchieche..,chool.andcommercial 2.3.4-5 ecialBuildi -Len thLimds' ..r.,,, a 2:5:6Residential-Transition-Bounda isiveet ,.IPot Non-PI I'rolea,(see sectoa 2 G 7 (L2) On i dmger Arc nation a—w tlrm pnnhe park, Limited Cot net Building-maximum 12011(C Io) required or not required rvgwad Stonnwatei I3MI!".I s) ([3) On Main St sot 32 sgft and max,mnm Limited Mid-Block Builc inv-maxur um 90 It(C10) 2.5.7 Street T es(New Alreet.D rT" ^t h-elt sapph to anchor retatl bu,ldu,gs (Lb On hllta Ar e and Delaware St heightofGatt 2.3s5�Bandin 11Ii7S5111`'*' w;'* s*1 d " L•:::''St'�i'' 1)Ci[ Street pcnnnted As shoo ,n the hi it;2 1 Ihstr,els Mai (t5) South of Atlanta A,e (3� Signs are ro.lrrotcd[o cortter stores only' Proportions-Edinger/Beach/Main ?2l0 5 2 2 Public Open Space w/CityStreet per witted (1,N liar+ccn Llhs m c and Adams Are (S'q Sign.ate pcnnmal at entrances to mule- Pro ortions-All other streets 1 3 to 3 I 3)Nei hborhood Street pctm,tt d L7) North oClahs nvc r nuh hmldu,_, 4)Public Open Space w/Neighborhood pe—Itted 30 s)Aue Penmttcd 2.6 OPEN SPACE STANDARDS 2.7 PARKING REGULATIONS STANDARDS 2.8 ARCHITECTURE STANDAICD$ REGULATIONS RBGULAT"IONS I - 2.6.1 Provision OUP 'emu,";, 2.7.1-*•Provision'of:Parkin - `-- --- 2.t&1 Facade Hoi hl�Arlitulation Re ..r Retail 50,t/1000,f(CS) '=Retail'A'.ehors To rcquocd Civic&Cultural n/a spaces per 1000 s.f, n/a Base r,q.-d Office I(0 s f/1000,f(CS) location "/0 2 j)SIGNAGE REGULATIONS STANDARDS Lodging 100,1/room(C9) Eatin Drinking,Eslablishnie.ts Live Work 150,f/unit(C9) spaces Per 1000 s.f. -1nnn/10. 2.9.-1'Freesfindbt Sign Setlidcks t9dc"scdti'ou 2:9 I) Residential 100,f hind(0) location -thm 5(Nt(cd� 2,9t2 Total 5i n Area.._, - (see sectron'2 9 2) - 2.61:$ ecial'PublitO en3 ace Re'uiremenf S ecialt Foodsl Goods 2.9:3"Si"n: �'c"Re"afa'tions ` cy°cI(M) spaces per 1000 s.f. 3 mn 4 nx _[Giiad'Pro e-cti n Sr n re,%, 2.63=Pr6viso6 of,Private O en S a thu, height 500 f t maximum Retail u/a '"aEntertainmerit&Ree @anon: Mar'iiee Sign-: ' _ Civic&Cultural n/a spaces per 1000 s.f. P n/x maximum number of faces n/a Y d Office n/a location °/A maximum area n/a Lodging n/a "'CCq'nvenience Uses` „Wall Sign' „permi0ed ` Live Work W. 'Paces per 1000 s.f. G 3 nun/4 may - - maximum size 200<(<SI&SS) I' Residential location „¢hm 500 fret M ' onume.f,4'i a&Ground Signpenullicd Attached&Multi-Family 60,t I aad Personal&Business Services maximum number of faces 2 Detached Single-Family Homes n/a saces per 1000 s.f, 3 nun/5 maximum height 6 0 2.6.4`Public Open$ aceR w es . ' location Ihm 5N t t maximum area 48 s f(Sp r { 1)Park pmmmed Peraonal'En'ricfiniedt"Services, k't, 3r' : seco.dai-sin -- ( _ - 2)Linear Green J"m tted spaces Per ON s.f. 5,,(C I D bonus sin 24 s t 2)Square I>Lnnuted location w Ihm 5001cc1 PoleMounted Sin&Tower Si u" i2<` 4)Plaza ixmutted Mr"Comritercial Goods&',Vehicle Sales.r,"'!.: maximum number of faces n/a 5)Mid-Block Green f—'Ittcd spaces per 1000 s.L nLt maximum height n/a -A 6 Courtyard Plaza mmed location ;d 1 Pet °/' secondary sin n/a fffi 7)Passage/Pasco lxtmntea CiviC&Cultural . bonus si n n/a 8 Pocket Park/Playground pcmnucd spaces per 1000 s.f. 3 nnn/4 , maximum area n/a 2, "5' 2.6.5 Private Open S'ate - location savhm 50u feet secondary sin tda KhEP 1)Courtyard = pumttted „Office`Prbfessio.al 'r'' bonus sin n/a A 2)Private Yard PcunLLicd spaces per 1000 s.f. 2 5 nun/3 5 mas location 3)Porch ,rnhm 2W fc°t maximum area S,f 4)Rooftop Deck or Garde. prnuntd Awning Face Sign - - p—acd- pi 5)Balcony I «-d spaces per 1000 s f 4 n in/ 5 maz maximum area 20%ul a ,ung I ce .Q 26'6,SfortnivatekMnndgem'entBest= „ location rhut20n(eet :Awning WaiteSi`a' - -,petmnted W Manam emenf Pm�tiees - Lodging - - lines of lettering g I .' required or not required 1 d spaces per guest room I mm/I'ma` letter height whichever is less 2.6.7 m„Storwater BMP T V-es-' location —thin 2(g)fcd Awn in Side Sijn '^ ... ��' �� x:'t s, Source Control BMPs t'gtined '-Live=Work�..:: ' '-:. ;'��;:`.`' . . :' :.:`..:.; lies of lettering7 t.n,Nl�rtdr;� Site Design BMPs icgr d s aces per unit I nun/1 mas „ letter height Treatment Control BMPs Pi'/N-PP spaces per employee Omm/Imav -Cairo Fascia`Sih '2"'+r+')"s"" '°°I"'3`I"'['Lnmtted. _2.bi,p n S ate,Lond6ea iniY location 2tx)Ict maximum height whichever is less) 2/3 tn.c a hught I°m required or not required I 'd _Residential Uses maximum width 2/3 i} tdth 1)Perimeter Block �dseo in :` per studio unit=.4r x'�' spaces 1 t/1 mad lines of letterin 1 2.6.9 Setback Area C Setback Areas spaces per 1 br unit I mm/I,ma, -Ab'o a C.`nno'Si.: : t,y,,a.=peumttad_ Q a)Sidewalk Extension permitted requited(C5) spaces per 2br+unit 1 5 nnn/2 mat maximum height whichever is less) 11/2 fascia height 24 to Q b)Parkwav Landscaping --- nests aces er 10 units 2 nun/3 mas(C 12) maximum width 2/3 cnr.p,,ctdth V c)Boulevard Landscaping mq.0 d(1,1pt C5) location on site lines of lettering I E t d)Neighborhood Street Landscaping pcunnted - i I.-Nei hborhood Ctritei'Eiice"tim s Cate Utnbrella Sin -permt0ed.:, W 2)Interim Block Setback Areas spaces per 1000 s.f. 0 /,3 nax maximum area a)Groundcover regmrod Corner Store E3ee Lions:':,v. _ ''' 'Recessed.Entr Sit, .'.peissiit2ed`g,5+4i2fir, O b&c)Moderate or He ey Screemng spaces per 1000 s.f. 0 m n maximum area ^^_0 s F W location tstrcet-1, WiitdBvv`5i n:a 32t:.3":'.?...,5„ail;'x;t :pC'ttu1.1k ,'^.",tc�" 2:7.2 Paikin T es`:'.„'a - -::,Oi n o-(,' st:z:�•'..t'' maximum area �20%of„md,t (S3) W 1)Surface Lot-Front 2)Surface Lot-Side rr i 3 SurfaceLot-Rear pccmiued 4)Surface Lot-Exposed Q 5)Structure-Exposed --- Q 6)Structure-Wrapped:Ground Level pemrrted 7)Structure-Wrapped:All Levels permmcd -- --- 8 Partially Submerged Podium pctnrntcd 31 9 Structure-Under round pamntcd 2.1.5 NEIGHBORHOOD CENTER DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS CHARTS BUILDING USE STANDARDS RE(WLATIONS PLACEMENT REGULATIONS ATI( Use Types'rt 2A,.I'-,Building'Ori4itatiodto'St eets,&Niblic 0 en°5 ace(A) —7— ropurccl-rult required 1)Retail a)Specialty Goods Anchors 2.4.Ziltrivate Fronitige Types I, C III Community Oriented Anchors 3)Private Frontage Specification 7 NC J Beac'li BI I vJ�d a)Shop-Front Entertainment Anchors N/A Shopfrout Length-maximum d)Eating&Drinking Establishments NC Tenant Length-maximum N/A '1777", 4 Articulation Le -maximum 50 Or Len b)Corner Entry -J e)Specialty Goods&Foods NC�IiJ i c)Arcade j"Irtitt,,d D Entertainment&Recreation 1'r—itt'd 0 d)Grand Portico J1 r)Forecourt Pc 111rd _;g)Convenience Uses J, E NC f)Co....L.bbv Entry pel"Itted Ill Business Services R)stoop P,s urd--pt(L 1) > NC Ill Porch j," �J, i Front Door i)Personal...I Services NC tmc.t: j Edge Fenced p—will,il--pt J,1) Mir -,l I A,f Eraced 5, k)Edge Treatment:Te rated—pt(1,1) vnj Wv j)Personal Enrichment Nc 1)Edge Treatment:Flush % kil Service Commercial&Repair PlltRd 2.4.3 front Yard Setback i: minimum maximum-Edinger geach Blyo Beacn till vd 1)Large Scale Commercial Goods minimum maximum-Beach 5 IF I(I fl,1)11 5 11(Ci) minimum maximum-Main m)Vehicle Sales a] streets 51,115 11(A) minimum maximum I other st, 2.'4;4'SichitY*rd Setbaik;`,.`��,! q ! 4�7 2)Civic&Cultural to, lot(C2) min w/living space windows I') 3)Office I min w1mat living space windows 5 ft a)Professional Services p-riatod(C2)r, 2.4.5 Rear Yard Setback �7 b)Medical Set-vices p-rilard(C2) aturnarrion IF A "J, 4)Lodging p-riawd(C2) 2A6 AlleyiS011h,mck 1, 0 1,000 2,000 5)Live Work I rued(C2) rmnorwam ft N Feet 6)Residential 2.4J Frontage,-Cove ge,". ra a)Multi-Family w/Common Entry P—wred(C2) minimum-Edinger/Beach/Main 50% b)Multi Family w/Individual Entries p—,lard(C2) minimum-all other streets ill (A) c)Attached Single Family 2.4;8 Space�Between Buildings d)Detached Single Family minimum 10 II > 2;2.2 SliecialAefail Configurciti6irti4 A4 2.4.9 Build.to-Corder Development Standards Charts Legend: Neighborhood Center t,quii,d required or not required ured Swill[collifithat, Ullit'.S�tnb.[,X�- 2.5 STREET REGULATIONS STANDARDS b)Corner Store Lila 4,4 �i i p,,,,itt,d ...... b—ght m1,11 (CI) 0,omd Floor (Ut) For te.,id-tol "Jol S�,tr2'-Mac (C2) �Ipprr 11—1 r)Drive-through 'types M.-..Inv Stree — (C—3) 4)Palm Tree Boulevard Not p—,il,,d — 2.2.3 Affordable,Hahn;h1bVek0br*tumts Wn�A Not appl—bl, (C4) Sid, ad,h,I1.......I, f h,,,,y (U3) Sp,ilt�(i..d,I'll F..d, t Neighborhood Center Streetfront rq,td 0A I,-,) required I he....... rg(lo.2 67) Wk(--ti-2 2 1) required or not required requared(U IF 5)P d1.pr,l,l,(o,i ri,dirt.d jC�Wrth 11IOTIflort (IJ4) M,I hr-,,lot 2.3 BUILDING SCALE STANDARDS W)LE-1thyll.-hood Center w/Access Lane rq,,,,,d(1,1,1,5) —diflo-I oqrt—.dr�lrl,rl ur,p I (C6) 0,20% fp,,,,l d,I,Lh hid 11,, (U_, I, REGULATIONS "rood 11...health&J,.......Cl,b,,,, c)Neighborhood Center w/Palm rqaii,d(1,1 LIS) C Ifirrb,d I v I"t apply xpeafied ii,"r, (C7) Lit Wd[,the c,pm r,or—Aal;u,r, Mading-Het ghio 7)Neighborhood Streets rcgwmd except(I ) C.) _243 (CS) I�or dml,,I,,i t,,,r21,000,f of hulld lir- (If7) Ir 111,11�lth& minimum height I tol, 2.5.2.pl.ro.,Asior�.'of�Hiw Striiets, pjlll� h,,I1 notd th,,height of (C9) Y,,,d—lop—W.,r,20 d—lbra;lort,., k Z It.......th,,t,,,t pl,,,,, 1,,dgI,,, maximum height lSlziiif,,OK�A�. 1((19) Rod.rl,�]Rjo—d Sh.", and 1-1d,,,g,lor,11. 2,3:2 Special Buildinl;jlHe#661�Lfipnits�� o--r—2 3 2 Sp....I (CIO) Co,,,,r Maximum Block Sue 3000 IF Maximum Edinger Block Face i,/,, roo,— krglh.,&�d it,2 3 413,fldlng f,olItI, Edinger/Beacb/Main 4 story M(1,1) O o 1lo (SI) E—pt,".apply fo,,hrI,F, op,& - CS CI1 The,umberledpace,pnn� ttr,lIrdt Across the Street From Housing p1c,2 L,,t—r— 2.'5.4 Stileel�ContIOCJ'Mty —1—2 2 2 Special R-fl Act I—lor-p—for,,,h,Irdt Ndi—ett to Housing —Il'-d to uired or not required > C I,......... (C12) estlStireett:oinnetti4tai NC P�r r1t,,d r,,Nr,,hb.rhoi,d C-1- (S3) 5II-A 1.11 h� d—,,g h,r oth of 2.3.3 Building Length' 2.5.5,V#quhred:EaIA�W 9zW I)r_b�r . 222 1 creptamor, 300 ft required or not required FdA L.. 2:3.4 Sp 'cial Buildinj Length L T I 'i�1—�I I��L� steow" (S4) Mu,t—ir,a.�t—,t,,m,tt i"nits 2.5.6.Reside 6WITO�ihsiflor%�Bciutda PP/N-PP R,q,u,,d for Prilim Ploj�ts/Fr"o."rd ILI) 0i,B,,arhI31,d (S5) For l,h,fo,horI,,andnii -equired or not required Limited Corner Building-maximum 120 IF(C 10) 1 1 for Tl,,)j,,t, t,,,2 6 7 (L2) 0,,Edl.g,A, p,hl,, 2_5.11�4 ,'(N�w Street Dit0gh r�iLimited Mid-Block Building-maximum 80 It(C10)O Scorn„ate HMP'lypes) 5, _r (1,3) ()o 1VL St .02 qft and n,aknntm, (A) li—pti ei il,pl� r-h—rtilli Idaig, (1,4) 01,Elh,,A,e ri,d D6—o,St hrIghl.fO 11 1)City Street p-clacd LI Public Open Space w/City Street --rard the F,g 21 D, Iij, (1,S) South A- r,,tr,,t,d r--to—only Proportions-Edinger/Beach/Main 3 2 1.3 1 1 (M) i —7-7_7 p-riated (1,6) 1Idt,tIE1I,,A rdA,L,lA,,, (K) Sig.,ol,1—ilwd it .t.—w anh, :i I Proportions-All other streets 142)Nei Street (1,7) North fF 1l,A- fn,th hafld Public Open Space w/Neighborhood Pro,14", 15)Alhey 1--ttlod 32 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS CHARTS IF SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS 2.(i ZPEN SPA(E _2_.8. AR(m]TECTU -4)-,Anch6r--Eyce do" n STANDARDS . FAN 'FANEAR)S REGULATIONS REGULATIONS 111111111111im— W.�;--- - Regulations listed in the Anchor Exceptions chart below 2.6.1,Provision of Public Open Space 2.7.1 Provision of Parking 2.8.1 Facade Height Articulatioifit 11tegulations, Retail 50,f Ion,s r(C9) Retail Anchors Top n,quned By be applied to retail anchors exceeding 30,000 square Civic&Cultural spaces er 1000 0. ln,ni 4,n- Base equned feet as exceptions to the regulations indicated with an(A)in p Office IN),f 1000,f(CS) location w0hu,5(1(1 feet the Development Standards Charts Anchor buildings shall Lodging I(XI,f/o)onif(29) Eating&Drinking Establishments 2.9 SIGNAGE REGULA11ONS STANDARDS Establishmentsat least one"Front Street"that shall establish how these Live Work Go 3 1` unut(0)) spaces per 1000 s.f. 6 ri-/10 mac 2.9.1 Freestanding Sign Setbacks (,ee,e,,to,n 2.9.1) exceptions apply Residential too,1 unit(C9) 1-ticna i„ffiu,200 feet 2.9.2 Totol1ign Area 9.2) 2.6.2 Special Public Open Space Requirement Specialty Foods/Goods 2.9.3 Sign Type Regulations Beach Blvd.shall always be a Front Street. All streets that n/a Spa ex per 1000 s.f. 3nirn/4 in- Grand Projecting Sign are not Front Streets are either Side Streets of Rear that 2.6.3 Provision of Private Open S ace -tlu.500 feet maxinum,height indicated in accompanying Anchor Buildings diagram Retail n/a Entertainment&Recreation' Marquee Sign Civic&Cultural n/a spaces per 1000 s.f. 6u,ni I On- maximum number effaces Office location 'alun 500 feet maximum are. n/,i Lodging n/a Convenience Uses Wall Sign per-med Live Work n/a Spaces per 1000 s.f. 3 inin 4-x maximum size 200,r IS I&s,) Residential location ithut 104,feet-- Monument Sign&Ground Sign Nn tied Attached&Multi-Family 60 s f/urn Personal&Business Services maximum number of faces 2 BACK OF FRONT STREET CURB Detached Single-Family Homes spaces per 1000 s.f. 3nuo/4 un- SIDE—WALK i.6.4 Public Open Space Typ maximum height 61t es location ithut 200 fe,t maximum area 49,1(Sh [FRONT ___FRONTAGE RE ' Park Personal Enrichment Services Secondary sign I 2)Line-Green Spaces per 1000 S.f. 5 u-(C 11) bonus sign 24,f :on ,,uhni 100 f,,t !.! 2)Square I-nutted location Pole Mounted Sign&'Tower SiSijn� 'peraintled(LIJ,2) Vi --------------------- -i 4)Plaza IvrnuII,d Commercial Goods&Vehicle Sales maximum number of faces 2 ANCHOR ro 5)Mid-Block Green I-rated spaces per 1000 s.f. n6 maximum height 1511 BUILDING ,o" i 6)Courtyard Plaza [,e uted location n/n secondary sign Nu (ted Civic&Cultural bonus sign m 0 0 `z, 7)Pii-gc/Pruic. 511 n -1 Z -1 I-ratted spaces per 1000 s.f.8)Pocket Park/Plavground 4 muv maximum area 70.C(SO rn i . 2.6.5 Private Open Space Types location ,,(I 5(a)feet secondary sign - 0 on. on 1)Courtyard 1-on"d Office-Professional bonus sign REAR STREET 4 CK of 2)Private Yard I-o"(1ed sper-per 1000 s.f. 3 rani/4,-, Projectiril;Sign perrinned IC FRONTAGE 51)EWALK 3)Porch ]location oithin 100 feet maximum area REGULATIONS 4)Rooftop Deck or Garden --lh7niintted Office-Medical Avairig Face Sig., 1,enuated 5)Bid,imy 1-nnnit"I spaces per 1000 s.f. 451 n 15 5 macmaximum area 20 0 Z! 0 Z 2.6.6 Stortmirater Management Best location -thni 200 feo Awning Valance Sign penuawd -------------- .4 Management Practices Lodging lines of letterin 1 required or not required rcgmrcd spaces per guest room I nut,11 2 in., letter height(whichever is less) 2/3 valance l-ght 8 in REAR STREET 2.6;7 Stormwater,BMP Typei location Awnicia Side Sig. Source Control BMPs mquiicd Live-Work lines of lettering Site Design BMPS mquuc0 spaces per unit I nun u- letter height 9 in Treatment Control BMPs PP/N-1111 spaces per employee 0 nun I in- Canopy Fascia Sig•n perinatcd 2.6.8 Open Space La ndscaping location -tha,21Y)feet maximum height(whichever is less) 2/3 I-iii 1-ght 12 w Front Side Rear required or not required Residential.Uses Regulations rimannum Width 2/3 eanop-nith i 2.6.9 Setback Area Landscaping i I Street Street Street spaces per studio unit I turn I niax lines of lettering 2.4.1 Building Orientation 1)Perimeter Block Setback Areas spaces per Itir unit Above Canopy Sign -ed or not required I required not required not,equired .)Sidewalk Extension -1--1 Q.1) spaces per 2br+unit 1 5 run 2u- maximum height(whichever is less) I 1/21'-n,heighl 24�i, ; reqt it b)Parkway Landscaping guest spaces per 10 units 2A.4 Front Yard Setback 2 ono 3 e,X 12) maximum width 2/3 canoe) ulth o S Re ar a "it r i'.it c)Boulevard Landscaping location it Mi, lines of letterin I i narvanourn ru,de,i,aicni nii-i-at n maxunum it)Neighborhood Street Landscaping permitted Nei boyhood Center Exceptions Cafe Umbrella Sig. A-unued 2.4.8 Frontage Coverog Interior Block Setback Areas spaces per 1000 s.f. 0 nun 3 111ax maximum area 10%ofu Nell.vuf,- minimum no de,union 2(1% oly. a)Groundcover I —required Corner Stare Exceptioni Recessed Entry Sign per tied' 2.7;2 Parkin9 Ty6- b&c)Moderate or Heavy Screening required Spaces per 1000 s.f. 0 nun maximum area 20,f Surface Lot-Exposed no dcvauon permntcd permitted ixinnitte'l Structure-Wrapped Wrapped on location permitted 2.71 Parkin g.Types, maximum area 20%,,l window(S3) Ground Level 1)Surface Lot-Front Structure-Exposed no do moon permrttcd permuted 2)Surface Lot-Side perainted 2.8.2 Architectural Element-Re ulations 3)Surface Lot-Rear penni[led No minimum glazing 4)Surface Lot-Exposed to I Fm;ade Composition no der union requirenient along two 5)Structure-Exposed selected street frontages 6)Structure-Wrapped:Ground Level --- 7)Structure-Wrapped:All Levels I 18)Partial)!P��MPodivaa m. cu and 33 8:1.6 TOSNN�CEt�TTERBO[JLF,VARD' �EG1l4E1VT'i � ( ®F VELOPbiE10'T S'9'AI�DARDS BHA tt ;:.. +✓ t ,�}!\ _ "r'z'`i'r '- , i � 2.4 FRONTAGE&BUILDING BUILDING USE PLACEMENT - I SIANUARDS STANDARDS REGULA"PIONS } - - - {,y 1 I n. \ i{x 7 2.2a:Use'i'e's�, _ - 2':4:Y;SuilOin':Onentation to,5treets'&P.dblt�0'4.3"ace +, ePdr iovra not Frequired cqu d(n)1)Retail re air oGwt S — S eeiaty Goods Anchors 2.412ens 1 b)Community Oriented Anchors pcnnutnd 3)Private Frontage Specification 3p (I 1&12)o 1, Hued ( Z a)Sho-Front pc� 1 <)Entertainment Anchors Sho front Length maximum N/A to Eating&Drinking Establishments gametal Tenant Length-maximum N/n fl,l&1,2)onh Articulation Length maximum SolArticulation y s # III ,y) � e)Specialty gods&Foods � b)CornerEntry pumeal Q.IKI2)onh pcum F)Entertainment&Recreation P c)Arcade Ital {. �, (e I A 1.2)Lz)onh(Ua) a)Grano Portico pen»I«ed n ,. ) " `' , __ g)Convenience Uses P�ntittal e)Forecourt pu mucd G"odtal 1.2)o 1 F)Common Lobby Entry Pc.Hated N. mined.g .. h Business Services pet moral j ) )Stoop pc, (I.I&1,2)onl, h)Porch l s ,7 RffiI103d TI2Ck i)Personal Services Pelmnted i)Front Door B &I 2)onl, l ' 't I `'` `9 't.; x d - ')Edge Treatment:Fenced pci miuul r ,,' .-" t N n` ^e a• n 1)Personal Enrichment pcmnucd 1 2)onh k)Edge Ti eatment l'ei i aced Pct mucd i l ",� ) '• r. `.>~ f ) - t �, k)Service Commercial&Repair pamutcd 1)Edge Treatment Flush Pcnnulcd (LI&1,2)out, 2.4.3'Front Yard Setback:. - gg i. ` 1)Large Scale Commercial Goods pcnmucd minimum/maximum-Edin e. 0 B/IS u m ) \t l I\ n.l x l.z)t,nl minimum/maximum-Beach 12 R/35 It > m)Vehicle Sales pcnnitled minimum/maximum-Main n/a '� { I mL .• �.5 4 E S 3' !LI)onh minimum/maximum-all other streets iR/1st1 1 )Civic fi &Cultural perm,ved 2i4C4'Side Yard Setback ^:z . 3 . )Office min w/livingspace windows a. If)11 ucd mil q ! d a)Professional Services pcnn i w/out livings ace windows Il b)Medical Services pcnmtt F n 4 Lodging wood minim Rear Yard Setback < gu K Pc'n min imum imam y1011 F+ „i �' 5)Live Work pcmnucd 2.4.6Alle";Setback _ 6)Residential W mum molt mucd a)Multi-Family w/Common Entry pen mini . l 2.4.7 Frontage Coverage, - „ );' r „. 'r`M t+k^r 1000' 500 ;\Os";w 1 000 2 000 b)Multi Famil•wl Individual Entries pcnn ucd c)Attached Single Family pcmntted �i�imum-Edinger/BeachlMain Feet um-all other streets 50/((A),rs a t d)Detached Single Family _\ W' 2.2.23 eclat Retail Confi urdtions',:. - 2`4.11 4ce,Bettvein Buildings 'A Development Standards Charts Legend: min mu a)Neighborhood Center t tt d spem dihan,lcons� t1.1&I.z>o,il 2:4.4"Band-'to=Gilmer .:,'».. .o,nricd Pei muted Ih I L II d b ghl ante„ (C I) <+rounellloor (ll1) I d nial dc,6,pri.wuh3 or nx i, b)Corner Stine penulttcd _ olh cspuih�d �Sa�uoo2 Iihc (C2) aptn,flo—oN, out, c)Drive-through pemumd 2.5 STREET REGULATIONS SPANDARDS _ fYPcs (C3) P.k„a,iaods I—V—ju—d along Beach (U2) I.nc l,nlcrllnnmcnl and l)m,c,ng not p,,I rled Blvd pe—t ed 2.2.3'AH6rdable.Ho6sin"�Ri uiremeritsi'r`t` 2.5a.itti rovements to,Eiiistin ,Streets:,. - Wa Not,pplellc (C4) side,androaz ,dsshall eni tof he- (U3) I. g,Scalc5 II Goods and l'oodv 'redW red "I hest ere too ctcmcnt.ofnll new scecnmg(,ec sa;twn 267) a pOC18) required or not required required UI 3)Classic Boulevard Iegmmd(L2) required rap,i r Of[,(sec se�uon 221) 2.3 BUILDING SCALE 4)Palm Tree Boulevard dc,clopmaa as indicated (C'S) WIIhshopfronl STANDARDS r� (U4) Movie"I Im("'rot pcnmtled REGULATIONS Ca eondioonal requucs a cond,hm,al use Pemut (C6) (h 20%of parcel depor,v1-1—errs L, al11 r (US) (;round floor llcallh&l;letciSe('tubs a,c a)Typical Configuration Icqu,Icd(1.1) O limited Iundannn.apph ae.peu Gad mscchrni (('7) I.mumd to the cspan—f—Aogawe amdaamal 2:3.1-Buildin`-Her-Height 7)Neighborhood Streets rcgwmd swept Q,1,L2) C.i z a 3 I1„ate P tag,ry t,e,, (ce) r<,r developmem<„e,21000 woo,I of hmldmg area (a7) (W,11,Ad,&arse,elnb, minimum height I t ,, 2.5:2 Provisioe:it New Streets (ce'scctron 2 5 2 F Plu, I)eveI.Pmcm,luu not exceed the hcigm of (C9) Lin develnpmcm m-e,20 d„come unite or (US) (Ali Gas Mono°s maximum height d stone, 2.5.3 Block SlZe-_ - _ 'L l housrng across the stf,M plug do—1-of lodpng,coma U9 Rcardcnual Rc<nual as Sl,o,ni on Ma, W Maximum Block Size 3000 fl nines indleal d rs ,canon z t 2 speoral (Cfo) C mty and bnddmrp ma,e-rod tn,rmh leA 2:3.2.5 eeial Boildiii"+Her lit Limited A, Budding 11ci hi t,-mns [(S3) :;_ , : „ ,: - ,..: .- Maximum Edin er Block Face 1000 II0. € > lengthas chncd m 2 3 4 Budding I,cngth Edin er/Beach/Main n/a CS P-,,,tted u,a Coning Slmeconogompon cepo, ppegp &�� : ��(Ctl) The number of spacespro,.riled mu,t include at Across the Street From Housin plu.2 stow maz 2.5` Streit fionnie(lee section 2 2 2 Specal Rctml otherstgnvanaoons_,a.section hestone.pace for eachstudent Ad`a ent to Housin d conhg,v tnon,) 2 9 Si€nag,Regulaoon. aqua re aired or not re fired nrl gnestspa,c/lolxlamrl-,,a ` e295:SRe uirid Eaet-West roc Pmmtl,a m a Nu nb,a,o�a ceme� Sol hall no allo,vable.aunng the mono el 2€3s3BuBiliri Len thStreet:Cinnectioa,_g mial enmtUaunnbei maximum ROOff re aired or not re aired trey d LBetiNgn�,,;,h.C�,w",;:x;�! :xr„; Mustnecma.tewe,fl„ion - _ "`t' 2.5:6ResidentialTraHsition=Boiinda Streit.,�'r.w"`x'2:3.45 ecia46uildin Len fb.Cimtts' L'Pru)ects/hueouraged (LI) On Beach 131vd for ch,vches.scbeol..and cunm,crclat Limited Corner Buildin -mazimum 120 ft(C IUI required or not required regwred for Non-Pnonh Pmlecis f--tion 267 (L2) On FdMnger A,'e r-...i usev,v thin Puhhc parks, - - - -_ - F+I Stonn„atei BMP 1 L3 On Mom St a of 32 s,17 and maxmm�n l Limited Mid-Block Bnildin maximum So It(CIo) 2.5.7 Sifeet,T'�es'Niw'SlreSt DeSi n " }pcs) ( ) maxin um an I {.#, 4;.., (A) lsucpuons apply a>an,hm m4ul buildings (L4) on Elhs Ave and Uc,o, St heightoto ft 2i3:S;Build ill MpS5if1 ;„';`"aw 3.-� .'- 1)Cit Street 1-riated M As eho,vn on me P�+2 1 n�smcts Ma, (M) South of Auanta A,c (S6) Sign.arc re,nrcted ro comer stows only Pro ortions-Edinger/Beach/Main a 3 2 to 5 2 Z Public Open Space w/City Street pcmnucd j (L6) Bet—.F,lo,A,o and Ad-,Ave (S7) Sign,re pe�mmed at enhances ro multi- � 1 Pro ortions-All other streets 2 3 to 1 2 1 3)Neighborhood Street pcmi,ttd ...._... L N.,Ih ofLlhs Avc L fi rlvabuddm s 4)Public Open Space w/Neighborhood pcmutted Street 34 s Alley par-ttod SPFCIAL IZI QtIIREMENTS E 2.6 OPEN SPAG$ 2.8 AROIIITECTURE - S'fANDARps Z.�PARKING REGULATIONS STANDARDS STANDARDS ' , REGULATIONS REGULATIONS Regulations listed in the Anchor Exceptions chart below 2.6.1 Provisioitiof:P,ublic'O Open ace _ "'"f.3 5e2. sA 2Z7 ProiiAbrtofParkin _ 2:8.1 Facade Hel'ht'Articulation'R olations may be applied[o retail anchors exceeding '3Q000 square Retail xt,t/1000 s f((x) Retail AndtiaFs= .. �- Top „�" Y PP g - I feet as exceptions to the regulations indicated with an(A) Civic&Cultural n/d spaces per 1000 s.f. 1 min/no ma, Base mqu-d in - Office 100,f noon,f(Cx) location -thin 500I l the Development Standards Charts Anchor buildings shall L.9 SR3NACiE REGULATIONS STANDARDS have at least one"Front Street"that shall establish how these Lod m ions f/nuom(M Eaim &Drinkin Establishments Live Work 15o,f/r mt(C q) spaces per 1000 s.f. 12 / 2.9.1 Freestanding Si n Setbacks 1 i 6 t.2 r1 exceptions apply. Residential Ion,f/unu(Cq location tl W f t 2.9.2 Total-Si n Area - '( eohrn_rJ'+j'+ 2;6;2 S eddl Public Open Space Re uiremeni^ ('- S"exalt.`FoddsY,Goods. ,; �'..,., _ Beach Blvd and Edinger Ave.shall always be Front Streets 2:9.3 Si n T` a Re ulations Where these streets intersect, the Front Streets shall be n/a spaces per 1000 s.f. 4 min/ o mil, Grand P.ro'eeiin Si`n:^: -- 2.6".3`Provision of Private{}en Spacenahm x!n feet maximum hei ht n/d determined by Planning DDector/Designee. All streets that Retail n/a Entertainment&Recreation,,, rylo„"nee$i na,,;;t „ are not Front Streets are either Side Streets or Rear Streets as nnn a Civic&Cultural u/a saces er 1000 s f maximum number of faces / indicated in accompanying Anchor Buildings dragiam ' Office n/a location " t maximum area / Ws Lod in n/a Convenience TTses :r' :Wall Sin - - p-nnittcd ' Live Work n/a spaces per 1000 s.f. -t min/no ma, maximum size � 200,f(SI G S�) , Residential location retthm>nD Ceet Monument Sig.&=,Grouud'Si m3 PenntteH - Attached&Mniti-Family6n,t/rmn Personal&Business Services maximum number of faces 2 FRONT STREET tune Detached Single-Family Homes n/a spaces per 1000 s.f. nit/>sue* maximum height 6 u BACK of I _ location r'Lhm>00[ t SIDEWALK ' 2:6.4Pab{itG en.S"a'ie'J es'„.=ter' maximum area 4xs1(Sl) 1)Park Pcrmitmd :Personal Encich.60-S&;4ces,t secondary sin 32,1 �'F'`RONT STREET FRONTAL U,LATtONS - .. 2)Linear Green Pcnnrucd spaces per 1000 s.f. >m.v(CI p bonus sign 24 2)Square Ixmnncd location rr nhur 500 fccl Pole Mounted Si ri&Tower Si'n`:-;'s pxmiticd(1.1 I,2)` ` m 4 Plaza Commercial Goods&Vehicle Sales "- maximum number of faces 2 5)Mid-Block Green pcmuttcd spaces per 1000 s1. maxim 2n R (m y = m um height ! INCHOR 6)Courtyard Plaza Pcnntitcd location "Ithul>00feet secondary sin Sft(S4) '^ _ BUILDING a- o,--777777 " 7)Passes¢/Pasco permlltcd ;'Civic&:Cultural;,, bonus sign Sit ern 'Q 't O d 8)Pocket Park/Playground Pcnndtcd spaces per 1000 s.f. 4 M,n/ o ma, maximum area 100,f(541 =Y f'-Z t,Z -�i 2:6_S Private O 0en'S ace Types', - location d—500 rect m t D £' >{^ ru ^ secondary sin 32 s f rn 1 D F f- 1)Court aril panuucd .Office-Professional bonussi n 25,t m 2)Private Yard re,roued spaces per 1000 s.f. 3> r/4 , '.Pro'ectm Si d„ "p td - REAR STREET .rode eK of �m i0, /T� I EWALK z 3)Porch location vnhrn SOD fee' maximum area x t ,C FRONTAGE °Ot 6 4)Rooftop Deck or Garden Ix:nnmcd Office-Medical - IAM mn :Face Silt, w -Pcmuucd - .15 ; REGULATIONS " ': - 5)Balcony1 nntcd s aces er 1000 s.f. 4>nnn/>>ma, maximum area 20%oC dun ng Cdce �;0 2:6.6.Stormwafer,Mana ¢men/Best 3`•"; - location -0—n>00 rest ^,3', f Z g aN _ '!Lodging Aivnhi"Valance.Si ii _permitted. t z Manes ement Pratficesn�.. ,° `. '!Lod in"." . .- +dd r^.• lines of lettering Lo re aired or not re wired ragmrcd spaces per guest room I min r no mil, letter bei hl which¢ r is less 2/3 I h ghl s n 2.6.7 Sfohmwnter,BM es -" _- . :.' u,x�' location on.uc Awning Side$i a _'_- 1»'mrp at REAR STREET .A Source Control BMPs mquncd 5{ttiJ`e`-WoikFr*'^'. lines of I ,es o Site Design BMPs eq-,d spaces per unit I nnn/I rude Letter height Treatment Con Vol BMPs IT/N-IT spaces per employee o min/l max ;4:C-ra 'Fascia Sign }sannrttcd Front $Ifle Rear Regulations 2:6;8,00en Space Landscaping _.,,+;_,- .q location 0 2001 t maximum height(whichever is less) 2/3 laxm hc�ght 12 in Street Street Street required or not required qv rail Resiilential`Us"e `" - vY!e•s ". ';, maximum width 2/3—iopr width 2.4.1 Building=OriBniatIbA.- a`z ,• ..'.. ?, 2.69 Setback Area.Landsta-in"" - spaces per studio unit I min/I mae� lines of lettenn I required or not required r,qurred not mquncd not req,,,,d 1 Perimeter Block Setback Areas space,per lbr unit 1 nun/1 mac "_ ^'' '`"" "^ ' """"'"i""rmdicd "" - W .pliove Cano ,Sr n• . .- i;r.+Yit:a.Fs. x=:,�'s - - A at Sidewalk Extension pcmnued(C>)nnl, s aces per 2br+unit 1> ra/2 m. 2.4.4 FrRpirYard Seth . ar:".S - a maximum height(whichever is less) 1 I/2 fasaa he"gh[ 24m maximum no dcvrauon no mas�mum no macrmnm O b)Parkway Landscaping --- uest spaces per 10 units 2 nun 13 ma,(C1 A maximum width 2/1 canopt 2:4.1laFroritu„"e�Covera`ge-_-_ c)Boulevard Lind—ping rcgwred(I,1&12i location r t Imes ofletterin 1 z "� minimum ode aeon 20/ 0% d)Neighborhood Street Landscaping Pcnnitfed -Nei hborfiooil,Center Exce'bans - "Ciife.Umbrells Sig. :_- '"ti"1T- Pi.rm a d, _ r 23,.2?Parkin ies_. 2)Interior Block Setback Areas spaces per 3000 s.f. 0 /3 maximum area In/ I h-lie—f.— g y r t - Surface Lot-Exposed ne,dcv ra— pentrued permuted O a)Croundcover icgmrcd ,?Corner SYu'r'e Exce lions .,..v„al .,ram r.,.r..�, Recessed Ent Si'u _ - -.pwnpiK,d',(r :}` b&c)Moderate or HeavyScreeningmquvcd spaces per 1000 s.f. D min maximum area 2o,p Structure-Wrapped on permnted permitted permitted W location t=t t Wiodow.Si n _ - - [ rinrtte`d} sl;;,.; Ground Level w y - Structure-Ex Exposed uo dcuanon pc—wed permitted �W 2:7:2-Parkin-T es=.,'A'..v: „t ')ki N':."^^GwYa9^.'e: maximum area m 20%of nurdmv(S3) 2:8.2,Arthitecfu"riil'EIerrtent,R ^6lations.:fiat" kA -- 1)SurfaceLot-Front -- � �� 2)Surface Lot-Side pe—tted No mmunum glaang H 3)Surface Lot-Rear Pemutted Facade Composition no de—noo regmmmcnt along two rFN 4)Surface Lot-Exposed ---(AI selected street frontages W 5)Structure-Exposed Q 6)Structure-Wrapped:Ground Level - 7)Structure-Wrapped:All Levels p—fitted S)Partiall•Submerged Podium permitted ----- "" 9 Structure-Under round rmnted 35 .......... —S DE'V'1'?,'L0FeMENTg, TANDARD,S""CHARTS, "A `7 2.4 FRONTAGE&BUILDING STANDARDS S 2.2 BUILDING USE STANDARDS STANDARDS REGULATIONS ACEM E NT It EGU LA L.ON vw_ 2.2.1,Use Types5' Public Open'Sjuke 2.4.1,'Building Orientaticusiato StreeWl" 1)Retail required or not required '"r-d j a)Specialty Goods Anchors 2*2:111,r Wate FrOntage Tjoei b)Community Oriented Anchors 3)Private Frontage Specification a)Shop-Front j poniiad Anchors ri—imurn NM "0 r)Entertainment Shopfront Length it)Eating&Drinking Establishments NC Tenant Length-maximum N/A (112, Articulation Length-ruirsounin 50 If 1 c)Specialty Goods&Foods NC 13) b)Corner Entry Pwmntui) 1 L 0 Entertainment&Recreation 1,enritted c Arrich, peillill"I N) d)Grand Portico pet mucd g)Convenience Uses NC,CS c)Forecourt T� D Common Lobby Entry p-ritt"t r 'tl f"', ...... L h)Business Stevie N( CS g)stoop es f h)Porch i)Personal Services NC,CS i)Front Door J)Edge Treatment Fenced p.u,it(,d �y: j)Personal Enrichment NC,CS I T k)Edge Tr eatment:Terraced 1)Edge Tv e.truent:Flush peiuutt�d k)Service Commercial&Repaii 1 peon tad 2.4.3 Front Wird'Setback il.illn 4 z 4� 1)Large Scale Commercial Goods minimum maximum-Edinger /a t ,,,niawd L 12 It/25 it minimum maximum-Beach 7 :j pco)Vehicle Sale, main p—med minimum/maximum 77 minimum maximum-all other streets 5 It/15 il 2)Civic&Cultual 7,7,777� 22�� pe'ni't"d 2.4A Side Yard Setback 7 Office permntcd 1 I, = 3) 4, min w/ ng space window10 It a)Professional rSei i," 5 min%/out livings ace windows ft III Medical Services permntcd 2.4.5 11116ar.Yarcl Setback j l"rontled "k minimum 15 I'l 4)Lodging T�, 5)Live Work I—ilioed 7777 7 tr 2.4.6'Alle'Setback 6)Residential y comorme, 511 Multi-Family wl Common Entry latnutt�d -a-,t I lit Multi Family w/Individual Entries —ited Z4.7 Frciinage:C6,verage union.-Edi.ge,/Bc.,h/Ma 5MA i g,"', _P ed v)Attached Single Family 1--ited �.,2,0 0 N6 minimum-all other streets _,10%(A) III Detached Single Family Pon 2A.S�Spauce Betweeii'121611dings 44 L— 2.2.2 Special Retail Ccunfogurcniciits.',zl. Development Standards Charts Legend: Neighborhood Ceirte, peitted 2.5 STREET RFGULATJOINS STANDARDS Sped,41 Cionhthia, ,�: I ILI—— peminted I "1 141-11-111 a-1111111d,b,light, (CI) 1�i")d Floor (U 1) 1—ideru,al de,el,,p I1,3 Dia, b)Corner Store penrawd — "I' f ,,)id i,,S�dn 2 2 1 1 I,e (C2 Tpla,fl—,-1, — tuiL, c)Drive-through 1,,—ittd (c Parkiva,].Ipmu ie,jurld al—,,Beach (u2) 111-1,11oftaluil"'t and Danclup not SCALE 24.4 Impria4eritimuts to EAstang Streets Not pe �ifted f3l,d P"lln'tted 2.3 BUILDING STANDARDS nor REGULATIONS N,)tpp]linable (C4) I all h� (Ul) Large Seek Speealt,Glad—rd F-d, 4)Palm Tree Boulevard required I he,,11,11qu111J eleallet,ut all ue, di..2 67) owl,(--le-2 2 1) required(Tell d—loaull't a—W—led (U5) i a)Typical Configuration (U4) M.1i,11-tellt per, MW,qE,.e-due.-I-e u,au,_,I (C6) 17"T','_,1a`11'1p1,c,I depth„li,eh—,,amallcr ,,b,ale_ (ITS) (j,,uu,I...I Icu III,& _1,Cl L)Nei== i equiredcpt(Tell O tu,gu ,?auif`se-taJ&t-5'25 'I horned 1,4'it't,'a a',1,"'fid",tuai (C7) Laautcd to the u ' 2.3A,Building.lH16ight ate4�dq l wSilrjeets- -_ 't cuidull—I 2 1 IN:,ate pl r1acly", (CI) belld"T"' J(U7) 10�il,Ilcalth& PI" 1),,el.la,t,h,11-t-...d Ilie he,gh(,,f of minimum height I t 2.5!3 131cock Site. (C9) IudeI.p,,t.21)dlh v,1,..,"at-',Z housing across rho street pWs the uunilrei of maximum height 4A.i Maximum Block Size 300d fi W4 liAguil;—an, Re,adeur.]R-pued a,Sl,,),,i ,,Ma, '3.2:'Soecial Buildhi(fHeight.Limilts �,;i iK�`, Maximum Edinger Block Face stones irdicia,,i](--t-,2 3 2 Special (CIO) C—ly—I tuld p,,.,,,e,eed Iri, 2. leugth a,defined eu 2 3 4 BuIdi.i,J,eugth Sunni le ee;�' rif, 2.5.4 StreefC6iniettisil ty Build—I leighl I u,d,) EdirigeO.c.,11M.i. uCa (SI) H-epti—,appl,f., 1,.0 (CI l) T1 be,W pa,,,I-ided iWde at I Across the Street From Housing p1r,2't'-r— required or not required iequ—cl eetl.n 2 2 2 Special Ret,�l least ftueach,itidet,l call—ig""iritiou",,sect on 2�51.5�.Riictiilied j Adjacent to Housing > (02) A niiiiinim,al I p1l'i 10 DU,,q,,,,,s 2 9 S,g,i,g,Regulate— flc" III 11C a N,,,Il 11 Cerle, (S3) 50%hell,be all—able duaig(1—ii—thet 2.3.3 BuildiAIl Len th 1 re�vedZ nert L e pe—it 21 ,_t required n/,i e,,u(,g.,t,a,(,eeuou 2 2 2 ;00 ft tiaVTrurvsiflciri-B4,uintRa Must "ta—, m—com. Itriansifori 1100n*6 Street, Retail cart'gu'at—) Leauim� 'Y,l t I it 2.3.4,S ecial Building Ceti Mmrrd or Out required u/a per PP I N-PP Required for Pii,uil, l4ia—u"'ed (LI) un Bl,d (S5) R),�ho,eh�eh..I,and commercial Limited 120 If(C 10) 2.'S:71SfireW Tilips(N 1w,'Street'Diesigh fiu 2 6 7 — Corner Building-maximum rat (1,2) On Ilde.ge,Ae ieereatian u,,ahi,,fabh,lauk, st-111,1113M lypi,') (W) Ou M,S, nia,i an area f 12 qfI-dui-au— Limited Mid-Block So it(C w) 1)City S rect 2) (A) I� (U) Or lllli,,A,e .d IMSt luu;((,16 It i -maximum rdlpl� Public Open Space w/City Street j,-runad I 1(m) Zh—, the I�ig 2 1 District,Map 1 (1,9) South.1 Atlanta A- t:S66t1-__1.1e to—'e"t—,—1, lProportions-Edinger/Beach/Main 1-2 3)Ncighb.,b.. Street pertuitted (Lid Bel--Elli,,A,e and Ad—,Ave (S7) IP-portilms-All other streets 1 23 to 5 1 4)Public Open Space w/Neighborhood 1 —7-1— 1 f—il,kulduiti, Street lacnudled fL7) u[110 1 II.Ae 5)Alley N—awd 36 P m -T 7 2.6 OPEN SPACE ?.8 AIc LITEOCTNtSjR �STANDARDS 2.7 PARKIM R,GULATIONS STANDARDS STANDARDS IEGULATIONS IATI —MEEK 2.6.1W6Asiofi of.Public Open Spance _* 2.7.1 Provision of P a—rld i t-9 77-� 2.8.1 Fakade HeIght'Arlicuklition Reg Retail 30, 1000,r(CS) R0siilAp0pvrs, - - To n,qn-d Civic&Cultural spaces per 1000 s.f. 4on. no Base nequircd Office to(,,f 1000,f((g) location liflon SN,feet 2.9 SIGNAGE,REGULATIONS STANDARDS Lodging 100,f/room(C9) 7-Eaiii�g&�DrinkiWgEstablishments 11111alla- Live Work 0,F/u 1(C9) spaces per 1000 s.f. 12 on. r- 2.9.1.FreestandiiioSi§vi$efbcicks Residential 100,r tl(C9) location within 500 1-1 Z9.2 Total Sig"Arecv� 2*2 Sliecial Public O.en Speice'Riiiijuiiement SliicniltyFoods/Goods 2.9.3$I§n T*pe Regulallioils,,, spers per 1000 s.f. 4 inin no ro- :Grand Pro ectinj Sign' AVr 2.6.3 Prairlelon,of OAVatibiien S06ce, ,nhin 500 fed maximum height Retail r/a Entertainment&Recreation, - -Mar iiee Sign, Civic&Cultural n/a spaces per 1000 s.f. r,o 10 mas maximum number of faces Office location maximum area oh, Lodging CqmveniericiUses' ti-iMd Live Work n/a sp.r.per 1000s.f. maximum size 200,1(S]&SS) Residential location nlon 500 C-1 ',NImponignt Sign&Ground Sin --, i 1 Attached&Multi-Farnily 60 1/unn 'Persimal&Buihicsi Services maximum number of faces 2 Detached Spigle-F.rudy Homes n1a spaces per 1000 s f 3 nun n- maximum height 6 it 2.6.4 Pubji,°O ih'Soaci T"es: location ,,�In. 1`-K maximum area 49,f(S 1) 1)Park pennitted Pers6nal Enrichment Sirvixcx,'�:-,- r secondary sil!. - 2)Line-Green J-nnt,d spaces per 1000 s.f. 5 n-(Cl 1) bonus sin 24,r n, 2)Square 1-nutted location nohm 500 red Pole'Mcomited:Si'a,&To"r.Sign, p-uvil(0:12)", 4)PI.- -7,.7,ttd 'Commercial Goods&Vehicle Sales • maximum number offaces 2 5)Mid-Block G,cen pernuud spaces per 1000 s.f. 3 no./5 n,- maximum height 15 ft 6)Courtyard Plaza net initted location -tt,n,500 feet secondary sign 7)Passage/Pasco I-notn,d 'Civic bonus sign 5 it 8)Pocket Park/Playground P"nott'd spaces er 1000 s.f. 4 nno/,. - ...r.wri,are. 70 f(84) 2.6.5-FeWi6iteVoepi Space Types��, :,,� w;,.��,I, within tl 5W(-t se...dary sig. --- 30,f 1)Coo rty.,d • J-rmn,d '.Office-Professional. bonus�,gvi 2)Private Yard P-itted spaces per 1000 s.f. 3,inm/4 Projecting Sign ''i .permitted 3)Porch 1.c.ti.. ghn,5nI I t-1 maximum area 4)Rooftop Deck or Gorden perm iced Offi,ce'.Medical- J, perfinite& 5)Balcony j- tn,d spaces per 1000 s.f. 4 5r,n 5 maximum area 20%of 2.6.6 StorMWotefMbh6l;lefqe!r, est location ,ilh 500 f-t .4 'Xiiiiii,�g,vilance Sig. Man.j..j nll Pr lines of lettering required of not required qu-d spaces per guest room I nnn no n- letter height(xvhiche-,is less) Y,s A-height S location �-Avvmrqg Side Si rn'2.6�Z� -AMP,11pes -U Source Control BMPs uqun cd --Live-Work 0,-5,-' lines of lettering Site Design BMPs q.-d spaces per unit I nvo I n- letter height Treatment Control BMPs paces per ernpl.yee 0 rn. I m- pe-,tn,d,,&`;�-',,, --sc 2.6.8 Open Spciie Wrid location -thn,2(x)I-t maximum height(whichever is less) 2/3 fa-,height 12,n requi,Ld"not n,qn-d :,,Residen'flaVUsii maximum width 2/3 idth 2.6. elb L.ndscialaing spaces per studio unit I n, I"n., lines of lctterinri , '�1;.-i(tcd a 1)Perimeter Block Setback Areas spaces per I br unit I F Above inop S p )Sidewalk Extension spaces per 26r+unit 1 5 ro, 2 in, 9z a vii-mr..height(whichever is less) I V2 ni-I-gnt 24 ro b)Pink-,L..dse.pi.g guest spaces per 10 units 2 inn/I mas(C 12) maximum width 2/3-opv-dth r)Boulevard Landsca in tequu d 11,I) location .-,ifi, lines of lettering d)Neighborhood Street L a.dscapmg pennitted �-,Nei ihborb'06d,Cente7Exceptions,,' t f6� W4 i)Interior Block Setback A"" k,,es 0 nnn/I-, 1 10'/,, f.n,bo,M-17- 1;l1ii.�L'ti maximum area S,a P _ _:- `;Recess' % .7]:�k �V,.$&nonvd a)Groundcover lions id Ew6y Sign h&c)Moderate or Heavy Screenin icgmrcd spaces per 1000 s.f. Oniin maximum area 1 20,1 location on street only > -77-777777777 20%of,n,d.,(S;)2.7.�!Pifrkipj,TjRs�- F.�-.idm--u.n q,�.-, 1)Surface Lot-Front 2)Surface Lot-Side 3)Surface Lot-Rear p-,twd 4)Surface Lot-Exposed 5)Structure-Exposed 6)Structure-Wrapped:Ground Level 7)Structure-Wrapped:All Levels P-an,d 8)Partially Submerged Podium p-,tn,'I 9)Structure-Underground p-nawd 37 F, T-1 HA 5A, 2.2 BUILDING USESTANDARDS S"I'ANDARDS REGULATIONS PLACL'MI;NT REGULATIONS J pes:, B to Sore&s'k PulAW'9piii Space 2.4j., uildin§2.2'1t1LI1"_ Orbiarl4non 1)Retail required or not required r,q,r-d,pt(1,1) a)Specialty Goods Anchors 2.C2PelvciteFro"tiideoTyp4i5.' % A, b)Community Oriented Anchors 3)Private Frontage Specification Sh.p-Front pc,nuual r) Entertainment Anchors Shopfront Length-maximum N/A "J" d)Eating&Drinking Establishments NC Z maximum Tenant Length WA J (1,1&112)c)Specialty Goods&Foods N( Articulation Length maximum 5(It (],I& 13) b)Corner Entry P-w red E 21-1- a D Entertainment&Revi cation c)Arcade d)Grand Portico pc,nutted ,Al NC peninted 7 iy, g)Convenience Uses c)Forecourt Inioed _4 o Common Lobby Entry h)Business Services NC g)stoop P"I'lit'd h)Porch pe-mcd I)Personal Services N(. I)Front Door pcimat,d 7, .1 Edge Treatment:Fenced pellilitted j)Personal Enrichment NC k)Edge Treatment:Terraced pe,n tiled J, J)Edge Treatment:Flush p-,mcd k)Service Commercial&Repaij W 2.4"3 FrottlYcird�Selhuck A 1)Large Scale Commercial Goods minimum maximum Edinger IIINC minimum/maximum-Beach 30 It(C6) no.,c, eac V NC Vehicle Sales minimum maximum-Main i minimum maximum-all other streets 5 It 15 If : 2)Civic&Cultural per-tt'd W7) , 3)Office 2*4 5ideXcurd,5L min w/living space windows 10 11 A --- .. a)Professional Services P-nated min w/aut living space windows 5 fl n, "D" -vices 71 1 g, b)Medical Services 1--ted 2.4.5 RedeYard Setback, R � V IT V, 4)Lodging pe-ticdminimum um ' it Af L _ 5)Live Work p'"aed 2.4.6Alli'Setback'-)7i Residential 511 -y j 2.4.7 Friinlage Coveroge T, a)Multi-Family w/Common Entry p,wted J, jj� Multi Family w/Individual Entries P-wed ;' , ,_ ,--�i 1,000 ",I,,:, � \ <,","� f 5 2,Odo minimum-Edinger/Beach/Main 00, b i c)Attached Single Family 1--tted minimum-all other streets 7(% 2.A.8 Space BetweervBuIldirtss. d)Detached Single Family i 2;2.2�Soecial*etaii.Configuratiol i, Pf Development Standards Charts Legend: minimum 2C ft a)Neighborhood Center 2A.9 BuiW46'Comer�'777777�.' u-, (1,1&(4) n.notted I I-c c (CI) Q,o-d Yloor (U 1) pe-awd c, red or not e aired r"t teq.- .............11,LtT, I, .. oc b)Corner Store �thc,,spcelhd to Sccnou 2 2 1 Use (C2) Uptei It-,-1, r)Drive-through 2.5 STREET REGULATIONS STANDARDS (C3) 11.,k,,,,,I,,nd,c.p,ng,c,1.n,dal,,.gtI...h (U2) .....ut and Uancmgnot Pci-Itcd 2&3-Aftrdable Hoitiisihlj lbir4uhriame —"I'l — - �11 20 646-fidstin4 Street f1--7-,, of. Net appl—ble (C4) S.de of hca,l (U3) Tgc Sc,,Ic Spe-It,G..d,od Foods required or not required culled(U 1) 5)Parkway required .........g(�....ro,2 6 7) Only(,-t�ci 2 2 1) dc,,I,pm,,t,d(,d with shopfront 2.3 BUILDING SCALE a)Typical Configuration (US) Me- ..I Printted_ STANDARDS 7)Neighbo hood Streets req,ured except(1,1 conditi...I ,]u,,,,,c-dit,-d pert Ci 20%of I-ed depth, clei 1, Tf5) 6r.cod"",I jc�th&17-111.1c Clubs REGULATIONS loarcd 1-W1,111,epply ,,pmf,,d""e,t (C7) L,t,dttI,,,,p,,11u1ch 11,teon W 2.3.1 BuildindMeiih 2;54 Provistbilt,'of New Snreejs�,�, (sce�ccctior 2 5-2),.', 2 4 3 Pm ate Flootsge'rypc, (Cs) For d-lop.-to-211 000,1.1 bcM,,g.- (—LT7) _0,1,TT,.Ilh&H-c-11eh, minimum height n/a "Wl PI., De, o(.....d the hvight of C9) F.,de-I.p,ocol.-20 d-1hoti "'t"' maximum height 4 tot Maximum Block Size 30N,ft (hilt T oc i ed ctpl the,ibci of lodging o-, J�U'8)) Mjii'r ,Shorn M,J) ......tioll 2 1,2 S1111111 (el to 0,oil-id�bldnigs niav-ced the cid-tea 213.2-1pectal BuildhiTHei6hrUmiti- ,f� Maximum Edinger Block Face pa 13u,ld 11,,ght Limits) length-1cf-dn,214 Roold,ng len,jh EringerlBrafh/M.m 2,tor, ot Sig�j O CS Nrilitt'd,,,Co„c,Stec, (C11) Th,,,,,ber of spice.,1) dcd m-t-Itid-t (Sl) FPho', Pph to,ct..gc.l,le cto Across the Street From Housing pk,2 it., required or not required cq,,,cd (,ce-ti-222 Sp,,IRt,,1 mast one,pace hs1cd1 other,go......tions,sec...tio,, 2.5��rkij j Wried Ectst=Wisiustpe6f." clioil > 29 S,W-ge Rc,,.Uft,ci, Adjacent to Housing 'o" 1.3.3 Buildbrin�Lerigth r lot required NC P tt,d Ncihb.il..d C-1c, (cl 5W/..,h.II be & i,the )othof re aired use c en 'O'nod St ccifigwati 2 2 2 special Dcccotb,, Z516)ROsa Nall Trcfhsitkitii4g�* reef 180it(CID) .0 d Ro'd C-6g,"'t r') F(S4) Must..c..,to-1 to-It 2.3A.SpedaVOW d O'nod nla re PP N-PP R,,,m,d f,,r P,)enty Neect,I I s-c-FT (LI) Or 13-h BI,d (S5) to,eh,-hc,-,ch..I.,,,io,d c Limited Corner Building-maximum 120 f](C 10) (New StA64U,1,DiMilh �u) A,c o Cot NF�,N P,,I,,(., 267 p,.b1cc r�i811-11 at"13MI,11 P-) (LiF 6�rf..—s, �11 soil-,.,c. C 32 qRd= Limited id-BlockB Maildin- aximum Soft(Clo) 1)City Street 2)Public pe.Space w/City Street P,Wted (A) E...pt,,,,ppl,W and-ret,11 bntding� (L4) On Eli,A', .d Del.....St _,z,, 't." 13)Neighborhood Street P..'rWd (M) A-h-on the F,�21 INA is Ma, (L5) South of Atlanta A- (S6) t. 0 onions Edinger/Beach/Main 1 4)Public Open Space w/Neighborhood (S7) Pro onionsAll other streets Vet Bct,cc.Elh�Ave.0 Adams A,c 2 3 1.5 1 .(L7) No,11,of 1,His A,e I f."d,hiwd.g, Str et 15)Alley 1-iott,cl 38 RT5+r 2.(i OPEN SPAf:E S"CANUAKDS 2.�YAKKING REGULA"f10NS STANDARDS 2.8 ARCHITECTURE STANDARDS REGULATIONS REGULATIONS 2.6.1 Provision of Public Open Space 1.7.1'Provision of Parking" r 2.8.1=Facade;Hei bt ArliculaM6n Re Motions Retail 50,1/1000,1'(c8) ,:.'Retail Anchov - To wgnued " - 1 Civic&Cultural n/a spaces per 1000 s.f. 4 min/no Base mwd Office 100,1/loon,,r(Cx) location "nInr 500 tcct 2.9 SIGNAGE REGULATIONS STANDARDS Lodging 100,C/room(C91 "`,Eatin &Dunking Establiihments'''- - Live Work 150,E/nmt(C9t s aces per1000s.f. 12uvu/no ma, 2.9.1 Freestanding Si rifUtb'acks'Sr "1(sc%—tun29.1);l Residential 100,I/umt(C9) location wvhm 501)fed 2.9.2iTotdl Si n'Area.'�,>.':' (see n coon 2 9.2)' 2.6.2,Special'Public Open Space Reguirement S ecialt°Foods/Goods 2:9.3,Si n TfIae Re ulations /a spaces per 1000 s.f. 4 oun/n ac ;,.Grand-P o ect o'Sin (" s Z&3 Prov`tslon'of Private Open S ace ,-- m,>at teat maximum height / Retail n/a Entertainment&Recreati.,,''h .-Mar see Sign 4 - *O' Civic&Cultural n/a spaces per 1000 s.f. 6 mm/In mns maximum number of faces Office n/a location _ it, maximum area n/a Lodgingn/a ,Convenience Uses - "s :,WallSimi Pnnntcd Live Work n/a spaces per 1000 s.f. 4 mm/no nta` maximum size 200,I IS I Fi SS) t'j Residential location -thm 5(xl f t ',Moanment:Si'u&Ground Sign --petmnted Attached&Multi-Famil 60,f/and :;:Personal&Business Services'' maximum number of faces 2 Detached Single—Family Si.glc-F..ily Homes no, spaces per 1000 s.f. 3 rn./a a, maximum height (111 a 2.6.4.PublidO en'$ ace„T es>'.' location 0 500 feet maximum area 32 sf(5 1) 1)Park I—noted ^Personal Enrichment Services-'2'-' = secondary sin 2)Linear Green pcmuued spaces per 1000 s.f. 5.—(C I U bonus sin l 2)Square pmmatcd location -than 500 fmt Pole Mounted Sin&•Tower Sin ,.';Fanvuat(hf,I,`^);x,` -"'_T, 4)Plaza permuted Commercial Goods&Vehicle Sales v� maximum number of faces 2 - 5)Mid-Block Green pematted spaces per 1000 s.f. "3 m,n�/5 ntav maximum height 10 it 5)Court and Plaza permitted location mnhm 500 feet secondary sin 7)Passa e/Paseo p noted :.'Civic&Cultural - bonus sin 511 < Ci 8)Pocket Park/Playground I sited spaces per 1000 s.f. 4nn./n , maximum area 50,1(S4) g z y.5�iy 2:6.5 Private Open Sate"T es'•:;:. _ location -ohm vo0 tec.t secondary sign 1)Courtyard punuttcd 'Office—Professional boons sign s f 435mm/4ntaa .. ? 2)Private Yard pcuutttcd spaces per 1000 s.f. Pro actin�Si n ;i.x:. p IL d 3 maximum are. Porch pero,med location tl 011 fast 4)Rooftop Deck or Garden pcnn,ucd :Office-Medical - :' Awning Face Sin ;,':,lie 5)Ealinmy perniltied spaces per 1000 s.f. 4 5 nno/"5 5 ma, maximum area 20%of—,org lace j O' 2 6.6,$tormwgter'Mgnagemenf Best n" .�a location tl 500 feet �-Awmi 'Valance Sin _ _ 'pcnmtted'" W Mona"'ement praciieas; i ,.:Lod in'' ,..i=` - hoes of lettering 1 >" required or not required In,d spaces per guest room I mn,/no ma, letter height whichever is less 2/1—1--ice I—ght x,n (' W 2:6.7 Stormwater"BMP'T es.�_ _ - location onsnc Asvnin''Side'Sin_`:'f- permitted.-- ..-r Source Control BMPs 1 �� :•EiveuWo'ik" d:,- '°`, - hoes of lettering Site Design BMPs rago red spaces per unit I mm/1 mse letter height x m Treatment Control BMPs IT/N I 1 spaces per em lovee 0 nun/1 mas -C6no'"'"•rFascia Si°n' - ;^zit - =L(' }urtriitted� 2:¢;8 Open$ ace Landsca-in ` §: location tl 200 feet maximum height(whichever is less) 2/;fascia haghl 12 n, required or not required q d ResiAcindi-Uses ,_:: --S r: maximum width /3 -.1w is tdth 2.6.9lsetlJ6CkiArea Landsea'in `•i spaces per studio unit I nn./1 - lines of lettering I 1)Perimeter Block Setback Areas spaces per Hir unit 1 m n/ 5 ma, ,tAbov Cdrm �,SijuP 4,... ..a.'-.mzt .:. pawned ` W a)Sidewalk Extension --- spaces per 2br+unit 1 5 mn,/'_ma, maximum height(whichever is less) 1 1/2 t'ascm haght 24 m L1 b)Parkway Landscaping roquucd(1,1) guest spaces per 10 units 2 mm/3 ma,(C12) maximum width 2/3 c.annp}is 71 c)Boulevard Landscaping — location tsim lines of lettering I [.y d)Neighborhood Street Landscaping pen wwd -Neighborhood Centel Exce lions ti„`r a Cate Umbrella Si n- s.* e'' 2)Interior Block Setback Areas pce"mtttad W s aces er 1000 s f 0 n/3 maximum area 10%of umhwlla w 1 c a)Groundcover tequucd 1:Corner"Stu'lie••.•,Ezee eons-., aa,.Y„'.'�-'l� '?.$ecessed Enti Si nz, - 'puni,tad .7 b&c)Moderate or Heavy Screening mquucd spaces per 1000 s.f. 0—n maximum area 20 s f W location 1'11-t onto =,tWliielow Sign' 'e.L'a "i I maximum area 20%ofwmdow(S3) j W I Surface Lot-Front A 2)Surface Lot-Side pernnacd 3)Surface Lot-Rear p—,iacd 4)Surface Lot-Exposed — O 5)Structure-Ez osed -- ' 6 Structure-Wrapped:Ground Level --- 7)Structure-Wrapped:All Levels pcnnnted 8)Partially Submerged Podium pamnted ----- 9 Structure-Under round pcnnntcd 39 '71 2.1.9 RESIDENTIAL PARKWAY-SEG&IENT D E'vEL' P' ENY ST I)�ANAkDS"CHARTS:" REGULATIONS .PLACEMENT REGULATIONS j: 2.2.1 Use Types 2.4.1 Building Orientation to Streets&Public Open Space 1)Retail required or not required a)Specialtv Goods Anchors 2.4.2:Private Frontage Types b)Community Oriented Anchors 3)a)Shop-Front Private Fronts ge Specification it,,:I hms 'T( c)Entertainment Shopfront Length-maximum N/A it)Eating Drinking Establishments Tenant Length-maximum N/A K", k �j ll!Wj i- Articulation Length-maximum 11 lij 1" it i , i� " \L NU e)Specialty Goods&Foods b)Corner Entry FPV, 11,U'ru. r)Arcade a�E"I r,;� 1-- 1, �-), ! f)Entertainment&Recreation V, E it)Grand Portico 1L -;L- g)Convenience Uses c)Forecourt Q cs T,7t1 j I 1�I Common Lobbv Entry jil� "r!�111111 1, P h)Business Services [-rWW,f g)stool) cs f,O t lZfl B U11 I I P, WIT, R h)Porch petmttleJ i)Personal Services CS it Front Door Penn(Wd U - -, -! j j)Personal Enrichment j)Edge Treatment;Fenced 1,IN, _u J�- 17 k)Ede Treatment:Terraced p-,owd MAI f�fq V�,'T�PQF �-5;jr, 1)Edge Treittincia:Flush I "121t1 if. It I k)Service Commercial&Repair p- twd -,V jj�ljl I U, 2.4.3 Front Yard Setback F 1)Lai ge Scale Commercial Goods nami..in Edinger minimum maximum-Beach 3011(('6) in)Vehicle Sales minimum m"imum-Main J 2)Civic&Cultural minimum maximum-all other streets Ili ft 25 It 7- 2.4.4 Side Yard Setback 3)Office > min w/living space windows In tt --------- a)Professional Services J--, b)Medical Services min w/out living space windows 5 J1 w 2.4.5 Rear Yard Setback 4)Lodging minimum 20 fl 5)Live Work 2.4.6 Alley Setback 6)Residential W,[�, Plo I" cXj 511 z Multi-Family w/Common Full, EHIL-4-H J 1-4 1.4.7 Frontatii Coverage b)Multi Family w/Individual Entries 1-nawd 1-000 minimum-Edinger/Reach/Main c)Attached Sing 11500, e Family r-Eitted minimum-all other streets 70% K'N d)Detached Single Family 2.4.8 Space Between fluilcllngs 2.2.2 Special Retail Con gurations Development Standards Charts Legend: minimum 20]1 a)Neighborhood Center 2.4.9 Build-to-Corner Sy-W: Sped.1 ComfiU.- uo,: permitted I I h, ,phl--1- (Cl) 0,,,und I'lk,t,, r', I required or not required t,qu-d il I : (U 1) 1 �hqxvt--1,3.. .... b)Corner Store 1-,�Iwd L kod w S- 22111,, upper floors onl, Drive-through 2.5 STRLE.T REGULATIONS STANDARDS (C3) ed.1-g 13-1, Not p-iL,d Blvd P-At'd 2.2.3 AfforcialaWHousing Regiolrernents - 2.S.11inprovernents to Existing Streets nla (C4) S.� Uld n&shall-,-.1 1.- FU3) -d F,)�,& required or not required rcquired(U 1) M,��ppl-bl� kway required I -h..2 6 7) (A,I, 2 2 1) LELI a)Typical Configuration �quo,d(1,1) (c5) will,1,,pt,onl d 2.3 BUILDING sc,�Ll, STANDARDS (U4) Mo_ notpe w� S -,dni.o.1 L-P-11 (C6) (1,20%,,fp,-1&pfl, 1-h- REGULATION cquired c\ccpt(1,1) (t15) om-dil-,11,,111,&F mwCl,b,- N� 7)Neighborhood Streets O 1-Nd (C7) l.initwd t, condn,m,al2.3.1 Building Height 2.5.2 Provisioncif New Streets •-.t 2 5 2) 12 4 3 P-M,F w,ivp,, (CS) F t,-,2�),000,f,)fhu,ld,,,g (U7) height r/a 2.6.3 Block Size plus �(79) 1:,,d,wl,p t -20,1,,,11,,g-11.,�)r z 1 (tjs) 4,1 Maximum Block Size 3000 f, 1-11 th"t t pho th- 1- f IMV,og-..., — maximum height (U9) ,s Sh-oo M,l) w,-mW-W(,--l....2 3 2 Np-.1 (clo) (',-I-d Nud6mp mar e,cecJ the mdmawd 2.3.2 Special Building Height Limits'. Maximum Edinger Block Face rh Bu,idi.,ll.ghl sonis: ty n. Edinger/Beach/Main 2 t.-., 2.S.4 Street.Connectiiri 0 es 11- �wdo,.C--Su--ofigor,o- (4711) Th�i=b-,l pace.,1, id,d n.Md- S) JE-p� -.ppll,for -P, Across the Street From Housing plu,2 A,�,r- required or not reg ired .4 -t-2 2 2 Sp-,�l RcI.d Adjacent to Housing -w-d 2.5.5 Required East-West Street Connection w 21 Sp.p > A n�� I gnus,space 10 DT 1-p-- h--th,fl Z3.3 Buildin-''Len gth u req red or not required w NC ll-o(W.n Neighborhood Center (C'2 [S3) I -uda-1,-p— (S3) 5o%'1WI l,'. dating -,fig-t -tion 2 2 2 maximum 180 rl(c I o) 2.15.6 Residential Transiflon-llciuncla!t Street (S4) Must,-u-w,,r k,n,,at 2.3.4 Special Building Length Limits required or not required n/, (LI) 0,�B-1,BI'd Limited Corner Building-maximum 120 11(C 10) 2.5.7 Street Types(Nein,.Str6et'Deslqn (S5) K,,&,-h- h K-d.........-W f N-Pr,,,,,(,P,.).k(,--h 267 (1,2) 0.Fd�.ge,A, —tlon o......01111 public[,,rk,, Limited Mid-Block Building-maximum 80 11(c[0) 1)City Street (L3) On W.s, -,,o,- f 32,,qfl.,d C I j�- ---"p — j-,nlwd [A) 'ply w-�I- b�fld..g., (1,4) 0,0F,11,L,Ave-d Dd--St 1-ght d 0 11 2.3.S'Building Manstin 2)Public Open Space w/City Street m) A.A.........the Ft 2 1 lh,,-N,Map (L5) South of Atla,il,A- (S6) S,g.,..-t,i-d to--t.-only(1,6) lid—Elh.,A-end Ad,,,,,.,\,, �S-7)- -1..-t.man,- Pro onions-Edinger/Be!h/Main 321,)5271 3)Neighborhood Street p-,w�d CQ Pro oportions-All other streets 2 31.5 2 1 4)Public Open Space w/Neighborhood j-uticd (1,7) N,,,111 of I[h,A,, I jfsn,fl,koldmgL, 11)MItey 1-wW 40 W, ""DEVELOPMENT-, A C 2.6 OPEN SPA E STANDARDS 2.7 PARKING REGULATIONS STANDARDS 2.8 ARCHITECTURE STANDARDS REGVLA'1710N� REGULATIONS somm_ --WON WwE=---=MOM --.mmv MMWM� gI 2.6.1 P�avision of Public Open Speice 2J.1"Provisiori of'Parking de HAqhCAr1h:u1afld&.Re 7 Retail 30,f/1000,f((-'X) Retail Anchors Top Civic&Cultural spaces per 1000 s.f. Base tieq,-d 12W Office 100,f/1000,f(Cs) location nh, 2.9 SIGNAGE REGULATIONS STANDARDS dging 100,1 �r(C9) 7-jating&—6r,nkin $tahihihajecitS Live Work 150,1 n(C9) spaces per 1000 s.f. 2.9.1 Freestanding Sigri-S466'iks Residential I00,1 location 2;9.2 7 rea' apen Space Re atViM iA JnSL'.. 2.6:2 Spe4iull Public Sp alty,Foods/Goods 2.9�3 Sian g n/a spaces per 1000 s.f. -:Gian Projectin Sign 2.6.3 Provisiotf,of PrIvate,C)pen'Space maxim Entertainment&Rtcreatiout—, 2, Retail Mirrituce S Civic&Cultural n/a spaces per 1000 s.L n/a maximum number of faces Office ,/a location maximum area o Lodging n/a Xmiyeiric.ce Use, Wall SiW P-,,Itcd. Live Win k n/a spaces per 1000 x.f. 4 stT .,.si..n,size 200,F Si) Residential location Monument Sign&Ground Sign Attached&Multi-Family Person.]&Business Servicesx maximum number of faces 2 V� _PLt,,hcif in �Fa,,,',I,Home, 200,f/unit spaces per 1000 s.f. 5 maximum height 411 &L 2 v location uccl nnh maximum area 32,f(S 1) 1)Park ","At'T .'(&s.nal,Uirrich"t Services f-', secondary sign 2)Linear Green p-,ilwd spaces per 1000 s.f. bonus 1,1 1 — ;Ipii_ 2)Square 1 -l"d location �5 Siizh1&1Tbwer Sign 4)Plaza CommeiciaIG6ids&,,Vehicle�Sales,.,,- number of I.— Mid Block Green Peru iced sp aces pe,1000 s.f. ..xi...height 6)Courtyard Plaza 1—ratted location n/a secondary sign 7)Pii—gc/Pa— p—twd Civic&Cultuiral bonus sign 8)pocket P.rk/Pl.,•gr.u,,d I— It,d spaces per 1000 s.L maximum area z 1.6.5 lariviiji,,,90ean Spaiiii.Types'%' 2 location ch, sermidary sign bones sign 1)Courtyard J'-nffl,d �,:"v 2)Private Yard t"nutt'd spaces per 1000 s.L r/, Projecting Sigh z 3)Porch P'l...(tQd I.C.ficon maximum area ntn W. 4)Rooftop Deck or Garde. Office-Medical Awmri�if.ce Sign 5)Bakon permnled spaces per 1000 s.f. r/, 20 maximum are. Awning Valance Sign p-,,irxi M,&S7) Aiii�klteomrm location ,7aterfIll"nagement Best ah 66t.Pr6diees ]Lodging., lines of lettering� �` �,'. : .� �� I required or not required spaces per R,—t room letter height(whichever is less) 2/1-1--hight 8m 4 location 'Awrimut'Sid.Sikn-= (8(m�8 y-- Source Control BMPx cquued ,Live=Wcirk, lines of lettering — — I I,I Site Design EMPS reymned spaces per unit letter height 8 tin Treatment Control BMI's paces per employee Camil, 2.6.8 O en Slame Lundiiapi in location nh, maximum height(whichever is less) 2/1 f,,—hc.ght 12 ni required or not required. —lc-d Residential Uses 7 maximum width 2/3 unops-db, 2;&9 SetbaikAreco'Latidscaping' I nun n- 1 spaces per studio unit lines of lettering i -` 1)Perimeter Block Setback Areas spaces per lbr unit .Above Canopy Sijn- ,�7:a."" '. � id Sidewalk Extension spaces per 2br+unit 1 5 2 ma, maximum height(whichever is less) 1 1/2 fa,—1-phl 24 r, b)Parkway g Landscaping st spaces per 10 units 2 3 n—(C 12) maximum width 2/3-,,p —dth i ue r)Boulevard LandscaEing location vLe,i wuhscapmg 'd Center Exreptious�; lines'L' re�,_ z it)Neighborhood Street '�Nrizhborkmi afi,`Uinb 2)Interior Block Setback Areas s2sces Pei,1000 s.f. 0 ra, 3,,,,, maximum area a)Groundcoxer mmnucd curner,'Store Exciplions' Recesse[Entr`Sikn" b&c)Moderate or Heavy Screening spaces per 1000 s.f. 0 trin 20,1 .4 in location > 2.7.2 Paikinglytiks- maximum area 20-X-f-ad—(S3) 1)Surface Lot-Front 2)Surface Lot-Side 3)Surface Lot-Rear 4)Surface Lot-Expose5-- --- 5)Structure-Exposed es g—ge/,J, 6)Structure-Wrapped:Ground Level 7)Structure-Wrapped:All Levels p—med 8)Partially Submerged Podium p-Eftd 9)Structure-U.dc,-g,.und 1—tted 41 . 2:1.10 RESIDENTIAL TRANSITION ZONE � � DEVELOPMENt S'I'A' ARDS CHARTS � - , r,y t' 2.2 BUILDING USli STANnnttos 'L.4 FRONTncr '�13UILnf1 Ic, STANDARDS ,� • , ), REGULATIONS Pf,ACf'MLNT 12G'ULATIONS + ` mom— f �� 2:2A Use•T es; 5- 2.4'1 Bad+lie Orientationto7Streets&Public en}S-aCe: 1)Retail icquired or not required r q d a)Specialty Goods Anchors - 2.4:2PriVdteFionta e'.T es 4 ) i oldenwest St y - }; (ti✓ d & b)Community Oriented Anchors _ 3)Private Frontage Specification fdz z.,) tS „1 '`''�1 _ ri - "„ a)Shop-Front pc,m:ucd x > Aj a ,,'� %r= t ) . c)Entertainment Anchors -- Sho frontLength-maxuum N/A �Y1^, } _ g g Tenant Len Ili-maximum N/A - d)Eating&Drinking Establishments _ Articulation Length-maximum 501t e)S Specialty Cords I y, ? �✓ v ..' ,{k"/ .. -, r P y -- b)Corner Entry -- r } c)Arcade - GDt c o Entertainment&Recreation d)Grand Portico -- �. .II kl r I i, S ,= g)Convemence Uses CS c)Forecourt -- a „ _ hard St .r cep. - o Common Lobby Entry t p 2 ) Cti )Stoop pet m_ y; h Business Services ucd h)Porch pctmnmd �°�✓ f i)Personal Services x _ Railroad Track CS it Front Door 1ninrttat tip£ ')Edge Treatment:Fenced nal ;3 ,.;, j)Personal Enrichment trc j (�f2, If e= >' •=�:f — k)Edge Treatment:Terraced pc ucd k)Service Commercial&Repair 1 Edge Treatment:Flush Pc u d Z t ,- — •" - j 2.4.3 Front Yard Setback '" _ f\L' 1• `ry - 3 - �' ✓ I)Large Scale Commercial Goods _ minimum/maximum-Edinger 15 it 30 It - Blvd,i -- minimum/maximum-Beach n/a m)Vehicle Sales minimum/maximum-Main n/a minimum/maximum-all other streets 5 it/20 It I I 2)Civic&Cultural --- back i 2.4 4.5ide Yard Set .� _:';`•h f*'?" y 'Iti ._!a 3)Office minw/living space windows 1511 t r k. s"�xE, • ^ *� ' `8.;- a)Professional Services -- 1 t I , # .�1 ✓ 3 min w/out living space windows y Il Z :x £}, c. .� �-' I tr b)Medical Services -- "tAl '�t_' /' /'i y 2.4:SReor'Yard'Setback' i t _ Beach Blvd a)Lodgingminimum n o ) i - (� 5)Live Work -- 2.4.6 Alle;Setback- d:'s z, ri = q it c i 6)Residential minimum it a rs} "'r": ! a)Multi-Family w/Common Entry 2.4.7 Frontage Covers e 1,000 2 000 b)Multi Family•w/Individual Entries permumd - txti 1,000 500 u z minimum-Edin er/Beach/Main -60% �" c Attached Single Family pcnnmcd Fee f t ) minimum-all other streets 60% ri d)Detached Single Family pumnted 2.4:W5 aCetBetween Buildings W min Development Standards Charts Legend: 2.2.2'S'Special Retail Confi urationsm.r A p g 1 a)Neighborhood Center imam 30 tl :''-+ I syrrihoP' _ a "p.5.r.,..-x »..• 2:4.9. spectal Conatalons:N,! petmdWd Ihese elemeutc m Ilueeui b ugh(rink.. (CI) Go'—d I door (t11) F of restdcnhel&-Iopr—l++ill 3 nn t b)Corner Store pcmulled required or not required not me uucd oflt-- ,—r d it,Scw,on 2 2 1 11,e (C2) I 1ppcm lloon onh unit. ', c)Drive-through 2.5 STREET REGULATIONS STANDARDS Types (C3) P.,],,,L-dscapmglequned along 13-1, (U2) Li,c hntcnanunentand lhmcmg not - - -- Not pc,mm«I Bhd permntctt 2.2:3-'Affor`doble;Hotudn ;Re"uiretftet5tIrr,'. P 2.53 Improvements to Existing'Streets.;� ' n/a Nol apphwhle (G) Stile-and tear cards shall com,st ofhcavy (U3) Large Scale Sp ,,11,Goods and Pooch required om'not required required WLl e 1 (UL ) 7)Neighborhood Streets ("Sme�qtuiouri 2l repofired [herec to1uud (wcho 2 C 7) Ouh( e w 22 ) 2:5:2 ProvisionoNew Streets' daolnp,nm as mdcmcd (c5) wtlh,hopta,m (ua) Mo urom nt pcmntcJ 2.3 BUILDING SCALE STANDARDS REGULATIONS 2:53BOkslze odit vl 1a7mesaondthone m pnt (Cb) Or 2/ofpmol depth¢ smne, ([IS) toud MoSlellh ituau Clubsa , 5_,.�.. )- :" " O hmned ht4,— s apply—P—fied m sccfmu (C7) I, ted to the e panamn of e,,,tmz uses -ordioo,"I 2.3.1'Suildin "Het ht f,f.'-'-:%c="..Sy -" Maximum Block Size 2000 it U 24311n ate Fo,nfaga'I'ypes (CS) For dc-1,,pa,cn(o+cr 211,0n0afof huldutg area (U7) Ouh health.@ I;eory eclnb, minimum height n/av " ,K Maximum Edin er Block Face n/a F plus Dcvelopment,hall no(excccd the hc,ghlof (C9) F,,d...1,pmcnt o+cr 20 dwclltng urns or (UN) Onle C.a JtatmnsA- lt maximum height ; 2.5:4,^Str`ee ConneetiA .;,a:,C., ' W houvng scrims the street plus the nunilsr of lodging rooms 19 R—dcnhel Rcruucd a.Shorn a Mu required or not required r yuued 5 ,m,to„rd—(,d(scc-1,on2;2 St,,—1 (CIO) u,nnl,,rdhnadrng,m c,cecd the mdr�ated 2:3:3'Social Sultdin'�.H yht.Limifs," - - P, J Buddm•11c,eht Limits) length as dcLncdm 234 Bwldmg Length sa'iia:-LL.:.• .;. "'" 1 Edinger/Beach/Main n/a 2.5.5�Re uired East-West Street Connection - O CS Pennttted ma Comm St—a,tu,guraho° (Cl1) 11enumberof.pa...prmideamoat include at (SI) Except.....apply1 chaneealI cope ac Across the Street From Housing required or not re uired repaired '•� 6ce section 2 2 2 S I Retail oche,sign eau"t-,sev—hon - W ve°'a k 1 ouzo.pas ti,r each nitdent Ad'scent to Honsin n/a 215,@'Residential Transitio1k:78etlndd= Street : Cnnligumno°1) - C72) Anummum otI 1snlcc/10 DIl,a uncsa 29 S,guage l:eg,danon, ' . W NC Nc,mtlled m a Nmghbol hoof Center ( gL s I 1 (53) 50%,1u11 to allowable d—rg the month of 2.3:3'BOildin Length`;:^'v'�w.r°1°°,{C W"" *ti';�#,-g;; required or not required roywled y A u»,nsr,ran„n(,ec,eetoi,222 speeral eendn,enal rise ,rid u<eember I mazimum �6on 2.VIt'StireotT es New Streei-De'si n Retail Conl,gurahon.) cation:',:.`!..:?;, - 1i (SA) Must ocau us tower format --- 2.3.4;5 a"clad Buildin`"/Len"thtlimifs ?�F:.�;,-"r''.�',iti.`,':,;_ 1)Cit Street I~.I PP/N-PP Raluucd for Pnonty Piolect,/Eva,magcd (LI) On 13c:wh 1311 (SS) Limited Corner Building-maximum n/a 2)Public Open Space w/City Street --- j r,�l for Non-P,—fly Pr "Is(sec sccl,nn 2 6 7 (L2) On}:,dtnger A+c rcalton uses,erthtn public parks, 1 3 Neighborhood Street tied ►T�I Stomt.+afet BMP ly Ixs) (L3) th1 Mau Sr n axm um aria of 32 sqn and max,mum Limited Mid-Block Building-maximum n/a ) penr�� 2.3s5 Buildin �Mcnisin -_. '4 ;a 7Fw;?'a":;a="`°'.'3,,"v 4)Public Open Space w/Neighborhood 'i (A) 1!ucpLons apply w nnchor,ctul budding, (I.J) On M,,,A+c and Delaware St he,ght or tt - Street Permitted M A.ho—on the Fte 2 1 Drslrtd.,Ma (LS) South oC Allavlo rec (S6) Signs arc rastncted m comer stores onh Pro 01'[loris-Edinger/Beach/Main n/a (Le) Bctwacn lino Aw and Adana Ave (S7) Signs ate pennlBed at eat--,to multo- Pro moons-All the streets n/a 5)Alleypermitted .. __ (1,7) Noriholhlh,Ace f-i,1,butldn,s DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS --- - -- ' CHARTS 2.t)OPEN SPACE STANDARDS 2.'7 PARKING 11EGULA'fIONS STANDARDS 2.8 ARCHITECTURE STANDARDS I';'."`,''^a'-,'•3 REGULATIONS REGULATIONS C'pr mom V- 2.6.1 Provision of Public Open Space 2.7.1 Provision of Parking 2.8.1 Facade Height Articulation Regulotions Retail n/a Retail Anchors To n.•q.-d �,..�. n/a fir;,•,�. . Civic&Culturaln/a spaces per 1000 s.f. Base -- Office n/a location 2.9 SIGINAGE REGULATIONS STANDARDS i - Lodging Fating&Drinking Establishments - Live Work n/a spaces per 1000 s.f. gr/g' 2.9.1 Freestanding Sign Setbacks -.(sco.•colon 2 9 1) i Residential Inn,f/nmt(c9) location ))/" 2.9i2 Total'Si n Areti [(--non 2.9'2) 2.6.2 Special Public Open Space Re uirement Specialty Foods'/Goods 2.9.3 Sign T e Regulations, - I j n/a spaces per 1000 s.f. "/a Grand Projecting Sin -- 2.6.3 Provision.of Private Open Spacee nL' maximum height n/a kk 1 Retail n/a ,:Entertainment&Recreation sMar dee Sign Civic&Cultural n/a spaces per 1000 s.f. n/n . ! maximum number of faces n/a I Office n/a location gt/° maximum area n/a ' Lodging n/a Convenience Uses Wall Sin _ =.'pcmutted(S6) Live Work n/a spaces per 1000 s.f. 4 nras maximum size 200,I(SI&Si) Residential location m wect,,ok Monument Sign&Ground Sin lxmuned Attached&Multi-Family 60,1/unit Personal&Business Services maximum number of faces 2 Detached Single-Family Homes 20(1.I/unn spaces per 1000 s.f. 5 rl- maximum height 411 k 2.6.4 Public Open Space Types location n street on1` maximum area 32 s f(5 1) ' 1)Park 1— twit Personal Enrichment Services secondary sin --- 2)Linear Green [—ltwd spaces per 1000 s.f. nh, bonus sin 2)S uare pcmuucd location u/u Pole Mounted Sin&-Tower Si li .'c, 4)Plaza --- Commercial Goods&Vehicle Sales - maximum number of faces 5 Mid-Block Green Ixnnn)cd spaces per 1000 s.f, o/o maximum height )Ja m 6)Courtyard Plaza Iwnnmcd location n/a secondary sin 7)Passa a/Paseo penmlled 'Civic&Cultural - .:n'.1. bonus sign 8)Pocket Park/Playground 1- (tad spaces per 1000 s.f. n/n maximum area 2.6.5 Private Open Space Types location oG' secondary sin n/a Courtyard ),c)mnad Office-Professional Ionu—ign Wit ` �?•' 2)Private Yard Pcrmittad spaces per 1000 s.f. n/a .,Projecting Sin 3)Porch 1>emuucd location n/a maximum area Nu 4)Rooftop Deck or Garden Ix;mgittcd Office-Medical .Awnin Face Sin 5)Balcony pcmuucd spaces per 1000 s.f. nGg maximum area 20%of awn;ng face - 2.6:6�Stormwaier Mnnagement Best location 14l _ AwningValance Sin ' pcurwcd(SC,R S7) W�.;.. Management Practices ' - Lodging -' lines of lettering required or not required requuyd spaces per guest room n/a letter height whichever is less 2/3 1 alancc height Kill W 2.6.7 Stornlwater BMP Types location n/a ( A c Awning Side Sign &S7), Source Control BMPs rcq i-d •Live-Work 7, - lines of letteringI i N Site Dcxi n BMPs gnluucd spaces per unit ohr letter height 8 in — Treatment Control BMPs IT/N-111' spaces per employee n/u ,-Canopy Fascia Sin _'panmacd(S6&S7) 1 2.6.8 Open Space Landscp in location n/u maximum hei ht(whichever is less) 2/3 fascia heght 121,1 required or not required gcquvcd Residential Uses maximum width 2/3 canopy n)dth 2.6.9 Setback Area Landscapingspaces per studio unit I mill/I nura lines of lettering I 1)Perimeter Block Setback Areas spaces per lbr unit 1 min/1 5 max '.Above Canopy Sin ;h permitted(S(&S7). WQ a)Sidewalk Extension — spaces per lbr+unit 15 nun/2 nm� maximum height(whichever is less) 1 1/2 fasma height 24 m p b)Parkwav Landscaping --- uest spaces per 10 units 2 mm/3 mar(C 12) maximum width 2/3,1, p)wdlh (� c)Boulevard Landscaping —juned(1.2) location on sac lines of lettering I z d)Neighborhood Street Landsca in I>Lmuucd , Nei hborhood Center Esce lions .Calf Umbrella Si o; --- - W 2)Interior Block Setback Areas spaces per 1000 s.f, 0 nun/3 n)ae maximum area n/x a)Groundcover Corner Store Exee lions Recessed Entry Sin -- pemuned 0. b&c)Moderate or Heavy Screening7xmuued s aces er 1000 s.f. 0 unn maximum area 20,f O j n street only - Sign' r fitted. W location Window W maximum area 2.7.2 Parkin Types 20"/0 0l window lea) Q 1 Surface Lot-Front 2)Surface Lot-Side 3)Surface Lot-Rear pcnmlwd x 4)Surface Lot-Exposed - O 5)Structure-Exposed wgaragddm clvav O 6 Structure-Wra ed:Ground Level 7)Structure-Wra ed:All Levels 8)Partial) Submerged All penu)Ilcd 9)Structure-Underground permitted 43 ................... ...... --------- rc—)E n 1g)Convenience Uses 2.2 BUILDING USE REGULATIONS Entertainment Anchors Definition Small businesses selling food Small Scale Pharmacies Movie theaters Definition.Establishments providing I and goods or providing convenience Small Scale Grocery or Food For the purposes of this Plan,all permitted and conditionally permitted building uses resources or activities for exercise, have been classified into Use'types. Each Use Type is defined in text below and relaxation,or enjoyment that is at least services,to serve nearby residential Sales e Use Charts neighborhoods such as those listed. Convenience stores includes uses such as those listed in the accompanying Use Charts. The bakeries 1 15,000 square feet in size that is a proven include specific permitted,conditional and prohibited uses for each Use Type. I Delicatessens,cafes, generator of significant pedestrian traffic Florists Uses listed as"pernialed"in the Development Standards Charts are further regulated and sales-generator such as those listed Hardware stores lock&key 1 herein and are defined as uses permitted by right Uses listed as conditional in shop this section are defined as those which require special consideration either of their Video rentals i J mpacts on the neighborhood and land uses in the vicinity and/or of physical organization and design A conditional use shall be considered for approval if the 1d)Eating&-Drinking Establishments [[:j proposed use conforms with all requirements specified in the conditional use policy, Definition-Restaurants,bars,clubs,or Fit[]Service • :h Business Services and if it conforms with the goals and vision of the Plan other drinking/entertainment W/Outdoor Dining Definition Small to medium sized Banks All permitted uses for a single Center or Segment are allowed either alone or in establishments such as those listed W/Live Entertainment C businesses providing services to local Mail/shipping services combination with any other permitted uses within a parcel. Proposed uses that are not W/Dancing G businesses and residents such as those Office supply explicitly listed in the Use Charts may be permitted if it is determined by the Planning W/Alcohol c listed Photo copying,and printing Vendor carts,spaces or stands Financial services C Director that the proposed uses meet the purpose and intent of Plan Special Conditions for Business Services Adult entertainment facilities (1) Financial services shall be permitted in this category providing that i Legend: Special Conditions for Eating&Drinking Establishments Not Permitted they are offer service that cater to and generate pedestrian traffic Other 1 (1) Vendor Carts,spaces,or standswithin the public nght-of-way shall require financial services uses are to be considered Linder"3)Office,"in this Z i Included Use,these uses are allowed by right,as indicated Conditional Use,these uses require a conditional use permit They are a conditional use pemilt. section. C allowed if they are deemed by the Planning Manager Designee to meet the (2) Chairs and tables for outdoor dining shall be permitted on sidewalks within purpose and intent of the plan the setbacks zone and within the public right-of-way provided that: ji)Personal Services 1 Definition.Small to m Barbershops/hair&nail salons (a) The use maintains a nrinatilitafil"'40e)t wide unobvirtreleciporlion in sized USE TYPES medium:,v..,'to local Tanning salons&spas a('siden,alk corridor which is clear and uninil)edeci,f,)i-pedcsli-i,itI traffic, businesses providing s r c households such as those listed. Barbershops/hair establishments etail. (b) The rise keeps the firil it id1h ol the building entrance Lock&key services it General Retail Requirements clear and uninipecled,for building access. Self-service laundromats (1) Minimum interior height for ground level retail of all types is fourteen (14)feet from floor to ceiling. Use conversions in an existing building Cl: k I!)Peonal'Enrichment Services tV may not be required to meet this requirement. [e)Specialty.Goods'&Foods .services or facilities- Provision of instructional Driver Education Definition:General retail establishments Apparel&accessory stores (2) Any uses featuring outdoor sales or outdoor storage not clearly ancillary Yoga,Dance,Martial Arts or selling quality/specialty goods such as Book stores to use shall require a Conditional Use Perini[ other Fitness Studios I those listed Art galleries fW)Specialty Goods Anchors Open air markets r Fine Arts&Crafts Definition,A"regional destination"Lion Department Stores • Second hand antique stores food retail store that is at least 30,000 General Merchandize Stores • Appliance&electronic stores jt:)t��ce Commercial&Repair O square feet in size that is a proven Book Superstores es providing Sporting goods stores • 1 Definition Business P services Plumbing Services that are industrial 'ial in generator of significant pedestrian traffic Electric Superstores • Furniture&home furnishings 1: to industry,services Vacuum cleaner&sewing repair Z and sales-generator such as those listed. Quality Home Department stores 1 nature,or services that are best suited to those listed. Superstores all auto-oriented environment such as Gas Stations > Fb) mmunity.Co ors Anchors 1f),commerclal Recreation&Entertainmerit 11)Large Scale Commercial Goo&' Definition:A"local destination" Super Markets Definition Establishment,providing Small Scale movie theaters Definition:Businesses whose primary Warehouse Retail or ex convenience store that is at least 15,000 Specialty Food Markets resources or activities f exercise, Bowling centers and billiard activity is the sale or repair of large Equipment Retail square feet in size that is a proven Pharmacies&Convenience relaxation,or enjoyment such as those parlors scale/commercial goods that are not Construction Supply O generator of significant pedestrian traffic Supe�stores listed. Health&Exercise Clubs particularly well suited to pedestrian Restaurant Supply and sales-generator such as those listed. Community Oriented Anchors C Amusement arcades districts and that require close access by Auto supply stores over 65,000 s.f Lcars and trucks such as those listed 44 --m)Vehicle Snles ' �. 4 - - .... --------- 7" ➢_I..O NS[g` ➢ ) li Definition Businesses that sell any kind Motor Vehicle ales Definition.Short-term commercial Bed and breakfast guest houses _ of motorized vehicle such as those listed. lodging facilities such as those listed Hostels �DefiultiDn yam, Hotels and motels Special Retail Configurations limitthe size ofindividual tenants and the total amount -. of retail permitted for Neighborhood Center and Comer Store retail clusters as ' well as the provision of drive-through services. 5�s".IAI li WvO;1 ,3,. T. .'f+ a'.ah 1. ra a — -_ • Definition Services(including education Religious Assembly — Definition A dwelling unit in which the Live-work units and utilities),cultural institutions and Baseball,football,soccer,tennis occupant conducts ahome-based business recreational facilities made available to and other sports fields and courts • i Where retail is permitted as art of a Neighborhood Center,Comer Store,of ' or enterprise ) P P g the general public for free or at a Community centers j ` reasonable cost such as those listed Educational Facilities I i) Special Conditions for Live-Work drive-through it shall confomn to the following size and location requirements , 1 Work activities that require hazardous assembly, including fabrication, j indoor public recreation facilities • O 9 Y• g "" manufacturing, repair, or processing operations such as weldor and. -',]VQlgIZLO/']tPPlI Centex--, Libraries b, P P g P g Exhibition,convention,or woodworking,or venues including the handling of anunals shall require a Definition A retail cluster(two or more abutting retail establishments)consisting conference centers j Conditional Use Permit of(permitted)convenience uses,small-scale shopping,and personal services that City Halls provide goods and services amenities to nearby residential neighborhoods. (2) The maximum number of employees not including the owner/occupant is Hospital ° limited to two per unit. i) Special Conditions for Neighborhood Serving Retail Courthouses Museums (3) Once established,Live-Work may not be converted to a solely commercial (1) Limited to a maximum of two community oriented anchors. Performing arts facilities • orbusnness use However,Live-Work units may revert solely residential (2) Limited to a maximum of 25,000 square feet of non-anchor retail. Stadiums,not including stadiums use G. . for professional sports teams - -- (3) Limited to a maximum size of 2,500 square feet per Eating and Drinking .0 — establishments F Swimming pools G) RCSi(ICiltia}i,.. � .- ,.bh r?• •„ '� i,' %"a-s.y Post Offices 1 - - (4) Conditional Use Permit:Development including non-anchored retail uses P I Definition:All owner-and renter-occupied dwelling units including attached and - Transit Facilities,Terminals and i detached houses,multi-unit buildings,manufactured and mobile homes ,,' exceeding a total of 25,000 square feet Stations ; Fa) Multi-FBmil with Common Lobby Entrya w Fire&Police Stations • ) Y Y -- - -b) CDY11'E'Y;SIOYC,4: Buildings designed as Dwelling units,accessory • - -^ - � .a__ _ - 'r i residence for multiple households where Dwelling units,primary,two or Definition:A small store or cluster of stores integrated into a larger building on -:=.r,, - --,-+----- ---°•- the corner of a city block Corner Stores consist of(permitted)convenience uses some dwelling units are accessed from a more households per structure Y (p small-scale shopping,and personal services that serve homes or businesses located A: a-Professional°Services - common lobby entry or shared hallway. } ''.'t-„•,; ----. ,. --_--. -------.._.. _--- --- ------ - within easy walking distance a .. Definition.Workplace uses including Research and development ------ - - ---- —- ----_ IT rofessional,administrative,research and offices b)Multi.,Faniily wtth'lndividual Entry -' 'i,.'' v,x„ i) Special Conditions for Corner Store Retail N_ development,financial and educational Educational and institutional Definition Buildings designed as a Dwelling units accessory • (1) A maximum size of2,500 square feet per use. activities for businesses,individuals and offices residence for multiple households where Dwelling units,primary,two or Print and electronic media offices (2) A maximum size of 5,000 square feet total per cluster non-profit organizations such as those all dwelling units have a dedicated more households per structure ! r listed. (newspaper,ma magazine,radio, gentrance accessed directly from a public (3) Conditional Use Permit.Individual uses larger than 2,500 square feet i Datatelev telecommunications sidewalk. ` provided that the use is unique and not already provided within one(1) w offices mile trade area. Q Any other professional,executive • -- --— (4) Corner Store Retail must be located on the comer of a block,and the U �.,.s.x. or administrative office use <,. y` i►!e .r. 's;...:,.;..: _c 'Attached sin le„Fatriil";Hop_ . entrance must face a public street,square,or plaza space. w Darnels sharingacoed homes mmon walls'we crate Dwelling ands,accessory J p •ith each Dwelling units,primary,one ill Parking spaces intended for Corner Store Uses must be located on streets j b:Med)eal,Serviees , :,, r y { j home featuring an entrance accessed household per structure Off-street parking is discouraged for corner store and shall re uric a conditional W ) , - z,rt. s .,. P 6 b q Definition-Medical workplace uses and Medical&Dental Offices or directly from a public sidewalk use permit. j w establishments with employees with facilities - A medical licenses such as those listed indoor veterinary clinics c - Ur&eC ThAgniIZ Acupuncture,Physical Therapy, `tl),Defr+eh'ed=Single Flintily Homes Chiropractor Definition:A detached building designed Dwelling units,accessory Definition-Service from a building to persons m vehicles through an outdoor service x Psychiatric as a residence for one household Dwelling units,primary,one window O " Mortuary services household per structure 45 I in) All affordable off-site housing shall be constructed or rehabilitated prior to �fi' Housi4�':�. 1'_"" 4". 2.2.3 AFFORDABLE HOUSING RE(_)uiRElWENT or concurrently with the primary project Final approval(occupancy)of the first This section contains standard and guidelines to ensure that affordable housing is market rate residential units shall be contingent upon the completion and public Projects that exceed inclusionary requirements on-site will be eligible for reduced City fees, pursuant to an Affordable Housing Fee Reduction Ordinance, upon provided throughout the Specific Plan area,consistent with the City's General Plan availability,or evidence ofthe applicant's reasonable progress towards attamment 4 adoption by the City CounciL Housing Element. of completion,or the affordable units ___KegM�I�atio- 7 :-df,,MIcellaniii.s i) The conditions of approval for any project that requires affordable units shall This section shall apply to new residential projects three(3)or more units in size specify the following items: (1) The density bonus being provided pursuant Co Section 230.14 of the iOitk---he"r appr9p ytTk lit e Huntington Beach Zoning and Subdivision Ordinance,ifany, i A minimum of 10 percent of all new residential construction shall be (2) The number of affordable units, affordable housing units,unless the project is within the redevelopment project (3) The number of units at each income level as defined by the Cali forma area,in which case the equivalent of 15 percent of all new residential construction Health and Safety Code;and shall be affordable housing units. (4) A list of any other incentives offered by the City it) Rental units included in the project shall be made available to low income ii) An Affordable Housing Agreement outlining all aspects of the affordable households as defined by California Health ad Safety Code Section 50079 5,or a housing provisions shall be executed between the applicant and the City and successor statute recorded with the Orange County Recorder's Office prior to issuance of the first N. in) For sale units included in the project shall be made available to moderate building permit, income households as defined by California Health ad Safety Code Section 50093, iii) The Agreement shall specify an affordability terns as specified by Section or a successor statute. 230 26 of the Huntington Beach Zoning and Subdivision Ordinance 1v) Developers of residential projects may elect to pay a fee in lieu of providing iv) All affordable on-site units in a project shall be constructed concurrently with the units on-site to fulfill the requirement of this section as allowed and pursuant or prior to the construction of[he primary project units unless otherwise approved to the requirements of Section 230.26 of the Huntington Beach Zoning and through a phasing plan.Final approval(occupancy)of the first market rate Subdivision Ordinance. residential units shall be contingent upon the completion and public availability,or Z_ I: , I Developers of residential projects may elect to provide the affordable units evidence of the applicant's reasonable progress towards attainment of completion, at an off-site location If affordable units are off-site,they must be under the full of the affordable units. pa control of the applicant,or other approved party and must be located within the 4 i I v) All affordable units shall be reasonably dispersed throughout the project C ` I I Beach Edinger Corridors Specific Plan area boundary. unless otherwise designed through a master plan,shall contain on average the vi) New residential projects shall include construction of au entirely new project same number of bedrooms as the market rate units in the project and shall be or new units added to an existing project For purposes of determining the comparable with the market rate units in terms of exterior appearance,materials required number of affordable housing units,only new units shall be counted and finished quality. vi) New affordable units shall be occupied in the following manner: 0 1 (1) If residential rental units are being demolished and the existing tenant(s) i) Except as may be required by California Government Code Section 65590 meets the eligibility requirements,he/she shall be given the right of first or a successor statute,developers may provide the required affordable hosing refusal to occupy the affordable units(s),or off-site,at one or several sites,within the City of Huntington Beach in the Beach (2) If there are no qualified tenants,or if the qualified tenant(s)chooses not to Edinger Corridors Specific Plan area, exercise the right of first refusal,or if no demolition of residential rental > ii) Off-site projects may be new construction of substantial rehabilitation,as units occurs,then qualified households or buyers will be selected defined by the Code Section 33413 affordable housing production requirements, J ------- -restricted units conditioned upon being restricted to long-term _,nik of existing non affordability "At Risk"units identified in the Housing Element or mobile homes Affordable housing cost shall be calculated in accordance with the Code Section may be used to satisfy this requirement. 50052.5 standards for ownership units and Code Section 50053 standards for rental units. 20 46 11-. . ................ ------------- 2.3 BUILDING SCALE REGULATIONS 2.3.2 SPECIAL BUILDING HEIGHT LIMITS TOP OF CORNICE, PARAPET,OR EAVE LINE IngxEdinger, ff e—a C fi-B7 gv :I/_R a�W S_t.'__7 2.3.1 BUILDING HEIGHT The height ofdevelopmerit along Edinger Ave.,Beach Blvd,and Main St shall be , 1.� 3- limited for a distance of sixty-five(65)feet measured from the Back-of-Sidewalk - 1 11 efinition— asshowninFig "2.3.2 Special Building Height Limits-1)/Edin.crAve./Beach "6 ! � Building height is defined as the vertical extent of a structure as measured from Blvd/Main St"(to locate Back-of-Sidewalk see section 2 4.1b). 2 finished grade to the top of cornice,parapet,or eave line of peaked roof.Height for buildings with mansard roofs shall be measured from finished grade to the top of the C)_ cross tke_Street fFom ousing'—,=::� mansard roof ridge line. 'Elie height of new development(excluding Edinger Ave,Beach Blvd,or Main St DE block faces)across the street from existing,approved,or zoned residential buildings L2:)—Kepl:at three(3)floors tall or less shall not exceed the height of the lowest building along �ion , the block face by the number of stories specified in section 2 1-Development H*M Standards within sixty-five(65)feet ofthe Back-of-Sidewalk as shown in Fig.2 3.2 Fm.2.3.1 BUILDIN(i HEIGHT "Special Building Height Limits-2)Across the Street From Housing"(to locate it Height for buildings is regulated by the number of stories permitted(see Back-of-Sidewalk see section 2 4.2 b). Fig.2.3 I Building Height). New structures must conform to the minimum and ici-c n—Vt o ff O—u s i maximum number of stones as specified in section 2.1-Development Standards. Rock f Sidewalk it) Story Vertical Height Dimensions Story heights shall not exceed twelve i) The height of new development on a parcel abutting a parcel with existing, 5. (12)feet frominterior finished floor to ceiling Ground floor retail,office,hotel approved,or zoned residential buildings three(3)floors tall or less shall be Z or residential lobby use may not exceed sixteen(16)feet from floor to ceiling. limited as follows and shown in Fig.2.3.2.Special Building Height Limits-3) Ground floor retail must be a minimum of fourteen(14)feet from floor to ceiling Adjacent to Housing: in) Inhabitable floor area located in attics shall be counted as stories. ii) The height of new development shall not exceed a line iv) Mezzanines covering more than one third ofthe space of story shall be (1) Originating at a height of one(1)floor above the height of the adjacent counted as stories. building's eave line v) The number of stories shall include all stories located above the finished grade. (2) Extending through a point located along the new development's side Street -A tj laqade. vi) Parking podiums that extend more than five(5)feet above finished grade shall (3) With a forty-five(45)degree slope(creating a one(1)to one(1)height to Fi(i.2.3.2 SPECIAL BUILDING HEIGHT LIMITS- be counted as a story. stepback relationship). I) EDINGEtt AVE./BEA(A I BLVD./MAIN ST.AND vu)Rooftop equipment must be set back a minimum often(l 0)feet from building 2)ACROSS THE STREET FROM HOUSING walls,screened on all sides,and integrated into the overall building design. fV `7 'EXqe'pJI P, i) Habitable attics,inhabited spaces located above a roof's eave line,are only .P.ly*l permitted for detached single-family homes ii) Portions of the building that extend above the primary building mass,such as C dormers,roof-top cupolas,elevator and mechanical equipment enclosures,roof Z deck trellises,gazebos,and other special features,shall not exceed the maximum height requirement by more than ten(10)feet F& -% in) Accessory buildings,including non-dwelling units such as freestanding garages for individual residential units,service structures and tool sheds,shall not exceed one and one-half stories or fourteen(14)feet f B-10 fi A—1— iv) Towers and other prominent special architectural features shall not exceed the di—t h permitted maximum height by more than twenty(20)feet, Fi(..2.3.2.SPECIAL BUILDING;HEwIIT LIMITS- C 3)ADJACENT To HOUSING ..........------ 47 ri 1 2.3.3 BUILDING LENGTH 2.3.4 SPECIAL BUILDING LENGTH LIMITS l itwn -_^ xDeion Building length is defined as the total length of a primary building mass lining a Special Building Length Limits apply to new development along any block face street or open space as shown in Fig 2 3.3 Building Length (excluding Edinger Ave.,Beach Blvd,or Main St.block faces)where there are �`__ existing or proposed residential buildings with front facades shorter than sixty(60) I Z °I§ i i411fi" 'F`.' - '( `'a feet as shown in Fig.2 3 4 Special Building Length Limits. 1) New buildings shall not exceed the specified Maximum Length as specified for each Corridor Center and Segment in section 2.1.—Development Standards The maximum length of buildings that extend to the colter of the block shall be 1 it) A developer may build multiple buildings,each with an individual length that as specified for each Corridor Center and Segment in section 2 1 —Development does not exceed the Maximum Building Length Len Standards da - g �) xeeptions� ems' :. '1,,. ' ., 3)' ted Nair- lob Bui181"`P ;®_ (1) Where specified in section 2.1. — Development Standards, building The maximum length of Limited Mid-Block Buildings that do not extend to the '. volumes shall be measured as separate buildings as shown in Fig.2 3 3. corner of the block shalt be as specified for each Corridor Center and Segment in k - Building Length if they are separated by. section Z 1 —Development Standards. (a) APasco(see section 2 6 4—Open Space Types for!tic definmon of a Paseo) z:l b A orecotiri ivnh a mtnintnai de llh o as ri 40 cet zt ' �1 A-RESIDENTIAL BUILDING W1"I n A IRON I FACADE SHORTER TITAN{il)I'I:I?"C L1�I ITED 11111}BLOCE 111TILDING C-LIM11'Eli CORNER BUILDING BUILDING BUILDING BUILDING 1)-PURIAC OPEN SPACE I,I:NG'1 if LI?NG111 1.I?NG1I X-SPECIAL BUILDING LUNG"111 Limi i s DO NOT API'r,y I,j w s FA A i - . , O COURTYARD BUILDING MOM FIG.2.3.3 BUILDING LL'NGTD FIG.2.3.4uPI;CIAL BUILDING LI'sNGT1I LIMITS____ 48 ---------------- 2.3.5 BUILDING MASSING ridding V� W Envelope FD' V E7� rA 2 i) A building's visual or apparent mass consists of one or more individual 3-dimensional volumes Length. J it) A primary volume is a 3-dimensional volume that extends the entire height of a building(it does not include porches,bay windows,or other sub-volumes), �ir fi 0 ratio '1 Primary X ��rati Volumes lit) A Primary Volume's proportions are the ratio of the length of the volume relative to its height as shown in Fig.2.3 5 Building Mass Proportions .X .......... g .2 E-Paseo L i) Buildings shall be composed of at least one Primary Volume that conforms to Building Introduce :Massing regulations. The Primary Volume must be the longest volume on the building. A)FACADE OFFSET- K q, Roofs 3 PLAN VIEW V.-ii) The range of proportions permitted for Primary Volumes shall be as specified for each Corridor Center and Segment in section 2.1.-Development Standards. in) See section 2,8.-Architecture Regulations for additional fagade articulation requirements and regulations related to architectural elements. 0 F. D 1 en Introduce Porces Primary Volumes shall be defined with the following elements. other h sub and �idrh volumes i) A Major Faode Offset is a substantial vertical plane break in a faqade ii) The depth of a Major Fagadc Offset shall be a minimum of five(5)percent of the width of the largest adjacent horizontal lagade segment. t Result- ,W t; ing Building 31 R� ,o �x ��,��M mvp; Elevations 13)NOTCH-PLAN VIEW i) A Notch is a substantial recess in a laqade T it) The width of a tagade notch shall be a minimum of five(5)feet.The depth of the notch shall be a minimum of three(3)feet. FiG.2.3.5 BUILDING MASSING- "W" FiG.2.3.5 BUILDING MASSING PROPORTIONS 3) Ei.LmriNTS ai d�,'Co-`pqy�lon ,an i) A Fagade Composition Change is a substantial change in architectural elements on adjacent segments of an otherwise flat fiagarle.The result is the impression of separate volumes. it) To qualify as a Faqade Composition Change,adjacent volumes shall feature a changed roof form and/or height variation in addition to one of the following (1) Incorporate a prominent central feature or sub-volume such as a balcony,bay window, porch,or portico. 9Z (2) Feature changed wall cladding materials/colors (3) Feature changed window pattem/forni in) Utilizing a vertical expression line such as a pier,molding,downspout,minor fagade offset, or butt joint simulating a party wall between adjacent volumes is recommended 49 o BOOK 11: DEVELOPMENT CODE 2.3 BUILDING SCALE REGULATIONS 2.4 FRONTAGE & BUILDING Building PLACEMENT REGULATIONS Orient'hon II Front street 2.4.1 BuILDIN(; ORIENTATION TO STREETS AND PUBLIC OPEN SPACES :2 A building is oriented to a street or public open space if it has a building entrance Budding — configured as a Private Frontage Type that faces that street or open space,as shown Ori..t.ti 0 [7 7 0 in Fig.2.4 I Building Orientation to Streets and Public Open Spaces i) Where building orientation to streets and public open spaces is required,all Opensp— buildings shall have primary entrances that face and open directly on to publicly accessible streets or public open spaces (BACK OF V it) In instances where a choice must be made between orientation toward a SIDEWALK PROPERTY LINE primary public street or a public open space,the primary public street should be given precedence. J in) Parking structures,garages,carriage houses,and accessory buildings are Fi(;.2.4.1 BUILDING ORIENTATION TO STREETS AND permitted and should be located along alleys and not along streets or public open PUBLIC OPEN SPACES spaces. rher Parcels Buildings on Corner Parcels shall have an entrance(s)oriented towards at least one street or incorporated into a Corner Entry Private Frontage Type(see section 0 2 43). O O W ! 9z W, 2.4.2 PRIVATE FRONTAGE TYPES bi CornerParcis W, j4 MCK OF SIDE—K On corner parcels, frontage treatments shall extend along the entire length of Dr the back-of-sidewalk line for both street frontages as shown in Fig.2.4.2.Private TOP Of OR 2ND Frontage Types-2)Comer Parcels. IST 11ooR j) Portions of property between the back-of-sidewalk line and the primary building fia,alealong any Street, %- -"c� Edge Tj�iamWi� it) Portions of all primary building facades up to the top of the first or second floor,including building entrances,located along and oriented toward streets as i) Fenced Edge,Terraced Edge,and Flush Edge are edge treatments that are combined with other Private Frontage Types and establish a desirable relationship shown in Fig.2.4.2.Private Frontage Types-1)Definition. between front setback areas and the public sidewalk. L2 e it) When landscaping Grand Portico,Forecourt,Grand Entry,Common Lobby end Entry,Stoop,Porch,and Front Door setback areas,an edge treatment must be RONTAGE PRIYXT' selected from those permitted for the given Corridor Center and Segment and 711117,oWA i) Private Frontage types regulate the configuration of building's primary applied to the setback area in accordance with the specified edge treatment's Fi(..2.4.2 PRIVATE FRONTAGE TYPES- I V entrance,the treatment of its front and side setback zones,as well as the type of regulations. DEFINITION features permitted to encroach into the required setback zones ii) All buildings shall be designed to incorporate a Private Frontage Type I configured in compliance with the regulations is contained in this section FRONT STREET CURB in) Every Primary Building Volume(see section 2.3 5-Building Massing)shall have at least one Private Frontage Type. V ACK OF FRONTAGE iv) A property's permitted and/or requited Private Frontage Types shall be limited SIDEWALK STREET F O t those frontage types specified for each Corridor Center and Segment in section REGULATIONS o 11.-Development Standards. v) All permitted frontage types are allowed either alone or in combination with z, any other permitted frontage type within a single building, I q vi) The disposition of the Front Yard Setback zone is further illustrated in section I o 0 1i 2.4.4. vit)Private frontage regulation,apply along the full length offlic property frontage,even where there is no building fagarle viii)Wliere building orientation toward public streets/public open spaces is not required,buildings must still satisfy Private Frontage and Edge Treatment —--—-- PROPERTY LINE BACK requirements but are not required to locate air entrance that opens directly on to a SIDEWALK K street or public open space Fm.2.4.2 PRIVATE FRONTAGE Typi.is-2) 0 ix) Reminder:Private Frontage Types that incorporate stairs must also refer C-) CORNER PARCELS to access and visibility requirements of the Americans with disabilities Act by n means of providing alternate entrance(s)with level or ramped connections to the sidewalk,or by incorporating an ADA-compliant ramp additively to the design of a the required Private Frontage Type. > ') Transformers,backflow devices,etc. will be allowed in the front yard setbacks as long as it is screened with landscaping or architectural details(see section 2.6 8.7 Utility and Service Area Sitting and Screening). C) 5 ...................... ....... 52 �3) Privav ties Footage Specifications � � °, °� �` „_ 4 �• ,��. , �. ys t i) Definition A fi ontage type featuring a multiplicity ofweleoming entrances and display windows built at the Tenant- 1 s x d edge of and projecting directly on to the public sidewalk. {� r u) Application Shopfronts are the appropriate treatment for ground-level retail and service uses oriented to Tenant-2 display and access directly from public sidewalks ' in) Fapade&Entrance Treatment -; xy� �_ ;�' (1) Each shopfront shall contain: --� " a) At least one prominent building entrance that is always RILASTERsi '�;": t unlocked during regular business hours. PIERS d"�,•, b) A minimum of 70%of the storefront fagade must feature clear-glass display windows framed within storefront pilasters and base c) A minimum 3 foot zone behind the window glazing that provides an Sh Pf f ( is W unobstructed view of the establishment's goods&services,either via usrh - f display oriented to the sidewalk,or via a direct view into the store. '� e. kecassed ^w U (2) Recessed entrances are permitted up to a maximum width of 15 feet - - - — - ka= y'( (3) Restaurant shopfronts that are not located on street corners may set back a portion of C C.'i`C.; the shopfront fagade to create an outdoor dining alcove that is a maximum of 12 feet I - -- z' deep. A �ma, (4) Shopfront and awning design should vary from shopfront to shopfront ( '' ' ¢( (5) Close proximity to high volumes of pedestrian traffic make attention to craft and B -g';- i ShaPto i _'(tz x -- -- Tpz visual interest within the Shopfiont fapade important -- o miry ' S• . (6) Shopfront composition should include well-designed projecting signs,window signs A-Shopfront Length is the length of each Shopfront Frontage Type segments as measured from and awning signs. centerline of the articulations elements at either edge of the Shopfront segments B-Tenant Length is the length of each Tenant Frontage that faces directly onto a Front or Side ) 'O- iv) Shopfront Length _ _ �_ r - _ a. Street (1) Along key pedestrian streets,shopfront and tenant length is strictly limited to insure a C-Articulation increment is the length bettieen each Articulation Element to a Shopfront variety of entrances to occur at ground level. Shopfronts shall not exceed the lengths segment as measured from centerline to centerline of pennitted Shopfront Length Articulation shown in Section 2.1—Development Standards Charts. Elements a) Larger retail space may be enabled by being set behind a row of smaller shopfront spaces,this technique is often referred to as"liner retail.' 7J (2) Shopfront lengths are defined using Pilasters/Piers. - W a) The horizontal width of a protruding pilaster or pier shall be a minimum C of five(5)percent of the width of the largest adjacent horizontal f bale �> F segment. The adjacent wall surface shall setback from the face of the w pilaster or pier a minimum of twenty(20)percent of the pier width. 3 a Pilasters/Piers shall not protrude into the public right-of-way. v) Setback Area Treatment i w w (1) Shopfronts shall be built up to the back of the public sidewalk at sidewalk grade A (2) Setback areas shall be treated as Paved/Sidewalk Extension per section 2.6.9. Unobstructed View Required02 n.I 0 53 w.{r — " b) Corn Y try .: c)°Arcade u. .. r d) Grand Portcco s ._,__. � x "M _ _� r) Definition i) Definition ) Definition i A frontage type featuring a building entrance and an associated or detached treatment I A frontage type featuring a colonnaded space at the base of a building created by A frontage treatment featuring is a roofed entrance supported by columns appended j to visually emphasize the corner of a building i setting back the ground-floor further than the upper floors,and resulting in a covered to the primary plane of the building's front fapade. A"Grand Portico"is a portico - _ ! sidewalk space. ��expressed at a civic scale,meant to project the image of an important community ii) Facade&Entrance Treatment building A Corner Entry draws prominent visual attention to the corner of tine building ti� � ) Application : primarily through vertical massing and articulation with elements such as a corner! ! - I ii) Application - p y g b (1) When applied to buildings featuring grownd level shopfronts,the arcades' t, - tower and by"flatiron"shapes should overlap the sidewalk within 21/2 feet of the curb face (1) A Grand Portico is an appropriate frontage for civic buildings such as city (2) Arcades are not appropriate for buildings with ground-level residential halls,libraries,post offices,as well as for quasi-civic buildings such as j iii) Setback Area Treatment hotels with ground level convention facilities,or movie theaters 0 s (1) Setback areas shall be treated as Paved/Sidewalk Extension per section units. (2) This frontage type is not conventional for residential buildings j 2.69 in) Fapade&Entrance Treatment d in) Fapade&Entrance Treatment '.� (2) A corner entry mass may encroach into the required setback areas but (1) Arcade columns should be attractively proportioned and detailed ! may not encroach into the public right-of-way. (2) Ceiling beams and light fixtures that are located within the column A"grand stair"makes an excellent appendage to a grand portico frontage. spacing geometry greatl) enhance the quality of the space and are iv) Setback Area Treatment recommended. W (1) The portico and stair may encroach into the front setback area w- ? IV) Setback Area Treatment (2) Setback areas(indicated with an`k"in the illustration below)for non- d (1) Setback areas(indicated by an"x"in the illustration below)for arcades commercial buildings shall be landscaped per section 2 6.9 ! i - a built to the back of sidewalk shall be treated as paved/sidewalk extension I W i (.q ) Setback areas for commercial buildings may be treated as Paved/Sidewalk h per section 2.6.9. Extension per section 2 6 9. (2) Setback areas(indicated by an"x"in the illustration below)for arcades. i ! i A that are not built to the back of sidewalk shall be landscaped per section 269 Z i! BACK OF SIDEWALK j ��BACK OF SIDEWALK (BACK OF SIDEWALK 1 W --- y'^P" —JI I BACK OF SIDEWALK -- i. BACK OF SIDEWALK BACK OF SIDEWALK ! i/BACK OF SIDEWALK i z 1 i y r PR r I x 54 l e Fore ourt . . ti Iv) Fagade&Entrance Treatment j i) Definition i) Definition (1) A common lobby entry should be visually prominent and easy to identify I I A frontage type featuring a courtyard forming an entrance and lingering space for a j A frontage type featuring a type of building entrance that provides access to a (2) Multi-family residential buildings featuring Common Lobby Entry j 'singlebuildingorseveralbuildingsinagroup,andopeningontothepublicsidewalk_ multiplicity of private residential units,office spaces or hotel rooms via a seum- treatments shall have a Common Lobby Entry a minimum of every 1001 The forecourt is the result of setting back a portion of the primary building wall ( public building lobby space The private spaces are accessible via private entrances feet li ! 'are typically not accessible from a public outdoor space. (3) Entrances may be inset up to 5 feet from the primary budding wall and are E , it) Application typically raised above the sidewalk. 'ii) Application (1) A forecourt can be applied appropriately to any use.inisnotreconumended ! , v) Setback Area Treatment in instances where there is insufficient street wall definition '! (1) This Frontage types is generally appropriate for office,residential of hotel (2) Forecourt frontage treatment must be combined with stoops,flush single buildings. (1) Setback areas(indicated with an"x"in the illustration below)may be E � ! landscaping*and avin r entries,oi with shopfront frontage types (2) Limacs/ApplicationpermittedinDevelopmentStandards-Wherecomrnon landscaped,paved,or be a combination of l ap 6 a p g per i lobby entry is specified in(Section 2.1—Development Standards)as section 2.6 2 in) Fagade&Entrance Treatment "limited`this private frontage type may only inteirupt continuous ground (2) Where specified in Development Standards Charts as hmned the setback I F+ (i) The courtyard must be enclosed on three sides b building masses on the I " Y S level shopfronts up to two locations per block face,and may not be areas shall be treated as Paved/Sidewalk Extension per section 2.6.9. same property,and therefore cannot be built on corners,or adjacent to a applied to building facades as the sole private frontage treatment along building already set back fiom the sidewalk. any facade elevation F LYIa 'l (2) The forecourt opening shall be a maximum of 30 feet wide. in) This frontage type is appropriate for office,multi-family residential,and w ;I (3) When combined with stoops,the courtyard may be slightly raised from lodging uses where sidewalk grade and landscaped of paved, with a low decorative wall U, . along the sidewalk edge. (1) Such uses are positioned above aground-level retail and parking _d podium. (4) When combined with retail,testauiant and service uses,all three sides of j Are' j 1 (2) Where dvect access to/from such uses from streets and other public the courtyard must feature shopfront entrances and display windows and spaces is not a priority the forecourt must be treated as an extension of the sidewalk space. I') Setback Area Treatment Any setback area treatment is determined by the development's primary frontage hype i ' ��BACK OF BIDFWALK � ACK OF SIDEWALK i �I Q rw w RI J - r o. JA BACK OF SIDEWALK FA BACK OF SIDEWALK [4 LL . �•ry '4...Ls _ Y III � ." 4 ' i 0 s� 55 �3)�-, ���rb►if�ge Sp., � 'ations(c nf:) `� _� �`��?�, �.� ', � � ��` � ��� - � -Eri �, ,Stooh... _.._.._ � ` �� g �_ � ;s, ., h) Po�`ch ,�... �.� �_^s I � it Definition ) Definition it Definition A frontage treatment featuring an entrance stairway to a residence typically 1 A frontage type featuring is a roofed space,open along two or more sides and A frontage type featuring the main entrance to a residence,in combination with a constructed close to the sidewalk. adjunct to a building,commonly serving to shelter air entrance and provide a private deep landscaped setback outdoor space appended to a residence. it Application u) Application fronta n) Application I This ;4 This frontage type is suitable only for residential use. [,e type is appropriate for residential use only This frontage type is appropriate for residential use only. in Facade&Entrance Treatment in) Facade&Entrance Treatment ! iii) Facade&Entrance Treatment Front Doors may feature a covered entrance or entrance platform that may encroach (1) Stoops may feature a portico entrance at the top of the stair,and may Y P Y encroach into the front setback area, j Porches may serve multiple entrances into the front setback area p "; (2) Scoops may serve multiple entrances iv) Setback Area Treatment v) Setback Area Treatment 1 (3) Multiple stoops may be combined to increase the scale of the entrance. _ a (1) When expressed asa separate mass appended to the primary front building' I Setback areas(indicated with an"z'in the illustration below)shall be landscaped -P i per section 2 6 9 iv) Setback Area Treatment plane,the porch may encroach into the front setback zone I p W Setback areas(indicated with an"x"in the illustration below)may be landscaped, (2) Setback areas(indicated with an"x"in the illustration below)shall be paved,or be a combination of landscaping and paving per section 2.6 9 ! landscaped per section 2 6.9. j I z M , w nncK OF sioEwuK '4 E.—IsIF—K I a cK S-WALK x !I A t f ��7 I Pot z4 DICK OF SIDEWALK BACK OF SIDEWALK BACK OF SIDEWALK E F i K 56 _ �.}�.'PI'IV' .,POIl� P •at10nS'�COtI - d�....,.i" ,I;�..' � •s::�,<�._: �."�'����` - e'er''- �, �.tr<t ,j)_Edge Treafxrtent.Fenced: ;;.�., ; Definition i i) Definition j i) Definition Au edge treatment characterized by a low decorative fence constructed at or very An edge treatment characterized by a raised planted front yard and decorative low An edge treatment built at sidewalk grade and that extends to the edge of the public jclose to the edge of the public sidewalk retaining wall at or very close to the edge of the public sidewalk. sidewalk lit) Setback Area Treatment In) Setback Area Treatment ;n) Setback Area Treatment (1) A low masonry base makes an excellent addition to the decorative (1) The retaining wall may be located along the public sidewalk or setback as Any setback area treatment is determined by the development's primary frontage fence. shown type (2) The fence may be located along the public sidewalk or setback as ! (2) Any setback area treatment is determined by the development's primary shown I frontage type (3) Any setback area treatment is determined by the development's primary frontage type 1 to ,1 i i •� 'I z Gd. C7 C i BACKOB90E- I E BACK OFS D L4 BACK Or SIDFWALK z" 41 i t/BACK OF SIDEWALK 4 BACK OF SIDEWALK {4 BACK OF SIDFWALK I W I {a Fence F Terrace Flush W I I A 57 0 I I -- _._ - _..__ _.._._ -... .. - - _ - - ..... a in) The disposition and treatment of Front Yard Setbacks is firrthered regulated in 2.4.3 FRONT YARD SETBACK 2.4.5 REAR YARD SETBACK 'i the following sections: (1) Private Open Space Types provides addition specific regulation for the - j i treatment of setback zones in conjunction with various private open space Front Yard Setback is defined as the required minimum or permitted(maximum) Rear Yard Setback is defined as the required distance from the rear property line to distance from the back-of-sidewalk line to the primary building tapade as shown types. any building as shown in Fig 2 4.5.Rear Yard Setback. i a in Fi'.2 43 Front Yard Setback.(see section 2.4 2 -Public Frontage Types to b b YP (2) Section 2.6 8-Open Space Landscaping establishes landscape standards determine how to locate back-of-sidewalk) and guidelines for the ties merit offront yard setback zones BegUlBho _4n s� 7 r !! Regu tion'- T .. �•- ., _ =s' ` 2.4.4 SIDE YARD SETBACK n) :General" v . i All buildings must be located to conform to the minimum Rear Yard Setback n)' General . ;s _:... `�..... � Definition . y ) .", � I i ' ' �=�'°'=° '— - r'• �'`-'^ `---�-- '' �� standards as specified for each Corridor Center and Segment in section 2.1.- p 'i i 1) All buildings must be located to conform to the minimum and maximum Side Yard Setback is defined as the required distance from the side property line to .I b Development Standards _ Front Yard Setback Standards specified for each Corridor Center and Segment in an}building as shown in Fig.2 4 4 Side Yard Setback _ ii) The rear yard setback area must be landscaped per section 2.6.8-Open *a section 2.1 -Development Standards. ���r I:,.:.1,_'RCgUlI11,.O .ax;s`+. Space Landscaping �3 n) The Front Yard Setback for each Private Frontage Type shall be located as F� depicted by the Private Frontage Type Illustrations in Section 2.4 2 . Genera], _ -l in) Portions of a building that are not part of the primary building mass,such it All buildings must be located to conform to the mmininm Side Yard Setback W i 1 as entrance porticos,bays and stoops,are not required to meet minimum height standards as specified for each Corridor Center and Segment in section 2 1.- arequirements Development Standards z b l�1if�ltOltR�Re UIYerYTe/i7!.S ,; it) The required Side Yard Setback shall depend upon whether or not the side q __ Y` � 4 facade has windows into active living spaces it At required setback areas,arcades,awnings,enG ance porticos,porches, stoops,stairs,balconies,hay windows,eaves,covered and entrance overhangs, in) The side yard setback area must be landscaped per section 2 6.8-Open Space i are permitted to encroach up to six feet within the required front street setback as Landscaping. shown in the frontage type illustrations , w I u) At zero-setback areas,building overhangs such as trellises,canopies and ' 4, awnings may extend horizontally beyond the back-of-sidewalk,but may not under pr a, g4 any circumstances encroach further than within two and half(2%)feet of the i face-of-curb ,fV•° (1) Encroachments may extend up to a maximum of six(6)feet into the public -n- frontage areas (2) These overhangs must provide a minimum of eight(8)feet clear height above sidewalk grade. Ca Z✓ i FRONT STREET FRONT STREET FRONT STREET A BACK OF SIDEWALK Front Yard . Fro i Yord , 4 BACK OF SIDEWALK ' .4 BACK OF SIDEWALK 'I Serhack Sei O baak I Sd W , _ , �$iF . �# Yard g , "� T qag' Sefbaclq I ;�.�' Yard Z I sF:x I y*�'•. I Z ',� '...' SetbacW Z W I Setback II I Art Rear Yard .*. Y. LL .i PROPERTY LINE ' I LL ., PROPERTY LINE LL Setback ' _ . PROPERTY LINE , ___--_______i—_--________—-_— ; _-�__—__ _---__—_i----__—__—__i__— _i_.�------_--_—_i—__--. __— FIG.2.4.3 FRONT YARD SETBACK FIG.2.4.4 SIDE YARD SETBACK FIX..2.4.5 REAR YARD SETBACK 58 2.4.6 ALLEY SETBACK 2.4.7 FRONTAGE COVERAGE 2.4.8 SPACE BETWEEN BUILDINGS r$ x Il rttOn'.-fib Alley Setback is defined as the distance from an alley right-of-way to any building i) Frontage Coverage is defined as the minimum percentage of the length of the Space between buildings is defined as the distance measured between the primary as shown in Fig.14 6.Alley Setback frontage coverage zone that shall be occupied by a primary building fagade(s). building mass of two adjacent buildings on a single property as shown in Fig 2.4.8 Space Between Buildings. ° m ` g—! atlO it) The Frontage Coverage Zone is defined as the space between the minimum and maximum front yard setback lines and the minimum side yard or front yard - P e90-4-6 A '#»; setback Imes as shown in Fig 2.4.7 Frontage Coverage- If a developer is building multiple buildings on a single property,the required i All buildings shall be sited to conform to the muumum Alley Setback a. ''; minimum space between buildings shall be as specified for each Corridor Center Y t� 4116 lU,.. :=-,c - #, and Segment in section 2.1 -Development Standards. dimensions As specified for each Corridor Center and Segment in section 2.1 - - 1 i Development Standards. R),,VC/1¢i'[Ij ri) The alley setback area must be landscaped per section 2.6.8-Open Space All development shall include buildings located within the Frontage Coverage Zone Landscaping such that tnmtmum frontage coverage requirements are met,as specified for each '.- Corridor Center and Segment in section 2 1 -Development Standards F , r) In order to provide vehicular access to parking areas in the interior or at the V, rear of a parcel if no other access is available,a vehicular breezeway may count toward frontage coverage requirements (1) A vehicular breezeway is a covered driveway penetrating the building (2) The width of a vehicular breezeway shall not exceed the width of the curb cut plus the width of an adjacent ADA cornplient pedestrian sidewalk, it) In order to connect the public sidewalk with publicly accessible spaces such as courtyards,parking areas,and alleys in the interior of at the rear of a parcel,a ram" pedestrian breezeway may count toward frontage coverage re requirements ' P Y Yq r ' (1) A pedestrian breezeway is covered walkway penetrating the building for pedestrian use only c4m (2) The width of a pedestrian breezeway shall not exceed fifteen(15)feet FRONT STREET FRONT STREET y y � _--_—_, _—__— _— --------17 -- 1-- r X X � �Space Between Buildings BACK OF SIDEWALK I I W ....'TT' -� -..'.... .._.. .� -w U r�f �l �. I I I-- BACK OF SIDEWALK BACK OF F MIN FRONT YARD SETBACK ' r I SIDEWALK W MAX FRONT YARD 0 - ' --- ' IJ I ( SETBACK Setbck aLINE ^M APoOPERTY tLCOVERAGE Q , a ZONE ALLEY i ..,..,._.�___• I FRONTAGE A)GE X X1000 COVERAGE y o' i5 � t w°�l t.x , I�wo� oI4ma � � Y �1O"�f1r FRG.2.4.6 ALLEY SETBACK F[G.2.4.7 FRONTAGE COVERAGE FIG.2.4.8 SPACE BETWEEN BUILDINGS � J I - - 59 2.4.9 BUILD-TO-CORNER it Build-to-Corner is defined as a portion of a building that occupies the build- to-corner zone at the intersection of two streets. u) The Build-to-Corner Zone is defined as the space between the required l minimum and maximum front yard setback lines for each intersecting streets as shown in Fig 2.4 9 Build-To-Corner. OE All development shall include buildings sited within the build-to-comer zone such that minimum build-to-corner requirements are met as specified for each Corridor k C Center and Segment in section 2.1.—Development Standards t � r F � W 3 � i rl i z(' q" REQUIRED CORNER LOCATION(HATCHED AREA) BACK OFSIDEWALK�- v MIN.FRONT YARD SETBACK MAX.FRONT YARD SETBACK x U c I ,it� � :�vQ:�. _ �►��►I o > FIG.2.4.9 BUILD-TO-CORNER 60...., new street standards specified in Section 2.5.2.Street Types(New Street 77-7r, 2.5 STREET REGULATIONS 2.5.1 IMPROVEMENTS To EXISTING Design)" The developer will be responsible for the design and construction STREETS IN of the public frontage and the thoroughfare along these streets This section contains Regulations and Guidelines forthe improvement,provision,configuration, Stieetscape improvements to existing streets are required to promote the type and design of streets. Implementation of improvements required along extstingstreels is also of change envisioned by the community by providing attractive and compatible vi) All development applications shall clearly identify fire access routes addressed in Book If[Public Improvements. environments for the desired types of new development,as well as for highly subject to Fire Department Review Note:Developers must reference Street Regulations are set forth to ensure that streets and blocks throughout the Plan Area are valued existing development Huntington Reach Fire Department Cil-i'Specification 0 401(Malinnan Standards upgraded or built with the quality and care necessary to enhance the connectivity ofstrects,to The design of specific strectscape improvements is integrated with the for Fire Apparatus Access)and City' Specification{,,415(1,tre create safe and attractive strectscape environments,and to encourage walking throughout the Lanes Signage and Markings an Private,Residential,Commercial and configuration of and Segments established in Fig.2.1 Corridor plan area as it intensifies. and Segments Map This coordination results in the organization ofstreetscape lnetti.striall'roperitev)li,rlii-e Access Road requirements The Street is defined as the area between back-of-sidewalk lines.It includes the moving lanes, improvements into three primary segment improvement types- "Classic Fig Boulevard" improvements along Edinger Avenue, "Palm Tree Boulevard" _Th� parking lanes and medians as well as the sidewalk and any sidewalk landscape areas(see Fi 2 5 Corridor Definition of Terms). improvements along Beach Boulevard north of Main Street and"Parkway" improvements along Beach Boulevard south of Main Street Further detail oil i) Thoroughfare Improvements along existing streets from the face of Streets can be publicly of privately owned and maintained. All new streets within the Plan the extent and implementation of streetscape improvements can be found in curb to the thoroughfare centerline shall be paid for by the developer as Area,both public and private,shall be designed and configured according to the following Book III development occurs. regulations. + ill Responsibility for and timing ofthe installation of Thoroughfare Improvements shall be determined by the Public Works Director. i) The Thoroughfare is the area between a street's curbs It includes the g moving lanes,parking lanes,an central d cenal medians. N tqg , ir) Public Frontage is the area between the thoroughfare curb face and the i) The installation of new Public Frontage Improvements(from the back- t, f back-of-sidewalk line,including the sidewalk and any sidewalk landscape of-sidewalk to the face ofcuib)is required as development occurs areas as shown in Fig.2 5 Corridor Definition of Terms ill In instances where installation ofrequired public frontage , Li)�"_Regulation --------7—i improvements as part ofon-site construction are found to be impractical- gr-. for example in instances where the private frontage is particularly narrow ------------ 7 7, or fragmented,the property Owner/Developer may request to the City that W an in-lieu fee be paid for the required public frontage improvements when i) Improvements to existing streets are required for each Corridor Center they can be combined with those on adjacent properties or as part of a city- and Segment as specified in section 2 1 —Development Standards along all sponsored street improvement program. If the city agrees,a cost estimate 94" street frontages. shall be submitted to the City by the developer for review and acceptance. as ii) Street Improvements along Beach Blvd,Edinger Ave,and all other �4) 1�iEidlii"Back,-qf-Sid�walkl existing streets shall be designed and constructed as illustrated in the Streetscape Specifications established in this section. i) All Existing Street Improvement diagrams are installed behind the i instances Plan and depending oil the condition of those features,all or part ofthe location ofthe face of curb existing at the time of property development. n) In stances where existing streets areas already contain Public Frontage of Thoroughfare features that are sufficiently similar to those required in Therefore,the location ofthe back of the newly installed sidewalk(the back ofthe sidewalk is furthest from the curb)is determined by adding up the required Street Improvements may be waived by the Public Works Director. cross-section dimensions ofthe required Public Frontage Improvements in- board ofthe existing face-of-curb iv) In instances where the City of Huntington Beach has preceded the CF proposed new development with the installation ofthe required Street Z A- Improvements,the property owner shall reimburse the City for the costs of that portion ofthe installation along the length ofthe private property. Funding mechanisms such as a reimbursement agreement,Community > 4 Facilities District,or other mechanism may be considered. gZ 4ccV0.e PRIVATE v) In instances where new streets must be constructed—that is,in instances PUBLIC FRONTAGE iFRONTAGE, THOROUGHFPRIVATE tARE PUBLIC PUBL!C FRONTAGE- \FRONTAGE/ where there are no existing public frontage or thoroughfare conditions—the rfr ("Tik w public frontage and thoroughfare will be installed as pail of the required 'k Filr;.25 CORRIDOR DEFINITIONS of TERMS Pa F-61 .. - - - - - ....... 3 a ko AVa—r�9 p ►-f l_C ;(, I�Sx � '' , s -,. of approximately thirty(30)fee t on-center and aligned across the street ;t- /BACK OF SIDEWALK 7 Classic Boulevard unprovements,thoroughfare and public frontage must include with other trees as much as possible.Tree canopy to be trained into a ' the following specifications(see diagrams): round-shaped form with an open habit-Special sub-surface construction , is required to allow for proper tree growth and health. .W. € i) Thoroughfare Configuration: (4) Separator to be planted with native/water efficient, low groundcover ,« Three(3)through lanes in each direction,a landscaped center median with left turn of green foliage,which requires minimal irrigation and a low level of pockets at select intersections. � e p maintenance 4�' _ it) Center Median: v) Pedestrian Zone (1) Curbed landscaped median with six(6)inch curbs and twelve(12)inch (1) A minimum twelve(12)foot wide sidewalk stamped concrete safety stepping areas on both sides. V _ (2) Iconic single arm,pedestrian-scale street lighting located on the sidewalk ��'- ' (2) Iconic double arm boulevard-scale street lighting located along centerline at back-of--curb and spaced approximately at sixty(60)feet on-center andr� 9' k-IFACE of CURB "v'A Ylfl s�oewuv n"c rw,ve� seanxn,oa of the median at approximately ninety(90)feet on-center.Light source centered between trees in the access lane.Finish color.fresh green. should be located twenty-five to thirty(25-30)feet above finished grade /BACK OF SIDEWALK U, and centered between street trees.Finish color fresh green. (3) Picket fence style benches with Jarrah wood or FSC certified 1pe wood slats and steel frame,and steel trash receptacles with an aesthetic that t�kK (3) Moderately large single species tree—Jacaranda mimosifolia—located evokes the beach and surf culture.Metalwork finish color fresh green along the centerline ofthe median approximately thirty(30)feet on-center and aligned across the street with other trees as much as possible Tree 4� canopy to be trained into a round-shaped form with an open habit Special f sub-surface construction is required to allow for proper tree growth and " health (4) Median to be planted with native/water efficient, low groundcover of green foliage,which requires minimal irrigation and a low level of /FACE OF CURB vA °t maintenance. s1 1- �KLNG *u'�-9 S11-01 in) Access Lane Configuration FIG.2.5.1.-3)CLASSIC BOULEVARD (1) Protected access lanes with a row of angled parking oriented at forty-five PUBLIC FRONTAGE' (45)degrees to the curb are separated from the through lanes by curbed landscaped separators. (2) Moderately large single species tree—Jacaranda mimosifolia located in _ tY)k flush tree grates in the angled parking zone at approximately thirty(30) s, N feet on-center and aligned across the street with other trees as much as -" - possible.Tree canopy to be trained into a round-shaped form with an open i $ �'X, habit.Special sub-surface construction is required to allow for proper tree ' growth and health piv) Access Lane Separator: iMT z. U (1) A nine(9)foot curbed landscape separator(six(6)inch curbs and twelve (12)inch stamped concrete safety stepping areas on both sides)located between the throughfare and access lanes. 044.4 p (2) iconic double a"boulevard-scale and pedestrian-scale street lighting .. 4 .� : .< 2 " wlocated within the curbed landscaped separators with a spacing of "i'� ,•s ..„s.�:.e'v .:Tq;;� , r .aT ,.i: .�a<ear�u ,y ;T, - ;z., .. .. :� Y, w approximately ninety(90)feet on-center.Light source should be located ' A 3s k�ir� �.. F .. . sa .>ta•i „#r? a' .• F .� ^'e£ twenty-five to thitty(25-30)feet above finished grade for boulevard-scale *°" `' + '�'v" street lighting and twelve to fourteen(12-14)feet above finished grade for - j x pedestrian-scale street lighting.Finish color:fresh green NORTH SIDE � � SOUTH SIDE ' �.P.UBLICFRONTAGEx t ��,STREET -Y.4 .,�'. PUBLIC FRONTAGE (3) Moderately large single species tree—Jacaranda mimosifolia—located rp, along the centerline of the curbed landscaped separators with a spacing 62 E4)- r !49ACK OF SIDEWALK Palm Tree Boulevard improvements, thoroughfare must include the following Where Neighborhood Center Streetfront Improvements are required,public frontage specifications(see diagram): must include the following specification(see diagram below): i) Thoroughfare Configuration: i) Pedestrian Zone (1) Four(4)through lanes in each direction and a landscaped center median (1) A minimum eighteen(18)foot wide sidewalk shall provide ample room with left turn pockets at select intersections for pedestrians to walk, and to encourage activities including outdoor it) Center Median: during,locations for kiosks,food carts,and flower stalls. (1) Curbed landscaped median with six(6)inch curbs and twelve(12)inch (2) Iconic double arm boulevard-scale and pedestrian-scale street lighting at stamped concrete safety stepping areas on both sides approximately eighty(80)feet on-center,Light source should be located IFACE OF CURB twenty-five to thirty(25-30)feet above finished grade for boulevard-scale (2) Iconic double arm boulevard-scale street lighting located along centerline street lighting and twelve to fourteen(12-14)feet above finished grade for SIDE S n"NT — offlic median at approximately ninet)to one hundred and twenty(90-120) pedestrian-scale street lighting.Finish color fresh green Fl(..2.5.1. 4)a)TYPICAL PulBuc FRONTAGE feet on-center(or every three(3)clusters of palm trees) Street lighting to (3) Light standards selection to be specified by Planning Director and Public be the first vertical element at the ends of the median and light source should be located twenty-five to thirty(25-30)feet above finished grade Works Director/Designee. 14MCK OF SIDEWALK Finish color fresh green. (4) Furnishings (3) Clusters of three single-species, tall palm trees — Roystonea regia arranged roughly every thirty to thirty-five(30-35)feet Trees to be uplit at night "All (4) Median to be planted with native/ water efficient, low groundcover of green foliage,which requires minimal irrigation and a low level of maintenance. r___ 1IFACE OF CURB �7 hN ------- 1g)_ lypka Palm Tree Boulevard improvements,public frontage must include the following specification(see diagram). FIG.2.5.I.-4.)b)NmGi wolimom)CENTER (1) A minimum six(6)foot wide sidewalk separated from the back of curb by STRELTFRONT PUBLIC FRONTAGE a four(4)foot continuous planter strip (2) Iconic double arm boulevard-scale and pedestrian-scale street lighting located within the planter strip at approximately ninety(90)feet oil-center _4 Light source should be located twenty-five to thirty(25-30)feet above rt finished grade for boulevard-scale street lighting and twelve to foueen *1 �04: (12-14) feet above finished grade for pedestrian-scale street lighting Finish color:fresh green. (3) Planter strip to be planted with native/water efficient,low groundcover of'green foliage,which requires minimal irrigation and a low level of T, maintenance z �,t! FEB, "A" _1V 10%1z (4) Picket fence style benches with Jarrah wood or FSC certified Ipe woodAga EO UA slats and steel fame,and steel trash receptacles with air aesthetic that % —z evokes the beach and surf culture.Metalwork finish color.fresh green, > 64� A W, WEST SIDE FAST SIDE STRT PUBLIC FRONTAGE Oca (i4plu,81111 63 --------------- ---------- -------- T�ar (3) Within planter strip,arrangements of two tall palm trees,with thick and 4BACK OF SIDEWALK very straight trunks-Roystonea regia—thirty(30)feet apart with a street Parkway improvements,thoroughfare must include the following specifications light centered in between,are intermittent with an informal composition (see diagram) j ofinedium-height palm trees-Wodyetia bil'orcata and small accent pigmy PV i) Thoroughfare Configuration: palm trees-Phoenix roebelenii. (1) Three(3)through lanes in each direction with occasional parallel parking (4) Planter strips to be built as functional stortirwater management facilities along the sidewalk curb,and a landscaped center median with left tum whenever possible,landscaped with a mix ofnative/water efficient,low pockets at select intersections groundcovcr ofgrcen foliage,which requires minimal irrigation and a low level of maintenance ii) Center Median: (1) Curbed landscaped median with six(6)inch curbs and twelve(12)inch (5) When parallel parking along the curb occurs,provide for breaks across the planting strip with stepping stones,in order to allow for passengers to stamped concrete safety stepping areas on both sides. reach the sidewalk (FACE OF CURB 60•-1-90• (2) An arrangement of alternating,infornially shaped clusters of vegetation (6) Picket fence style benclies with polysite slats and steel frame,and steel SIDE P S— IP (Type A and Type B—described below)planted on within the median trash receptacles with an aesthetic that evokes the beach and surf culture. — " je roughly every to sixty(50-60)feet on-center.Strategically selected Fl(;.2.5.1.-5)a)TYPICAL CONFIGURATION PUBIAC ry fifty clusters of vegetation to be uplit at night Low, native/water efficient Metalwork and polysite finish color white. FRONTAGE groundcover of green foliage to be intermittent with the vegetation clusters. (a) �vpe A cluster.a single inulli-trunk paint free-Phoenix linatit-broad-teal fall native!water efficient grasses and mediran-heighi,native/water efficient groundcover wairt(finvers. (b) Tvpc H cluster a cluster qfsargle-trunk ineduan-height paint trees Wadyelia bif urcula(trees selected from nurseries that seeded the trees in California)-small accent pigmy palms—Phoenix roebelenti-and loin native/water efficient grusse.s(iiidorgi-ouiidcoi,erprefel-abI'Y vrifirfloners. Y" ....... Parkway improvements,public frontage must include the following specification t. (see diagram). i) Pedestrian Zone ha ""Id (1) A minimum six(6)foot wide sidewalk separated from the back of curb VOW by seven and a half(7 h)uich continuous planter strip with twelve(12) "1 4 inch wide stamped concrete safety strip along the back ofcurb. (2) Unique double arm pedestrian-scale street lighting in ofcolored 0 Venetian lantems that speaks to the romance and festive atmosphere ofthe beach in a modern way)located within the planting strip with a spacing of roughly eighty to ninety(80-90)feet on-center.The light source should be E 15F C located at fourteen(14)feet from the finished grade with filters to create i U.""RV colored effects through a wrap-around foliage mask Finish color:gun- metal. > % S' EAST SIDE WEST SIDE 1-Ukk FidNTAGIE 64 _N nt vRW'A_cc'e_s's'La_n" "4,,1V�ijhbWihWd CF*iR$M�07ff x "' y�r treiI J4 BACK OF SIDEWALK Neighborhood Center with Access Lane improvements must include the following Neighborhood Center Streeffiront with Palm improvements must include the specification(see diagram below). following specification(see diagram below): NTI i) Access Lane Configuration: i) Pedestrian Zone (1) Protected access lane with a row of angled parking, in between the (1) A minimum eighteen(18)foot wide sidewalk shall provide ample room sidewalk and the existing curb face,is separated from the through lane by for pedestrians to walk, and to encourage activities including outdoor S a curbed landscaped separator dining,locations for kiosks,food carts,and flower stalls, (2) Palm trees located in flash tree wells centered in the parking lane (2) Unique double arin pedestrian-scale street lighting(reminiscent ofcolored approximately forty(40)feet on-center m every two to three(2-3)parking Venetian lanterns that speaks to the romance and festive atmosphere ofthe stalls.Tree species to be specified by Planning Director and Public Works beach in a modern way)located along the back of curb with a maximum -center,The light source should be located '21AC101111ta Director/Designee Spacing of eighty(80)feet on A, at fourteen(14)feet from the finished grade with filters to create colored ACCIE'11 _01" it) Access Lane Separator. SOEoaEE,Hou (1) A nine(9)foot curbed landscape separator with six(6)inch curbs and effects through a wrap-around foliage mask,Finish color gun-metal. Fw.2.5.I.-5)b)NEIG111101111001)CLNTER STRELITIFRONT twelve(12)inch stamped concrete safety stepping areas on both sides (3) Tall palm trees located in flush tree wells along the back of curb with an WITH ACCESS LANE PUBLIC FRONTAGE avet age spacing of forty(40)feet on center. Tree species to be specified located between the throughfare and access lane. by Planning Director and Public Works Director/Designee (2) Unique double arm pedestrian-scale street lighting(reminiscent ofcolored (4) Picket fence style benches with polysite slats and steel frame,and steel 14MCK OF SIDEWALK Venetian lanterns that speaks to the romance and festive atmosphere oftbe trash receptacles with an aesthetic that evokes the beach and surf culture, beach in a modern way)located within the separator with a maximum Metalwork and polysite finish color,white, spacing of eighty(80)feet on-center The light source should be located at fourteen(14)feet from the finished grade with filters to create colored effects through a wrap-around foliage mask.Finish color:gun-nietal 0 (3) Palm trees planted at a maximum spacing of forty(40)feet on-center.Tree species to be specified by Planning Director and Public Works Director/ Designee 1 (4) Separator to be planted with native/water efficient, low groundcover 4 of green foliage,which requires minimal irrigation and a low level of maintenanceIf /FACE OF in) Pedestrian Zone (1) A minimum twelve(12)foot wide sidewalk. Fm.2.5.1.-5)c) NEIGHBORHOOD CENTLR (2) Unique single arm pedestrian-scale street lighting(reminiscent ofcolored STRELTFRONT WITH PALM PUBLIC FRONTAGE Venetian lantems that speaks to the romance and festive atmosphere of the beach in a modern way)at a maximum spacing of eighty to ninety(80-90) feet on-center along the sidewalk back of curb and placed between trees in the access lane.The light source should be located at fourteen(14)feet from the finished grade with filters to create colored effects through a wrap-around foliage mask.Finish color-gun-metal. (3) Picket fence style benches with polysite slats and steel frame,and steel trash receptacles with an aesthetic that evokes the beach and surf culture. 0 Metalwork and polysite finish color:white. > 65 ---------- 7 �FOE,Ktan�A nue f L) _ eLj borqEoAjS�t ' BACK OF SIDEWALK Neighborhood Street improvenients must include the following specification(see Standard Avenue improvements must include the following specification (see diagram below) diagrams below). I) Pedestrian Zone i) Pedestrian Zone (1) A mininium eighteen(19)foot wide sidewalk shall provide ample room (1) A minimum six(6)feet wide sidewalk with a minimum six(6)feet wide for pedestrians to walk,and to encourage activities including outdoor continuous planting strip or twelve (12) feet wide sidewalk without dining,locations for kiosks,food calls,and flower stalls continuous planting strip (2) Decorative double arm boulevard-scale andpedestrian-scale street lighting (2) Streets with five (5) lanes or more shall provide pedestrian-scale/ at maximum spacing of eighty(80)feet on-center Light source should boulevard-scale decorative street lighting at a maxiiinur,spacing ofninety be located eighteen to twenty-five (18-25) feet above finished grade (90)feet on-center.Pedestrian-scale light source should be located twelve for boulevard-scale street lighting and twelve to fourteen(12-14)feet to fourteen(12-14)feet above finished grade and boulevard-scale light Bo� F OF CURB above finished grade for pedestrian-scale street lighting Light standards sources should be located eighteen to twenty-five (18-25) feet above selection to be specified by Planning Director and Public Works Director/ finished grade Designee. -scale decorative 6)STANDARD AVENUL(3) Streets with four(4)lanes or less shall provide pedestrian Fili.2.5.I Palo,tree,to be planted in flush tree wells at back of curb with a maximum street lighting at a maximum spacing of ninety(90)feet on-center Light spacing offorty,(40)feet on-center Tree species to be specified by Planning source should be located twelve to fourteen(12-14)feet above finished Director and Public Works Director/Designee grade. 1/BACK OF SIDEWALK JABACK OF SIDEWALK (4) Trees should be maintained in a way that provides unobstructed views to (4) Light standards selection to be specified by Planning Director/Designee showroom windows and building sigriage. (5) Each block shall have a single species of moderately large shade tree with a maximum spacing of thirty(30)feet on-center.Palm trees can be used as accents.Special sub-surface construction is required to allow for proper tree growth and health Tree species to be specified by Planning Director/ Designee (6) Where no on street parking is presenti trees must be located in continuous planting strips located along the back of curb(to buffer pedestrians from the adjacent roadway). 61 4 IJIFACE OF CURB "JIFACE OF CURB '' 1 (7) Where parallel parking is present trees may be located in planting wells soE (with flush mounted tree grates as an option),Or in continuous planting 7N"' strips located along the back of curb Fw.2.5.1 7)NEIGHBORHOOD STREETS (8) Where angled parking is present Trees shall be located in planting wells (with flush mounted ti ee grates as an option)at the back of curb (9) Native/ water efficient, low groundcovers and shrubs, which require minimal irrigation and a low level ofmaintenance,must be located within planting strips. ii) Landing Zone (1) The planting strip shall include a one(1)foot wide,paved auto passenger landing located along the back of curb. O C) 66 2.5.2 PROVISION OF NEw STREETS 2.5.3 BLOCK SIZE 1��cg!Llafi ioW, BLOCK!L_ i) The construction of new publicly accessible streets is required in instances I) Block Size is a measure of the total length of the street-fronting property lilies -—.------1 - � �} where: along all block faces enclosed within the nearest surrounding publicly accessible (1) The acreage of land to be developed exceeds the Maximum Block Size streets. si development standard. n) Block Face is a measure of the length of the public right-of-way line between (2) The satisfaction of East-West Street Connection requirements result in the two street intersections. required construction of a new street U, 0 (3) The satisfaction of Residential Transition Boundary Street requirements 2T-99-4ati Irk 0 result in the required conso uction of a new street (4) The satisfaction of Building Orientation to Streets and Public Open Spaces it The Maximum Block Size regulation specifies the maximum total linear BACK OF SIDEWALK result in the required construction of a new street, perinetei of contiguous property lilies that form an individual city block, lit A single new street may satisfy multiple new street requirements if the street it) Maximum Block Size regulations result in limitations on the amount of conforms to all regulations for each requirement. c contiguous property that may be developed within the boundaries of publicly BLOCK FACE in) New streets intended for public access may also be constructed voluntarily to accessible streets fulfill the design and development objectives of the private property owner. in) Single properties or assemblages of contiguous properties-that exceed Fi(..2.5.3 BLOCK SIZE iv) The provision,location,design and configuration of new streets shall conform the specified Maximum Block Size standard must as part of new development, 4� to the regulations specified in the following sections construct new publicly accessible streets in locations that result in the creation of city blocks that do not exceed the Maximum Block Size. v) All development applications shall clearly identify fire access routes subject to Fire Department Review. Note:Developers must reverence Huntington Beach iv) New streets must be designed,configured,and located in accordance with the Fire Department Cav Specification°401(Minunicni Slandards,lbr hire Apparatus standards specified in the following sections. Access)and C11j,Spec ificalton h 415(Pae Lanes Signage and Markings on v) The Maximum Block Size shall be as specified for each Corridor Center and sq, Private,Residential,Commercial and Industrial Properties)for Vire Access Road Segment in section 2.1 —Development Standards. requirentent's vi) In no case do alleys or passages qualify as defining edges of a block. For the purposes of determining block size,alleys and passages must always be Fin considered as part of the interior of a block. kr2'I d it Any development proposed on a single parcel or assembled parcel 1)with Edinger Avenue frontage,2)with a perimeter greater than 1900 feet and 3)located on a block with a block face longer than the Maximum Edinger Avenue Block Face shall provide: (1) At least one new street perpendicular to Edinger Avenue (2) The new street shall create a connection to a Street parallel to Edinger Avenue O 67 ----------- , ....... ------------------ 2.5.4 STREET CONNECTIVITY 2.5-13 REQUIRED EAST-WEST STREET 2.5.6 RESIDENTIAL TRANSITION BOUNDARY CONNECTION STREET 1;FRegulate y: `7 e-91— i) All new Streets shall connect with existing streets and be configured Co allow for future extension whenever possible. i) All properties with a side or rear property line along the plan area boundaries i) A street shall be located along the Residential Transition Zone boundary ii) Dead end streets and new gated internal streets shall not be permitted. and indicated in the map below shall contribute to a connected vehicular through within the Plan area.As shown in Fig 2.5 6 Residential Transition Boundary street parallel to Edinger Avenue Street. lit) In order to maintain the accessibility provided by the block structure of the it) Newly constructed segments ofthis street shall establish vehicular it) Newly constructed segments ofthis street shall establish vehicular corridor,existing public streets or alleys may not be closed permanently unless the connections with segments previously constructed on adjacent properties, connections with segments previously constructed on adjacent properties closure is part of the provision of a network ofnew streets that provide equivalent mobility and satisfy all street regulations. in) Street segments shall be configured to allow for future extension whenever in) The provision of this street satisfies the required east-west street connection possible. requirement. II rv) Coordinate transition of the street segments for each section a �!J ----- -------------- NEW STREET ————---——— r NE DEVELOWPMENT i� GoldefiWest St AI JEXIST f DEVELOPME NT �Tq�4 2.5.6 RESIDENTIM,TRANSITION BOUNDARY STREET Gothard Sit ------ 77� 7 7— -7,7 :W A U Im 71 'Gialdeiawe4Si. 'mot f F C, M & 145 g L IT,g Bea�h Blvd'' "M C % olthirdStk' Z M, z w 'RESIDENTIAL TRANSITION NEAR EDINGER Aw FIG.2.5.5 REQUIRED EAST-WEST STREET CONNECTION � i R RESIDENTIAL TRANSITION NEAR 5-POINTS 68 Sf 2.5.7 STREET TYPES (NEW STREET DESIGN) ree ust_dated in 8A In instances where new streets are required(e g to satisfy the Maximum Block 4 CKOfSIDEWALK BACK OF EIDK► I a) Size regulations)as well as in instances where now streets are voluntarily provided Organize the primary public realm to create an environment suitable for shopping by property developers,such new streets shall be designed in accordance with the regulations provided in this section and strolling along active retail, eating, and entertainment uses City Street sidewalks should be wide and unobstructed to provide ample room for pedestrians ___sL The configuration and design of new streets is regulated by specifying a range : :to walk,and to encourage activities including outdoor during,locations for kiosks, of permitted Street Types that fit contextually within each Corridor Center and food carts,and flower stalls. Segment Any of the permitted Street Types may be selected for application on a property within a single Corridor Center and Segment,provided that 1)a single ' - ih-, street type is employed continuously for the entire block;2)streets being installed b)_"PMiStHat Zoe iI to satisfy Maximum Block Size requirements may not be Alleys or Passages;and 3) li i) Each block shall have a single species of moderately large,open-habit coordinate transition ofthe street segments for each section 'deciduous trees The range of Street Types permitted within each Corridor Center and Segment is STREET 66 ROW(TYPICAL) -- (1) Trees shall be located in planting wells with flush mounted tree grates at specified in the Development Standards Chart for each Corridor Center and Segment, the back of curb with a maximum spacing of forty(40)feet on-center or 0AF The design standards specified for each permitted Street Type are detailed in the text in the parking zone.Special sub-surface construction is required to allow and illustrations set forth for each Street Type in the sections below for proper tree growth and health :4 BACK OF SIDEWALK BACK OF SIDEWALKO- At` Note.Construction ofall street sections requires Fue Department approval. See the ( ) Trees sae selected an maintained in a way that provides unobstructed I Planning Director, I I 4--.� I A, 2 T shall b ltdd tid - views to showroom windows and building signage. 4 ii) Decorative pedestrian-scale street lighting in sidewalk with a maximum spacing of80 feet on-center Light source should be located twelve to fourteen '(12-14)feet above finished grade. t'iEr i) On-street parking oriented parallel or at a forty-five(45)degree angle to the STREET 90 ROW(TYPICAL) it) Each block shall have a single species of moderately large,open-habit deciduous trees Fm.2.5.7. RE I) CITY STET 1) Trees shall be located in Curbed planting wells or flush tree grates every two(2)parking spaces at forty-eight(48)feet on-center. C O 1 69 ..................... —----- 2) Public Open S�ice with_00St - �-3) Neiiihb- 0 rk6od Street Illustrated in JRACK OF SIDEWALK illustrated inTigure 2.5.1-2) 15.7:3 BACK OF SIDEWALK BACKOF SIDEWALK[] p Purpose irip Physically define the edges of Imear green, square, or plaza i Provide an intimate and attractive neighborhood street that is R: i intended as a narrow street to ensure slow moving vehicular traffic with a streetscape environment that enhances the value of its A 777 surroundings __sL and create a livable environment A W, fiediiii-la-iii Zqne__ ...... I) Each block shall have a single species of moderately large, I) Each block shall have a single species of moderately large open-habit deciduous trees shade trees with maximum spacing of thirty(30)feet on-center 5 L' __� ... SID[wnLK =2� 'S"D'E'IS'= TRAITI —1 Irl kl (1) Trees shall be located in planting wells with flush (1) Trees may be located in planting wells(with or without mounted tree grates at the back of curb with a maximum EET ROW U ROW MIN 1� : STREET 58'ROW MIN STIR' flush mounted tree grates) at the back of curb, in spacing of forty(40)feet on-center.Special sub-surface continuous planting strips a maximum of eight(8)feet construction is required to allow for proper tree growth wide located along the back ofcurb,and/or in the Parking j4BACK OF SIDEWALK and health. Zone.In all instances special sub-surface construction is (2) Trees shall be maintained in a way that provides required to allow for proper tree growth and health. j4 BACK OF 51DEWALK BACK OF SIDEWALK unobstructed views to showroom windows and building ii) Native/water efficient,low groundcovei s and shrubs,ubs,which signage. ; require minimal irrigation and a low level of maintenance,must 'V! ii) Decorative pedestrian-scale street fighting in sidewalk with I e 44,11 OR located wit un planting strips a maximum spacing of 80 feet on-center. Light source should be i a I in) Decorative pedestrian-scale street lighting shall be provided located twelve to fourteen(12-14)feet above finished grade within the sidewalk at a maximum spacing of ninety(90)feet 41 on center and staggered in relation to the street lights on the '0__Piiirk Z sidewalk across the street. Light source should be located twelve ( grade. i I The street shall include on-street parking oriented parallel to to fourteen 12-14)feet above finished the curb. STREET Be STREET S8ROW MIN one I) he street shall include on-street parking oriented parallel to the curb jr'r" if Where open space is along a travel lane,a one(1)foot wide, �413ACK OF SIDEWALK paved safety stepping area along the curb shall be included. in) Each block shall have a sing moderately le species of large, JJEACK OF SIDEWALK BACK OF SIDEWALKIj A. ;open-habit deciduous trees 'IV tree grates every two(2)parking spaces at forty-eight (1) Trees shall be located in curbed planting wells or flush --4L (48)feet on-center.Special sub-surface construction is required to allow for proper tree growth and health Az (2) Where trees are located in the Parking Zone,trees in the Pedestrian Zone are encouraged to be staggered between the trees in parking lanes and evenly spaced for the length —EL D,NE OPEI S—E fthe street '�="T T-11E 'E"Al —E-1 o T, IwA STREET ROW:4/ROW MIN STREET-ROW-1. nuI FiG.2.5.7.-2) PUBIAC OPEN SPACE i) The planting strip shall include a one(1)foot wide,paved FIG.2.5.7.-3) NEIGHBORHOOD STREET WITH CITY STREET auto passenger landing located along the back of'curb. ii) The median shall include a one(1)foot wide,paved safety stepping area along the curbs on both sides. 70 blk-,JOg K S pace, i ejj 6 f, 00 i4BACK OF SIDEWALK illustrated re IA°7 it ALLEY kJ qse.,- ��, � ,I"V..�" , Me,��" ,, : RIGHT-0 F. — x��III - M iNew Alleys may be constructed to provide vehicular and Physically define the edges of linear green of square with 11�sL pedestrian access to rear yard garages, carriage homes and a stre(scape environment that enhances the value of its e fis service areas surroundings, n z . ..... I) Alley right-of-way shall be a minimum of twenty(20)feet �1) Each block shall have a single species ofinoderately a"ARSVAcfwhen serving residential development T I large shade trees with maximum spacing of thirty(30)feet on- center. ii) Alley right-of-way shall be a minimum of twenty-four jjBACK OF SIDEWALK (24)feet when serving commercial development (1) Trees may be located in planting wells(with or without i in) The Alley must be entirely paved(Permeable/Pervious flush mounted tree grates)at the back of curt)or in I continuous planting strips a maximum of eight(8)feet Paving materials are highly recommended for alley paving). i wide located along the back of curb In both instances _-SL 4 ALLEY iv) Street lights compatible with those required on R1.1,11-01-WAY special sub-surface construction is required to allow Neighborhood Streets shall be provided at a minimum for proper tree growth and health i spacing of one hundred(100)feet Lighting fixtures may be in) Native/water efficient,low groundcovers and shrubs, freestanding in alley setback areas,or may be attached to which require minimal irrigation and a low level of garage structures. V maintenance,must be located within planting strips. v) When used to provide pedestrian access,state and federal I sTREEr Row so'Row Min ADA requirements shall be met in) Decorative pedestrian-scale street lighting shall be provided within the sidewalk at a maximum spacing of ninety i4BACK OF SIDEWALK (90)feet on-center and staggered in relation to the street lights on the sidewalk across the street. Light source should be I rr located twelve to fourteen(12-14)feet above finished grade P Zan J i) The street shall include on-street parking oriented parallel to the curb i,4) 'ZarrdrngA "'I'lair ii) The planting strip shall include a one(1)foot wide,paved J43ACK Of SIDEWALK auto passenger landing located along the back of curb. it) Where open space is along a travel lane,a one(1)foot I wide,paved safety stepping area along the curb shall be included. V4 FIG.2.5.7. 4) PUBLIC OPLN SPACE WITH NEIGHBORHOOD STRLrT 71 BOOK 11: DEVELOPMENT CODE 2.6 OPEN SPACE REGULATIONS 2.6.2 SPECIAL PUBLIC OPEN SPACE 2.6.3 PROVISION OF PRIVATE OPEN SPACE REQUIREMENT This section contains Regulations and Guidelines for the provision and design of The following special requirement applies to development within the area shown in E10C�etfiiitioD _ open spaces and landscaping elements other than new streets which are covered in Fig.2 6.2 Town Center Neighborhood Map i) Private Open Spaces are privately controlled outdoor spaces that are Section 2.5. They are designed to ensure that publicly accessible open spaces are extensions of private indoor open space. provided and built with the quality necessary and care necessa to ensure the development y Ef _L, rijmary-primary -n Space T of a varied network of well used,inter-connected public spaces that enhance the it) Private Open Spaces are privately owned and maintained livability of the Plan Area i) At least one Primary Public Open Space larger than a'/2 acre shall be ' provided. r!F—,�R eio-11, 2.6.1 PROVISION OF PUBLIC OPEN SPACE ii) The Primary Open Space shall count toward all affected developments' i) The amount of Private Open Space required shall be as specified for each 1) Definition Provision of Public Open Space requirements. Corridor Center and Segment in section 2.1 -Development Standards in) All affected properties shall contribute to the construction cost of the Primary n) Private Open Spaces shall be designed as one of the Private Open Space i) Public Open Spaces are outdoor spaces that are accessible to the public and Open Space. Types defined in section 2.6.5-Private Open Space Types, include seating,lighting and landscaping. They may or may not be sheltered from the elements. iv) The Primary Public Open Space shall be centrally located within the Town in) Private Open Space shall be built by developers as development occurs. it) Public Open Spaces can be publicly or privately owned and maintained Center Neighborhood(The exact location of the Primary Open Space may be iv) Required maximum setback areas shall not be counted towards Provision Of determined by developers but must be determined before development occurs). Private Open Space requirements. 9F_Rej_UFat_ion - v) The Primary Public Open Space shall be a green,square,or plaza,see Sector 16 4-Public Open Space Types v Private Open Space shall not be exposed to utility,service,or loading areas. i) The amount of Public Open Space required shall be as specified for each a. Corridor Center and Segment in section 2.1,-Development Standards. vi) The Primary Public Open Spaces shall abut public streets,alleys or passages ii) Public Open Spaces shall be designed as one of the Public Open Space Types or abut a public easement for vehicular/pedestrian access on at least three sides. defined in section 2 6 4- in) Public Open Space shall be built within the development area by developers as development occurs iv) In instances where small or awkwardly shaped properties make the provision jl _ 0. of on-site public open space impractical,the Planning Director may permit the in- heir payment of the cost to construct the required amount of usable open space off site. v) At the discretion of the Planning Director,required open space maybe constructed off site and/or as part of a larger public open space being provided by the City or other private developments. 3Requirements i) All Public Open Spaces shall abut public rights-of-way or be otherwise connected to public sidewalks and shall be open to the public twenty-four(24) hours a day. At the discretion of the Public Works Director/Designee,public access to a Public Open Space may be restricted after dark. ii) Unless otherwise specified in 2.6.4.Public Open Space Types,the minimum width of a Public Open Space shall be twenty(20)feet. > iii) All Public Open Spaces shall be visible from surrounding streets and avoid masses of shrubs around edges. 0 Edinger Ave. F_-Y— Fw.2.6.2 TOWN CENTER NEIGHBORHOOD MAP -7-3 ---------- 2.6.4 PUBLIC OPEN SPACE TYPES gj", �drffloc Green Public open spaces within the Plan Area shall be designed as one of the i) A square located in the "middle" of block for community Public Open Space Types defined in this section. Guidelines for design recreation are provided in Section 2.6.8. it) ACourtyard Square shall be spatially defined by building heritages on all sides Park in) Landscaping consists of paths,lawns or ornamental grasses,and W i) An open space available for community recreation,and respite trees from the city. iv) Courtyard Squares shall connect to a public right of way through it) A park may be independent of'surrounding building frontages. a network of Passages/paseos and/or stairways and shall be ADA ;V4 in) Landscaping consists of naturalistic/informal paths and trails, accessible. xsx meadows,water-bodies,woodland and open shelters. v) Courtvard Squares shall be a minimum oftbirty(30)feet along the I) PARK 5)MID-BLOCK GIMEN East-West axis and twenty(20)feet along the North-South axis. iv) Parks are larger than the maximum block size. They typically separate districts;large parks are districts in their own right vi) Courtyard Squares shall not exceed the maximum block size. v) Park shall be adjacent to a public street or an casement for ',_6 ibr ard Plaza' vehicular/pedestrian access "011, it Aplaza located nuke"middle"ofa block for community recreation ecreation 2 'Linear Green and commercial activities i) A long,narrow open space available for community recreation and it) A Courtyard Plaza shall be spatially defined by buildings on at civic purposes. least three(3)sides it A linear green shall be surrounded by streets on all sides. in) Landscaping is primarily enhanced/enriched hardscape. F. iii) Landscaping consists of lawns of ornamental grasses and shrubs, iv) Courtyard Plazas shall connect to a public right of way through paths,and trees. ADA a network of Passages/paseos and/or stairways and shall be '.F accessible. 2) LINEAR GREEN 6)COURTYARD PLAZA CD rv) Linear greens shall not exceed the inaxiinuin block size. N Courtyard Plazas shall be a minimum ofthitr GL v) A linear green must be at least fifteen 15)feet wider than either of v(30)feet along the East-West axis and twenty(20)feet along the'Norili-South axis. vi) Courtyard Plazas shall not exceed a size of one fifth(1/5)a exceed 100 feet. its flanking streets. In shopping districts linear greens should not ere i) An open space available for community recreation and civic it A pedestrian only connector passing between buildings to provide z., P�Sq La 7 t/77 L purposes. shortcuts through long blocks and access to rear parking are courtyards. 411 it) A square is a free standing city block,it shall be spatially defined by building frontages and streets on all sides it) Passages/Paseos shall link two or more public spaces as or AL, in) Landscaping consists of paths,lawns or ornamental grasses and in) Passages/Paseos shall be a minimum often (10) feet and a trees. maximum of twenty(20)feet in width. iv) Squares shall be located at the intersection of important streets iv) Walking sm face is primarily enriched/entranced hardscape 3) SQUARE 7) PASSAGE/PASEO Squares shall not exceed the maximum block size. 8 �ipckct P7ark/p ayground i) A pocket park is a small open space designed for recreation tion of i) An open space available for civic purposes,commercial activities, nearby residents:a playground is a small open space equipped for children to play in while being supervised by adults. and conturunity recreation. ii) A Pocket Park/Playground shall be a minimum of thirty(30)feet > it) A plaza shall be open to by a public street on at least one side. along the East-West axis and twenty(20)feet along the North- in) Plazas should be located at the intersection of primary pedestrian South axis �j routes. in) A Pocket Park/Playground shall not be located on the comer of a xi iv) Landscaping is primarily enhanced/enriched hardscape. block where build-to-comer is required(see section 2.4.9) C v) Plazas shall not exceed one(1)acres. iv) A pocket park may be primarily paved with enriched/enhanced ME �4 RE hardscape or landscaped,a playground should have the character vi) The ground level frontage(s)not separated from the plaza by ofa small park, 4) PLAZA 8) POCKET PARK/PLAYGROUND public streets shall be primarily lined with shopfronts. 74 _. .._ 8.6.5 PRIVATE OPEN SPACE TYPES in) Gardens and green roots are encouraged to help minimize heat sinks and to vii)Non-Priority projects are encouraged to include Treatement Control r pre-treat water from storms prior to it entering the storm dram system BMPs Private Open Spaces shall be designed as one of the Public Open Space Types defined in this section, C011y vita Refer to www ocwatersheds corMstonnwaterprogram for further r, •" °�'�" information about Source Conti of BMPs,Site Design BMPs and Treatment ° - .Rm i) An outdoor space extending from a private upper floor ofa building,which is Control BMPs ! " C)'�"Courtyard= r,:� ;, �,,. <�•::. . ��� .�___�-_.� accessed directly fiom a secondary unit entrance. —rt-•-—:---•—:-�-�----4—'-- [3) ty Po� i) A private or privately shared r eets vatelp shared internal open space enclosed by buildings on at i least 2 sides,and b buildings or walls on at least three(3)sides ii) Access to a Balcony shall be limited to the dwelling served. Y b i) A project is a Priority Project if it meets airy of the following criteria in) The minimum dimensions for a Balcony in any single direction shall be four ' it) Courtyards shall be a minimum of thirty(30)feet along the East-West axis (1) Residential development of 10 units of more -� and twenty(20)feet along the North-South axis. (4)feet. (2) Commercial and industrial development greater than 100,000 square feet , in) Landscaping may consist of enriched/enhanced hardscape and/or planted 2.6.6 STORMNVATER BEST MANAGEMENT including parking area areas including water efficient lawns,trees,plants in pots,fountains,etc. PRACTICES (3) Automotive repair shops(SIC codes 5013,5014,5541,7532-7534,and iv) Courtyards located over parking podiums shall be designed to avoid the Water pollution degrades surface waters making them unsafe for drinking,fishing, 7536-7539) sensation of forced podium hardscape through the use of ample landscaping and and swimming The 1972 amendments to the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (4) Restaurants where the land area of development is 5,000 square feet or enriched paving with planters. prohibit the discharge of any pollutant to navigable waters unless the discharge is authorized by a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System(NPDES) more including parking area(SIC code 5812) " v) Private yard spaces may include edge walls or fences,provided that their permit.Since 1990,the City of Huntington Beach has been required to:1)develop (5) Hillside development on 10,000 square feet of more,which are located on inclusion does not violate Building Orientation or Private Frontage Treatment & implement a stormwater management program designed to prevent harnif rl areas with known erosive soil conditions or where natural slope is twenty- .. requirements pollutants from being washed by stormwater runoff,into the storm drain system,and five percent or more __ 2)obtain a NPDES permit The City's NPDES Permit requires new development - [2),Private Yard plong-term p g (6) Impervious surface of 2,500 square feet or more located within,directly Z and significantredevelo menttominimizeshortandim acts onreceivin �" - water quality to the maximum extent practicable. adjacent to(within 200 feet),or discharging directly to receiving waters O I F, i) A side yard or rear yard(excluding required setback areas)which is accessed within Environmentally Sensitive Areas b second unit entrances The City's General Plan and Local Coastal Program also include development goals J Y m3' O (7) Parking Lots 5,000 square feet ofmore,or with 15 parking spaces or more, and policies that include stormwater management;including landscaping policies (9 , it) The primary access to a Private Yard shall be from the dwelling(s)served and requirements,open space goals and policies,preservation or integration with potentially exposed to urban stormwater runoff natural features,and water conservation policies (8) Gas Station modification(Underground storage tank,fuel islands,canopy w iii) The minimum dimensions for a Private Yard in any single direction shall be U eight(8)feet. --•��-------------- replacement of installations) [l) Definitrt►n = ---� �- (9) New/raw land(previously underdeveloped)that includes 5,000 or more Z iv) Landscaping consists primarily of planted areas including water efficient Stomiwater Best Management Practices (BMPs) are methods minimizing the square feet of pervious surface. �} plantings of,lawns,trees,plants in pots,etc.and may be combined with a Porch effect of urbanization on site hydrology,urban runoff flow rates,or velocities,and O°9•• Pollutant loads (f 0)All Significant Redevelopment projects,where Significant Redevelopment v Private ands aces may include edge walls or fences,provided that their Y P Y b P is defined as the addition of5,000or more square feet ofimpervioussurface inclusion does not violate Building Orientation or Private Frontage TreatmentRegu a1 t1011,`- __ _ A-�-- on an already developed site. Significant Redevelopment includes,but is requirements. i) As outlined in Section limited to:Section 2 6-7, new developments and significant i C� POI C,1 redevelopments are required to incorporate a minimum level of stormwater (a) L'xpunsion ofa budding foolprin! management Best Management Practices(BMPs)that will allow for the j i) A patio,porch,terrace,or other platform extending from or adjacent to a implementation of innovative, effective, cost effective, multi-beneficial (b) Addition qfa budding and'or structure w building at the round floor which is accessed b secondary unit entrant s. BMPs. O b b Y ry eO (cJ Addition oJm:impervious surface,such as construction of a `O ii mama facilities shall be designed as one of the new parking lot that is not part ofa routine maintenance acbrtly. it) The primary access to a Patio/Terrace shall be from the dwelling(s)served- ) Stormwater management 6 E✓ Stormwater BMP Types defined in section 2.6.7 Stormwater BMP Types (d) Replacement oJtmpervmus surJace.c,htdldmg andlor W in) The minimum dimensions for a Patio/Terrace in any single direction shall be and illustrated in Fig.2.6.7 Stormwater Management Types. .structures irhen 5,000 or more square•%el of soul is exposed during a eight(8)feet replacement construction. Replacement does not include routine O iii)Priority Projects shall include Source Control and Treatment Control BMPs. maintenance activities,trenching and resurfacing associated w ,-ROOftop 1)eCk or iardCll y'�-•' '` "-a�w_-- -t m nh unhty work,resurfacing and reconfiguring the surface of w iv)Priority Projects shall include Site Design BMPs where applicable and parking lots(unless 5,000 or more square feel of impervious A i) A private or privately shared deck or yard on the roof ofa building. feasible. is added to the existing parking lot urea)or reconfiguration qf ii) The minimum dimensions for a Rooftop Deck or Garden in any,single v) Non-Priority Projects shall include Source Control BMPs. pedestrian ramps and replacement of damaged parement x direction shall be eight(8)feet. vi)Non-Priority Projects shall include Site Design BMPs where applicable O and feasible. 75 2.6.7 STORMWATER BMP TYPES 4 -k- - captured by the system during storms can be stored for reuse or slowly 7 a*ptiw 6� d 4 lit d released at pre-development rates. Stormwater management facilities shall be designed as one of the following i) Green Roof Stormwater BMP Types. Additional information on the design,construction,and (2) Water stored in the system can be used for irrigation or treated for other potable water uses. (1) A roof ofa building that is partially of completely covered with vegetation firictionality of stormwater management facilities can be found in the California and soil. The soil reduces run-off rates and the vegetation reduces runoff volume. Stormwater BMP(Best Management Practices)Handbook. in) Rainwater Harvesting/Retention Vault The roofincludes a waterproofing membrane and may also include additional layers such as a root barrier and drainage and irrigation systems. FIFg-7— MfS— ter and 19 , (1) A structure with a permanent pool of water that captures stormwa Minimize or prevent potential pollutants from contacting rainwater or stormwater retains it between storms Water held in the system can be stored for reuse it) Vegetated Swale/Strip runoff or to prevent discharge of contaminated runoff to the storm drain system or or slowly released at pre-development rates, (1) A vegetated channel designed and maintained to transport shallow depths receiving waters, (2) This management type is useful when there is insufficient space on the site of runoff slowly over vegetation. In most soils,a bio swale also allows to nifiltrate the run off or build a surface facility. stormwater infiltration '7- (3) Water captured in undergiound vaults can be used for irrigation or treated oui&eNiin-Sirdc&raIPRh for other potable water uses Prevent pollution by educating the public on proper disposal of hazardous or toxic -Bi.Swale or wastes, regulatory approaches, street sweeping and facility maintenance, and -Rain Garden detection and elimination of illicit connections and illegal dumping *Stomdrain go i) Detention Basur/Pond into,&pipe cr (1) An open system that captures storinwater temporarily. Water held .underground I in the Vault Prevent potential pollutants from contacting rainwater or stormwater runoff or to system is slowly released at pre-development rates. Permanent pools of prevent discharge of contaminated runoff to the storm drain system or receiving water are not held between storm events waters Reduce the creation or severity of potential pollutant sources or to reduce lit Rainwater Harvesting/Detention Vault •Non-bldPeon—, O Z the alteration of the project site's natural flow regime. Waterscape Paving (1) Astructure that captures stonnwater temporarily.Water held in the system 2) is slowly released at pre-development rates. Permanent pools ofwater are__�:Ite'Desig Landscaped "n Space not held between storm events -LandscaTcd Setback Create a not functional project design that attempts to mimic the natural -Re E Area hydrologic regime. (2) This management type is useful when there is insufficient space oil the site pond ad to infiltrate the runoff or build a surface facility. tii _4ndse ed Setbac Areas pett Spaces _;j -) :Landscaped"l-me Well or Gralod'l'—Wcll a) p Water captured in underground vaults can be used for irrigation or treated oaf Coordinate the site design and landscaping of Front Yard, Side Yard, or Rear for other potable water uses. Yard setback areas and Public or Private Open Spaces to function as part of the stornowater"treatment train"that reduces run-offrates,volumes,quality as much as Fm.2.6.7 STORM WATER MANAGEMENT TYPES possible(see section 2.6.4 and 2.6 5 for open space types and 2.6.8 for Open Space i) Rain Garden Landscaping) (1) A vegetated depression designed and maintained to receive runoff from adjacent impervious areas and slowly infiltrate the water into the ground. 3) Tr6ItmenfControl BMPs___' I , i Remove pollutants from stormwater runoff prior to discharge to the storm drain ii) Landscaped Tree Well system or receiving waters. (1) A landscaped area which can accommodate a tree in an otherwise paved Stormwater management Facilities include,but are not limited to,the following area. The landscaped area is constructed to absorb storinwater as soil O types: infiltration rates permit. in) Grated Tree Well (1) A hole that is covered by a grate which can accommodate a tree in an i) Retention Basin/Pond otherwise paved area used. The hole is constructed to absorb stormwater > (1) An open system with a permanent pool of water that captures stormwater as soil infiltration rates permit La and retains it between storms. Excess water held in the system is slowly released at pre-development rates. iv) Permeable/Pervious Paving (1) Paving materials that allow some stomiwater to infiltrate through the ii) Waterscape paving and into the ground. Types of paving include pervious asphalt, O (1) An open and sculpted pool,fountain or other permanent civic water feature pervious concrete,and permeable unit pavers. that can capture storrawater and retain it between storms. Excess water 76 2.6.8 OPEN SPACE LANDSCAPING 111) Screening and security walls and fences shall not be located such that they qgf q� separate adjacent Front Yards All landscaped areas including those constructed as part of street or sidewalk Public aces improvements should be designed to allow aquifer filtration and minimize stormwater iv) KNOX'li"Fire Department Access Key Box shall be provided Main secured run-off utilizing Stormwater Management BMP Types see section 2.6 7. building entry shall utilize a KNOX""Fire Department Access Key Box,installed i) Public spaces should provide a variety of seating options,areas of sun and shade for year-round climatic comfort,shelter,and night lighting to encourage 4) and in compliance with CiIvSpecocationhl 403,1,irc Access Jar Pedestrian or _3y�llv aqd, cpces VehicularSecurat,Cares&'Buddings public activity and ensure safety. ii) Public spaces should be visible from public streets and sidewalks. Fences gel When designing seat walls with straight edges of more than six(6)feet in length, L2—) kr—eas i Fences along four yards and along side yards hiring public sidewalks should ta:v��ed employ a combination of thick and thin structural elements with thicker elements use detailing to prevent damage from skateboarding. i) The grading of all paved areas and adjacent non-paved areas,the selection for supports and/or panel divisions Fence posts and/or support columns should be of paving materials,and the design of drainage facilities should maximize paving defined using additional trim,caps,finials,and/or moldings. 4j, Materials and 61ors penricability,and be configured to allow water run-offto percolate back into native soil as much as possible 11) All walls should have a cap and base treatment i) All fences and walls should be built with attractive,durable materials that it) Paved areas should incorporate best management practices to control iii) Frontage walls may occur as garden walls,planter walls,seat walls,or low are compatible with the character of the locality(see Section—2 8 Architecture Regulations). stonirwater as outlined in the National Pollution Discharge Elimination System retaining walls (NPDES)Guidelines—for more information refer to btip://epa.gov/npdes/ iv) Entrances and pedestrian"gateways"should be announced by posts or it) Appropriate fence materials include,masonry,and metal, pilasters,and may be combined with trellises,special landscaping,decorative (1) Wood picket fences are only recommended along residential streets. For lighting,public art or other special features. wood picket fences,a paint finish or vinyl coating should be applied. Along other streets wood should not be used a�l- Plant ma-,ieii I I—- :::,C • v) Chain link fencing,barbed wire,razor-wire,and corrugated metal fencing (2) For iron or metal fences,recommended materials include wrought iron, i) Plant materials should always be incorporated into new development site shall not be permitted cast iron,welded steel,tubular steel,anodized aluminum or aluminum. Metal fences should be mounted on a low masonry wall,and/or between design. 1-b �V tO �_qreOtnv!�Ini_Y, __ ,____- ,,"I",_ masonry piers it) Mature,existing trees should be preserved whenever possible i) Side yards-defined as the portion of side setback areas behind the front in) 'Tree sizes should be suitable to the proximity to utility lines and the planting setback area-and rear yards may contain landscape features that protect the in) Appropriate wall materials include stone,brick,precast concrete,textured W areas provided privacy of property's occupants such as landscaping,trees and screening/wing concrete block,or formed concrete with reveals. A stucco finish may be used over walls. Screening/wing walls may not exceed a height of six(6)feet,and must be a masonry core. iv) The use of U.Structural Soil as the sub-surface construction element for constructed of materials that are compatible with the architecture and character (1) Exposed block walls should be constructed with a combination of vaned street trees within paved areas,planter islands and medians is required. of the site Natural colors,a cap or top articulation,and related dimensional post height block courses and/or varied block face colors and textures(e.g.a v) Plant and landscape materials should be selected from native species as well spacing increments should be used at screening fences to enhance compatibility combination ofsplit-face and precision-face blocks).Plain gray precision- 'R as non-native/non-invasive species that are well adapted to the local climatic face concrete block walls are not recommended. Design treatments and r.4, conditions.They should be resistant to local parasites and plant diseases,Turfis 11) Design elements should be used to break tip long expanses of uninterrupted finishes previously described should be applied to these walls for improved highly discouraged, walls,both horizontally and vertically Walls should include design elements such visual compatibility with building architecture. as textured concrete block,interlocking"diamond"blocks,formed concrete with vi) In general,deciduous trees with open branching structures are recommended reveals,or similar materials.Landscape materials should also be used to provide iv) Piers and posts should be constructed of the same or a compatible material as in shopping areas to ensure visibility of shopfronts. More substantial shade trees surface relief. the principal building(s). are recommended in front of private residences. Tree selection shall be made iii) Electric boxes and trees should not be placed nest to walls. These can be used based upon the volume of root space provided and the size of the root flair at to climb over the wall quickly and unnoticed maturity. vii)Evergreen shrubs and trees should be used for screening along rear property lines,around trash/recycling areas and mechanical equipment,and to obscure i) Use of security fences should be minimized,and limited grillwork and fencing associated with subsurface parking garages. However, to special locations > where additional security is necessary,such as adjacent to the railroad tracks. screening should also be designed to maintain clear views of crossing streets and Such security fences should not exceed eight(8)feet in height. sidewalks for safety. ii) Security fences should be designed to maintain a visually open character to the extent possible.This may be accomplished by rising metal picket or open grille fencing or by mounting metal picket or open grille fencing on top of low masonry wall. 77 ........... - ------ ..........I'll------ ........... 7 "R L6�FO-fli erg t7e- , 77_:!F�77 71 7�, urnig i S 3 V_ Color and finish of lighting metalwork should match that of other site furnishings,and/or of the building's metalwork or trim work it Street light furnishing installed as part of the Public Frontage treatment it) For powdercoated finishes,a chemically compatible ultraviolet protectant i Public gathering places and other publicly accessible areas should be detailed requirements shall be as specified by the Public Works Director/Designee. cleat coating is recommended to prevent color fading. with decorative,pedestrian-scaled site furnishings and equipment. it) Lighting fixtures should generally be directed downward from the horizontal iii) Color of lighting source types: in pedestrian-intensive areas,warm white, ii) Seating,freestanding planters,ornamental trash and recycling receptacles, plane of light source to preserve a dark sky and prevent unnecessary light bike racks,drinking fountains,pergolas,trellises,heaters,umbrellas,wind energy efficient source types(with color temperatures specified as 2700 degrees pollution.Exceptions may be made for uplit trees and architectural lighting. screening,and decorative bollards are recommended. Kelvin to 3200 degrees Kelvin)such as metal halide,induction lighting,compact lit) Pedestrian-oriented areas,including walkways and paths,plazas,parking lots, fluorescent,and light-einitting diode(LED)are strongly encouraged. lit) Landscape structures and sculptural objects should reference the human scale and parking structures shall be illuminated to increase safety and provide clear in their overall massing and detailing Ld Rh,6�T, views both to and within the site. "_7 iv) All on-site and building-mounted lighting fixture design should be New area lighting fixtures shall be of the cutofftype to prevent"fight from ------ architecturally compatible with building design and with the character of the being emitted above a horizontal line relative to the point of light source. it Components should be made of durable high quality materials such as painted corridor fabricated steel,painted cast iron,painted cast aluminum,and integrally colored it) New fixtures should use a reflector and/or a refractor system for efficient precast concrete. i v) Unnecessary glare from unshielded Or undiffirised light sources should be distribution of light and reduction of glare. avoided.Commercial buildings and landscaping can be illuminated indirectly by (1) Bollards should be cast iron,cast aluminum,cast anodized aluminum,and concealing light features within buildings and landscaping to highlight attractive lit) New fixtures should not cause glare or transmit it to upper stories of precast concrete. features and avoid intrusion into neighboring properties buildings House-side shields and internal reflector caps should be used to block (2) Recycled materials should be used so long as the finish or look of the light from illuminating residential windows vi) Lighting and planting plans for Public and Private Floorage areas should be material is consistent with or similar to the finishes prescribed above. iv) Small decorative"glow"elements within a luirrinarre are perillitted to emit a .e I visually and aesthetically coordinated.,I i low amount of light above the horizontal it) Colors and finishes of mechanical enclosures and equipment should be S coordinated with colors and finishes of streetlights,fencing and other painted ,b metal surfaces to be used on site,or with the associated building's material and V,,4 1 i) For building-mounted lights,maximum mounting height should be color scheme, U offillu approximately twelve(12)feet above finished grade. j) Building facade uplighting,roof"wash"lighting,and landscape uplighting I Masonry surfaces should be treated with an anti-graffiti coating AN4 should be operated on timers that turn illumination entirely after midnight lit r') it) For pole-mounted lighting at pedestrian plazas,walkways,and entry areas, nightly. iv) Metal surfaces should be powdercoated or painted with Waterborne Acrylic a pedestrian-height fixture ten to fourteen(10 to 14)feet in height from grade to Polyurethane. light source should be used. it) Shielding and careftil placement should be used to prevent spill light from being visible to pedestrians,motorists,and nearby residential dwelling windows. v) For powdercoated finishes,a chemically compatible ultraviolet protectant (1) Tal ler, grand-scale lighting may be used to accent gateways or as cleat coating is recommended to prevent color fading supplementary lighting lit) Adjacent to single family homes,a combination of lower mounting height and lunirriatre shields should be used to protect residences from spill-light and glare. ['�_ -fy-- iii) Bollard mounted lighting and stair lighting are also recommended for low- _e,�Jfift And gerykeAlrea SIttfifg nd S�cfpenitig��, , iv) Illumination levels of facade uplighting,roofwash lighting and landscape level illunimation of walkways and landscaped areas, i) For safety,screening devices shall be designed to maintain visibility of uplighting should use lower brightness levels where the illuminated facades,loots movement behind the screen. iv) Bollard illumination should be shielded or kept at a sufficiently low level to or landscaping face residential buildings,except across wider streets or boulevards prevent glare impacts for passing motorists. with landscaped medians and street trees it) Utility,Trash,Recycling,Food Waste and Service Equipment,including v) In general,height of light sources should be kept low to maintain pedestrian satellite receiving dishes,transformers,and backflow devices,shall be enclosed scale and prevent spill light from impacting adjacent properties. or screened from view by landscaping,fencing or other architectural means. Backflow devices shall be built to the City's latest standards O lit) Trash facilities and recycling containers must always be within structural enclosures. iv) Rooftop equipment must beset back a minimum often(10)feet from building walls,screened on all sides,and integrated into the overall building Odesign. 78 2.6.9 SETBACK AREA LANDSCAPING it,) Multiplespecies in naturalistic pattern.Trees and shrubs of varied species TR and heights should be planted in informal clusters and naturalistic patterns Setback areas shall be landscaped in accuidance with the following regulations. evoking a park-like setting when viewed from the primary thoroughfare. V �,,q,Fjneter Mock Setbac�A A- P�fr 6 , 0 7 Oceanside Imagery At least half ofthe trees and shrubs should incorporate Plant material featuring palm fronds or other forms associated with proximity to The following setback area treatments are permitted Or required as specified for N the beach each Corridor Center and Segment in Section 2.1-Level opmel i t S tail dard s for froll t and side yard setback areas located between buildings and public streets other that) ri) Screen Walls. Screen walls and fences should be visually appealing and well alleys. The disposition of[he front setback zone is further illustrated and addressed 'in crafted extensions of the architecture of the development. The overall height of in Section 2 4 3-Private Frontage Types decorative walls or fences shall not exceed eight(8)feet,and must conform to standaids and guidelines in section 2.6.8-item 4)-Walls&Fences. a) -side,walk-E-x-t en-s-i on i) Where minimum sidewalk widths established in Public Frontage Types BOUIBVQYlILands standards result in the extension of the sidewalk width on to private property, t) Coordinated hrontage. The treatment of the public frontage and private Such sidewalk extensions must be at the same grade and provide no obstructions, frontage should be coordinated to provide a cohesive and unified landscape edges or barriers to access between portions of the public and private property,a treatment Public Access Easement shall be provided for the sidewalk extension and must be granted to the City it) I isuul Accent to Boulevard-Oriented Development Landscaping or a combination of landscaping and decorative low walls or metal rail fencing should ii) Construction staging should be organized to allow the construction of the provide visual accent softening effect between the sidewalk and buildings,but entire sidewalk(within and outside of the public right-of-way)at the same time. -ances should not be so dense as to obscure visibility of buildings and entrances from the Z in) Paving material and design should be the same as or sufficiently similar to the primary thoroughfare. in) Complete coverage ofSethack 7one Living groundcover or decorative portion within the public right-of-way to create the effect of a single pedestrian tA. walkway. paving materials,accented by trees and shrubs must cover all setback areas other 44 H t V than those covered by the public sidewalk,walkways connecting to building iv) No trees are required in the setback zone(other than those back-of-curb,as entrances,in pernutted access ways(pedestrian or vehicular)to parking facilities specified in Public Frontage requirements) Those tress within the Public ROW may require Sub Surface Construction to facilitate growth and minimize hardscape Landscaping should include a minimum average of one(1)tree that reaches at It damage n least twerity-five(25)feet in canopy height at maturity,for every forty(40)feet f linear frontage. Palms should be placed in the foreground to facilitate the beach 0 image and increase ease visibility and canopy trees should be places in the background or side yards to frame buildings and provide screening. Approval required by it Coordinatedh)-onlage The treatment of the public frontage and private Planning Director/Designee. J, & �frontage should be coordinated to provide a cohesive and unified landscape r4 n) Linvied number ol'species in regular pattern.Within a single development, treatment. That is,the sidewalk should run between parkway strip landscaping primarily trees and shrubs should be a single or at most two species,with one preferably (a portion ofthe Public Frontage),and setback area landscaping(all or pi within the Private Frontage area)that are easily identifiable as a single,cohesive the same as that used in the public median Trees and shrubs should be planted design(Public easements may be required) in regular or formal patterns or equally spaced clusters to emphasize the civic character of the boulevard. it) Screening. Landscaping or a combination of landscaping and decorative '7777 walls or fences should provide substantial screening of buildings and interior r) Oceanside Imagery. At least half ofthe trees and shrubs should incorporate plant material featuring palm fronds or other forms associated with proximity to spaces from view from(and of)the main thoroughfare the beach. in) GramGramlandscape. Living groundeover,trees and shrubs must cover all setback areas other than those covered by the public sidewalk,pedestrian vi) Screen Walls. Screen walls and fences should be visually appealing and well walkways connecting to building entrances,or permitted access ways(pedestrian crafted extensions of the architecture of the development The overall height of > decorative walls or fences shall not exceed three(3)feet,and must conform to and/or vehicular)to parking facilities.Notwithstanding the presence of decorative -item 4)-Walls&Fences Y screening walls,landscaping should include a minimum average of three(3)trees standards and guidelines in section 2 6.8 -A that reach at least twenty-five(25)feet in canopy height at maturity,for every thirty(30)feet of linear frontage-the trees maybe distributed irregularly over the frontage area, Sub Surface Construction may be required to accommodate root Fi(_2.6.9- fr Fw.2.6.9- PARKWAYgrowth. BOULEVARD 79 2T�ntet.Wr-�ffiqck �tb—ak AreasTN—K-g. 1) Visual Continuity along Blocktruni. Setback areas along a development Setback Areas located between properties,i.e all rear setback areas,for side setback areas not located between buildings and public streets,as well as for setback areas should provide a visually coherent and continuous green landscape design along mid-block alleys and that are not covered by pedestrian or vehicular passages/ Adjacent developments should strive to create strong visual relationships for air breezeways,or parking lots(see section 2.7 3 for parking lot landscaping)shall 7 entire block frontage be landscaped as specified for each Corridor Center and Segment in section 2 1— a) Green Setback Area Living groundcover accented by trees and shrubs Development Standards,in accordance with the following standards, must cover all setback areas other than those covered by the public sidewalk, ""' c'o" . walkways connecting to building entrances,or permitted access ways(pedestrian Giby dver or vehicular)to parking facilities. Lawns are discouraged due to their high i) Cover side and rear yard areas with landscaping,pervious surfaces consisting water requirement. Landscaping should include a minimum average of one(1) of, deciduous or broadleaf evergreen tree that reaches at least twenty-five(25)feet in canopy height at maturity,for every residential unit enfironting the sidewalk,or for (1) Living groundcover or other pervious surfaces such as decomposed every thirty(30)feet of linear frontage,whichever is greater. granite,mulch,rocks,and boulders accented by shrubs 7 in) Screen Walls. Screen walls and fences should be visually appealing and well b)-,--Moderate-screen�n � cfalled extensions of the architecture of the development. Front yard fences along residential projects should be positioned just inside of the planted area,leaving i) Provide light visual separation along property lines consisting of a portion of setback area landscaping between fence and sidewalk The overall (1) Landscaping that screens parking/service areas and blank side and rear height of decorative walls or fences shall not exceed three(3)feet,and must building facades. conform to standards and guidelines in section 2.6 8—item 4)-Walls&Fences (2) Landscaping that maintains views to building entrances and sigriage (3) One(I)tree per thirty(30)linear feet of property line(excluding curb cuts)spaced regularly along the applicable property line rYj (4) One(1)shrub per five(5)linear feet of frontage(excluding curb cuts) (5) Living groundcover or other pervious surfaces such as decomposed r4 granite,mulch,rocks,and boulders accented by shrubs Vag q) 'H'ayjl Screening- i) Provide heavy visual separation along property lines of Retail Anchor, Entertainment/Recreation,Commercial Services,Commercial Goods,and Vehicle Sales uses consisting of. (1) Landscaping that screens parking/service areas and blank side and rear building facades (2) One(1)small tree or palm per twenty(20)linear feet of property line (excluding curb cuts)spaced regularly along the applicable property line O (3) Solid screening at least six(6)feet high utilizing:hedges,screening walls or fences Z (4) Living groundcover or other pervious surfaces such as decomposed 0. granite,mulch,rocks,and boulders accented by shrubs 80 BOOK II:DEVELOPMENT CODE A 50 _._.. ---- --- - -' - - .- - - ------ I 2.7 PARKING REGULATIONS 2•7•2 PARKING TYPES A property's permitted parking types are determined by Corridor Center or Segment. This section contains standards and guidelines to ensure that parking throughout the For all parking types,parking shall be connected with the street by a driveway(as Plan Area is convenient and accessible,accommodates all land uses,and reinforces stated under Access in Section 2.7.3). the desired character of each Corridor Center and Segment. For detached single-family homes,only garages,car ports,and driveways shall be permitted. Z.y I PROVISION OF PARKING [) Surface Parking'Lot-Front' [IJRegulation ' _ A parking lot that is located between a building and the street. it The minimum and maxinmm number of parking spaces to be provided by all _ __,_- i net new development shall be as specified for each Corridor Center and Segment �),*;SUrface�Carking Lot; in section 2 1.—Development Standards. A parking lot that is located in part or entirely along the side of a building,in a side ii) Net new on-street parking spaces provided along new streets(see section yard,and fully or partially extends toward,but does not intrude into,the front yard setback area. i 2.5.1—Provision of New Streets)or service lanes may be counted toward the i nuuimum parking requirement for commercial development on that property ¢ _ ,_- D)Surface'Parking• of-r Rear � in) Minimum parking requirements may be reduced in developments where it can A parking lot where a building(s)is located between the parking lot and the street. A j be demonstrated that shared parking facilities will meet parking demand without rear parking lot does not extend beyond the rear wall of the primary building into any providing separate facilities for each use side yard setback and,except where driveway access is provided Rear parking lots (1) Mixed use developments are eligible to be considered for reductions in the should be screened from the street. minimum parking requirements . ;Urface ParkingA ot-Exposed '5' ; (2) Mixed use projects will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis by the A parking lot that is located fully or partially behind a building facing a front street and a ` Planning Director/Designee, is exposed to a street on 2 or more sides Viv) For phvsically constrained properties. , _ w [) Parking Structure-Exposed a '1 (1) The number of Parking spaces required may be reduced by the amount An above-ground parking structure that is fully or partially exposed to the street on the of Public Open Space provided for the development over and above c ground level. the required minimum at 200 square feet per space with a maximum ai q q P P ___ __ reduction for non-residential development often(10)parking spaces and a -parkingStrueture—�'Vrapped•`GroundLevel py maximum reduction for residential development offive(5)parking spaces. 1 Applications to provide Public Open Space in lieu of parking spaces on a Partially submerged the r above-ground parking structure al n g where non-parking uses are integrated into the ground level of the building along the parcel's entire street site will be reviewed by the Community Development Director frontage(s). The parking stricture may be exposed to the street on upper levels [)"ark'ing Stt"ructure-Wrapped: I Levels w A partially submerged or above-ground parking structure where non-parking uses are U integrated into the building along the parcel's entire street frontage(s)on all levels of p. the building. The parking structure is totally hidden behind non-parking uses. z a �; Parking"Structuure='partially Submerged ftdifum A parking structure built below the main building and partially submerged underground jwhere above ground portions of the structure are exposed to the street. w A The parking podium may project above the sidewalk or average finished grade by a r: maximum offive(5)feet x [9) Par ingfructure.—` derground - Q A parking stricture that is fully submerged underground and is not visible four the street. I 82 �T 1)SURFACE PARKING LOT-FRONT rRFFr 7)PARKING STRUCTURE-WRAPPED:ALL LEVE'I• I I I i 4) SURFACE PARKING LOT-EXPOSED 9 9 d �9 O FT b y e Potl 4er9e IL 2)SURFACE PARKING LOT-SIDE ) PARKING STRUCTURE-EXPOSED 8) PARKING STRUCTURE-WRAPPED:AI,I,LEVEL - - -- i htler9rp i��, o 3)SURFACE PARKING LOT-REAR Pa 6)PARKING STRUCTURE'-WRAPPED:GROUNU 9 LEVEL, )PARKING STRUCTURE-UNDERGROUND ----- 2.7.3 GENERAL PARKING REQUIREMENTS 2).:�Parking 2.7.4 PARKING GUIDELINES Access Parking lots shall be setback a minimum of five feet from the back-of-sidewalk it Exterior driveway surfaces should be paved with non-slip,attractive surfaces along streets. such as interlocking unit pavers or scored and colored concrete. it Access to parking facilities and loading areas shall be provided from alleys or adjacent parking lots wherever possible. Residential parking should be secure and separate from the commercial uses, ii) Ifalleys are not available,access to parking facilities and loading areas shall it Parking lots shall be buffered from adjacent development with moderate in) Driveways should utilize pavement treatments that help motorists and be provided From local streets wherever side streets are available When alot screening(see section 2.6 8). pedestrians identiA the driveway. abuts an artei ial highway and a local street,access to on-site parking shall be front it) In order to provide shade and add trees to the City,continuous rows of ar Ing Ats.", the local street parking stalls shall be subdivided by trees planted at a minimum spacing of one tree every five spaces i Trees in parking areas should be large and have a high-branching,broad- in) if neither alleys,adjacent parking lots,nor local streets are available,access to headed form to create maximum shade. parking facilities and loading as approved by the Public Works Director/Designee. (1) Trees shall be located between the sides ofangled or perpendicular parking stalls Trees planted between two abutting head-to-head parking stalls do ii) Curbed planting areas should be provided at the end of each parking aisle to __CarO Y protect parked vehicles from turning movements of other vehicles. not satisfy the requirement. It should be anticipated that extensive Sub- Surface Construction will be required to provide adequate root space to 1) Along all streets,the maximum number of curb cuts associated with a single allow trees to grow without hardscape damage for an extended period of in) Landscaping in parking lot interiors and at entries should not obstruct a building must be one(1)two-lane curb out or two(2)one-lane curb cuts. driver's clear sight lines to oncoming traffic. time In addition,the Sub-Surface Construction could provide additional it) The maximum width ofdriveways/curb cuts is twelve(12)feet for a one-lane WQMP solutions. iv) The main pedestrian route from a parking lot to a building entrance should be and twenty-four(24)feet for a two-lane driveway. (2) Trees shall be planted in curbed landscape islands or in flush tree wells easily recognizable,accessible,and demarcated by special paying or landscaping, such as a shaded promenade,trellis,or ornamental planting Z in) The total width of packing access openings on the ground level of structured with tree guards. parking may not exceed thirty(30)feet in) Wheel stops or curbing shall be used adjacent to tree wells and planter areas NiOng-StructmW rv) Driveways shall beset back a minimum of five feet from adjoining properties, to protect landscaping from car overhangs. ry i) Parking structures should be design to use as much natural light as possible. W and a minimum of three feet from adjacent buildings Circa 4 c) ,P�ei�esfriaq� ifalign Sustainabity X i) Parking lots shall be designed with convenient,safe,and efficient pedestrian it Parking lots should utilize permeable paving systems and bio-filtration swales Q1 j) All development applications shall clearly ideutity fire access routes subject circulation routes to buildings main building entrances and sidewalks. These wherever possible unless not allowed due to Fire Department restrictions or 9k - to Fire Department Review N01e:Developers niusl reference Huntinglon Beach routes shall be designed to include sidewalks and walkways with a minimum five inappropriate due to soil conditions Fire 0eparinient City v Specifr'ccaion n 401(Mininnan Standards fir Lire Apparall ts foot width. ii) The size of surface parking lots should be minimized to reduce surface water Access)and CilySpecificalion=415(Fire Lanes Signage and Markings on runoff and minimize heat island effects. Privale,Residential,Commercial and IndustrialProperlies)for h'ire Access Roadti in) Rooftop Gardens or other rainwater capture and recycling systems are requIrenien1s. it Parking lots shall be illuminated to increase safety and provide clear views encouraged on flat sections of parking structure roofs in order to facilitate storm- ; both to and within the site Lighting and planting plans shall be coordinated to avoid light pole and tree conflicts. water management,as well as add Visual interest to the structure. 3 ' PA' ing' r ure F . Parking Structures shall be located and designed to minimize their impact on public astreets and public spaces. 14 4)A Palr ing Stall-DeS��in - etait Ik _L _L See the City of Huntington Beach Zoning Ordinance,Chapter 231 Off-street Parking and Loading Provisions for parking stall design and striping details. pa ----------------- I—— 84 _. _ ._.... [5) Security i) The Police and Fire Department emergency radios may not be able to receive or transmit in the subterranean garage. Effective 800 MHz radio antenna should be installed so that emergency personnel can receive/transmit in the parking structure ii) Lights should be located directly between parking stalls of in the center of parking stricture aisles. Most crime in parking structures occurs between the parking vehicles in) The interior of parking structures should be painted light colors such as white to reflect light and add up to 20%more light to interior of the stricture iv) Surveillance cameras should be place at the entrance and exit ofthe parking structure as well as the interior areas. Specifically,elevator waiting areas and stairwells should be covered. Cameras should be 24/7 recorded with clear signs posting this. v) Surveillance cameras should be installed in parking areas and record 24 hours,seven days a week Cameras should cover as much area as possible. 66) ,PedestrianCirculfition -; ; ,;- r) Parking Structure stairwells should be designed to allow pedestrians to be seen in the stairwell from outside of the structure and pedestrians to see out. 0 a w a z x a a a r N I W O U F z W a O a w w A rr 0 85 .. —--------- iisr t 'I ,!3) et+Fagaditl ei -A 12.8 ARCHITECTURE REGULATIONS �e 9 7 7"- e-Element --Full R 1d) azi la�,,, __gquirements Architecture Regulations are set forth to ensure that new and renovated buildings in ;41_�_ �;_� %, 1ml. "-1��17�1 1_ :� , I -1 -1-1 the Plan Area embody architectural characteristics that maintain the desired human As conceptually depicted in the accompanying diagram,a horizontal articulation 1: Requirements for Side and Rear Faqades are the same as those for Street Fagades scale,rhythm,and character appropriate for the Beach/Edinger corridors. of street and river faqades shall be applied within the first floor(or in the case of in the following cases: buildings above four stories,optionally within the second floor as well),to form 2.8.1 FACADE HEIGHT ARTICULATION a hot izontal"base"of the fai;ade at the building scale A secondary lower base i) Where building wall to building wall clearance is more than ten(10)feet treatment shall be provided at the pedestrian scale(i e within the height ofthe ground RFGUI,ATIONS !it) Where aside or rear yard of greater than five feet exists and the adjacent floor,relating to the height of the human body). These treatments strongly define I property has no building volume providing horizontal obstruction. enition , pedestrian-scale space of the street or riverfiont and shall be well-integrated I into the overall fapde composition. See Section 2.8.2-Architectural Elements ]u) Where the side or rear wall faces upon a public open space such as a plaza or i) Fapade articulation is the use of architectural elements,or features,to 1 Regulations 3) Faqade Guidelines a) Building Base for additional guidelines ard courty compose a building's faqades such that all new or renovated buildings have swell- outlining recommended Building Base design. formed"base"and a"top." fi) N-44,81emeni."�" Base.A base treatment is a horizontal articulation of the lower part of a The minimum requirement for Height Massing Elements may be satisfied by flush it)building faqade's design that serves to establish a human scale for pedestrian users A substantial horizontal articulation of street and river faqades shall be applied at wall height massing treatments where building wall to building wall clearance is:1 of the fiu;ade,to result in a termination of the fitgade and passers-by,and aesthetically"ties"a building to the ground the top of the uppermost float more than five feet and no greater than ten(10)feet that provides an attractive fitpadc skyline and a completion of the Lipper fagade Flush wall height massing treatments shall consist of one or more ofthe following in) Top:A building's top or cap contributes to the distinctive skyline and overall composition. This"cap"shall be architecturally integrated with any sloping roof trussing of the corridors,whether seen immediately looking up from the street volume(if used)that occurs above the eave line I elements which match vertical increments used on the street or river fitqade(s)of 1 the building: O below or at a distance from another part of the city. Integi at color change between increment of base and portion of wall above, iv) Street Fagade The plane of fugade that fronts upon a street,extending from and/or between increment of top element and portion of wall below, the ground tip to the street fagade eave line(see diagram on opposite page) it) Horizontal score lines matching top,bottom,and/or other lines of street v) Side Fiupade The plane of faqade that fronts upon a side yard or side (facade horizontal articulation w property line,extending from the ground up to the side wall eave line (see diagram On opposite page) it) Horizontal faqade recess(es)matching top,bottom,and/or other lines ofstreet faqatle massing elements. site deoadc tatfrsnrdrpie,o ,extending fromthe grodupto therear wall eave line.(see thagrainc),_Xo Requirementson opppage) No Side or Rear Fapade Height Massing is required in the following case: 2) gulation i) Where building wall to building wall clearance is five feet or smaller Fagade Height Articulation requirements shall be as indicated by Corridor Centers and Segments in section 2 1-Development Standards it) The application of architectural elements and architectural style such as SR (but not limited to)those outlined in Section 2.8.2-Architectural Elements Regulations and 2 8.3-Architectural Character Guidelines are strongly F A recommended to create well-integrated and attractive architecture. tZ V > Q, \Pa °Jtj Res tl G0 Ni,N, 86 .......... �Td�eiig tic ulatioq�lehen�G The following are examples of top element types that may be used to satisfythe pply.... b,,,Id.LR .. .... i required street faFade height massing requirement Arole Fabric au,nings are not counted towards a required height mussing 0 E—d° pd-- element. T1 A A Cornice may be applied as the top of street taode or a building base as a built-up I material articulation that steps forward from the faFacle plane into the right-of-way! BRAKET or required setback This step provides a significant opportunity for shadow lines COMPOUND COMPOU C SUPPORTED ROOF CANOPY 1R LIPS ANTI CANTIL LEVERED CORNICE CORNICE CANOPY had fayade delineation,to this end,a minimum of three cornice"steps STE layers 1 PILASTERS' CANOPY CANOPY should be used. This element can be used on a fayade independently or can be 1 J A)CORNICES I B)CANOPIES located atop a series of pilasters which are placed at regular intervals(usually to dictate bay width) N -C"WPY A Canopy element serves as an intermediate or final height massing element or"lid":: at a ground floor faqade,or as a street faFadc cap. Its purpose is to provide shade', Y, or cover for pedestrians or sidewalk during and/or to establish a strong horizontal 1 massing element and"shadowline"in the faqade It can be a continuous horizontal lenient,a series of repeated elements(typically above shopfront windows),or a single"feature"element occurring at a structure's main or secondary entrance A 'R Canopy and its related building components should be constructed of an accent! SUSPENDED BRACKET-SUPPORTED BRACKET SUPPORTED i.COMPOUND building material(such as metal,tempered glass,or i oofmatei ral used elsewhere on CANTILEVER LEDGE CAP CANTILEVER LEDGE CAP CANTPLEVER LEDGE CAP WITH CORNICE CAP ENTABLATURE AND CAP MOVE building)that is compatible with the primary building material. ksS), Shaped Parapet1VM "W-M x�J: A, R Y A Shaped Parapet is the freestanding upper extension ofthe street faFade extending above the point where the roofintersects behind it.A Shaped Parapetprovides N isual b—.11 GREENHOUSE" PENTHOUSE completion to the top of building faqade and develops a distinct and recognizable E—I,- FLOOR CAP I s; "Al, skyline for the building The form of Shaped Parapet may be unrelated to the roof!: ST111LACR CAP COMPOUND MANSARD CAP MANSARD CAP form behind it In many cases,the form of a shaped parapet has traditionally been I STEPHACK CAP WITNH F—E—E AD CAP ABOVE N I symmetrical Generally,Shaped Parapets and their related components should be constructed of the primary wall cladding(such as brick,stone,or stucco)or an C)SHAPED PARAPET accent building material(such as wood or metal)that is compatible with the fiaFade composition 4 T Off A Fagadc Offset is a horizontal plane break where a portion of the fagade steps back a sufficient distance in order to break the building into smaller volumes Generally, a Fagade Offset(recess line)applies a Cornice,Canopy,or Shaped Parapet along the edge of the offset to add visual interest and appropriately define the resulting 'po) th°11, building volume. D)FACADE OFFSET 87 2.8.2 ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS REGULATIONS This section contains architectural requirements and guidelines to guide the design of architectural elements used within new buildings and free standing parking areas in the Plan Area The following regulations and suggestions will ensure that new buildings maintain the quality and character of I Juntington Beach while providing ample opportunities for creativity and choice. Requirements and guidelines regulating architectural elements are identified as they apply to a particular building type,such as Residential,and noted accordingly i ;�2;C ,6 STANDARDS 1. Facade 1 2. Roof 3. Sustainability 4. Facade S. Roofs r 6. Color t 7777=,' U W, A. Building Base A. Roof Types A. Solar Access, A. Building Base A. Roof Types A. General coo B. Facade B. Roof Materials Daylighting Passive B. Facade B. Roof Materials Guidelines Compositions C. Roof Equipment Solar Heating& Compositions C. Roof Equipment C. Windows and Screening Cooling C. Windows and Screening D. Main Entrances B. Materials D. Main Entrances E. Secondary E. Secondary z Entrances Entrances F. Loading and Service F. Loading and Service o Entrances Entrances G. Entrance Doors G. Entrance Doors H. Garage Doors H. Garage Doors C) 1. Wall Cladding 1. Wall Cladding oa 88 ..... ...... ............... ....... -------- - ------ Roof irements ])Facade Requirements Requirements it Service entrances shall not face front streets when a side street,fear street, alley,or parking lot entrance location is possible See Section 2 8.1 for required Building Base regulations There are no additional it) All service entrances and associated loading docks and storage areas shall be it Roofs on additions and accessory buildings shall match the roof ofthe Building Base requineinents. located to the side or rear of the building and shall be separated and architecturally original or primary building in terms of materials,slope,detailing and style,to screened from any pedestrian entrances. the degree possible.They shall contribute forms that complement and add to the in) Portions of building faqades containing service or truck doors visible from overall character of Huntington Beach. it Glazing Wall composition for Street facades shall contain a minimum of the public street shall be designed to include attractive and durable materials it) Flat or shallow pitched roofs are permitted to be used and shall be designed twenty(20)per cent,and a maximum of sixty(60)per cent glazing(percentage and be integrated into the architectural composition of the larger building fitFacic with one or more of the treatments stated in Guidelines,below does not include parapet height) Overall wall composition for Side and Rear walls design Architectural treatments,materials,and colors shall he extended from does not have a minimum glazing requirement, adjacent building fagade areas into the laFade portion containing[rock doors to in) Mansard roofs(i.e.a flat-topped roof that slopes steeply down on all four sides,thus appearing to sheath the entire top story ofthe building)shall only be avoid creating a gap in architectural expression and to maintain a high-quality it) Balcony and porch walls shall not be made of solid material and shall have pertiritted as follows: appearance. a minimum of twenty(20)transparency distributed evenly throughout the railing (1) The maximum slope shall be no steeper than three feet of rise for every Ri�q&� 0ors two feet of run(3:2). ows,... ...... 'J j) Garage doors shall be recessed a minimum of twelve(12)inches from the (2) The minimum height of mansard roofs(from cave to roof peak)shall be 1) Curtain-wall window walls building systems may be used in the one typical building story height or thirty(30)per cent of the building face of the facade wall within which it is located. Neighborhood Boulevard Segment with the following requirements faqade height as measured to the cave,whichever is smaller (1) Ground floor must be of a contrasting solid material such as stone or ii) For Detached singe-family homes concrete. (I) All single-cat wide garage door faqades shall be set back a minimum of (3) Mansard roofs shall fully enclose the perimeter of a building Where a break in the horizontal run of mansard roof occurs,an architectural (2) Floor lines shall be clearly expressed on the facade. six(6)feet behind the front wall of the primary building mass. termination is required(c g.the roof intersects into a tower). (3) Millions shall be used to break up glass into smaller typical window size (2) All two-car wide garage fiagades shall be set back a minimum of twenty (4) Mansard roofs shall include a cornice at the cave line where the roof increments to prevent unrelieved glass surfaces. (20)feet behind the hour wall of the primary building mass overhang depth is less than two feet,and an edge terminator at the peak. (5) Mansard roofs shall have functioning or decorative dormer windows or it) Where multi-pane windows are utilized,"true divided light"windows or sectional windows shall be used, "Snap-m-muntins(i.e.detachable vertical or vents to add visual interest horizontal glass plane dividers or glass pane dividers sandwiched between layers % of glass)shall not be used �bj jkkof I a:. There are no Roof Materials requirements(see guidelines). iii) Depth of glazing: Window frames shall not be flush with walls Glass shall Ro�qf relief to the wall surface. Window frame and sills shall not count toward this be inset a minimum of three inches from the surface of the exterior wall to add recess dimension. i) The following shall be completely screened from view-as seen from public streets and sidewalks within 300 feet of the subject property,except from points of view in excess often(10)feet above finished floor grade of the subject property. ainEntr4ncd 1) The main pedestrian entrance shall be easily visible and recognizable,and (1) Roofmounted equipment such as cooling and hearing equipment,antennae, shall be architecturally treated in a manner consistent with the building style. solar panels and receiving dishes it) At mixed-use buildings,entrances to residential,office or other upper story (2) To reduce glare,light colored roofs(including"cool roofs") uses shall be clearly distinguishable in form and location from retail entrances it) Screening shall consist of architectural enclosures that are derived from I P. i the building's architectural expression,such as parapet walls or other screening 0 �e),_S 44r�_,Ohti07 7ZE" treatment. Picket fencing,chain-link fencing and exposed sheet metal boxes are > i) Secondary entries,such as side or rear building entries shall not be min e not permitted. architecturally prominent or larger than the main entrance. iii) A section drawing shall be submitted to the Planning Department to demonstrate appropriate screening to conceal mechanical equipment through building design features. C C, 89 ------------------ ------ b) Soon:- -7-= 7;77?' 'Y v, ,q,!na i i y, equiremen k � i) Fapade elements should be located and arranged according to the building's The fiullowing guidelines provide a broad overview of how to incorporate r i, ?, y architectural style and respond to its site. sustainability into building architecture. In addition to these guidelines,application of"Green Building"techniques such as those found in 1)the Leadership in Energy it A base treatment should occur at both of the following scales on commercial (1) Buildings should be"four-sided",meaning that all fapades including side and Environmental Design (LEED) Green Building Rating System— (WW-11 buildings, and rear firpades should be considered visible(unless facing"blind"onto or 2) the National Association of Hornebuilders Model Green an adjacent party wall)and should be treated with air architectural fa de (1) At the scale of tire pedestrian(i e within the ground floor portion of the Home Building Guidelines(http://www.nabbrc.org/greeilguidelines)and 3)future composition fayade),a base treatment should be created at a height between nine inches green building"ordinances and guidelines as they become available are strongly "A encouraged and six feet (2) Distinctive building elements such as,for example,a corner tower are (2) At the scale of the building,the faOde of the entire ground floor(or up encouraged to accent terminating views within the Plan Area r_Aqe� fi�hd-g,Pass&i$Olar Heating kt to the second floor,depending on the height of the building)should be it) Fapade Wall Composition Q Where possible,massing and orientation of new buildings should wuaxrmrze designed to read as a base that"anchors"the building(i e.,the portion of Unifying architectural approaches should be used to lay out a window the fia�ade above)to the ground south-lacing vertical fa�ades. pattern across a faqade,such as aligning windows by using common sill if) Where not in conflict with the design guidelines,shading devices such as if) At nonresidential buildings,a building base should be created by any one or or header lines. building/roof overhangs,latticework and trellises should be incorporated primarily combination of the following treatments: (2) At attached residential dwellings,fapades of attached residences within into south-facing fiapades and designed to balance summer cooling and winter (1) A horizontal pralection or visible thickening of the wall surface,this may the same project should be distinct and even different,but also should 4 heating by maximizing solar gain during the winter and minimizing solar gain be accompanied by a change of material and/or color,this may be an maintain unifying compositional elements such as a coalition window during the summer exterior version of a"wainscot header or sill ]life,and/or aligned vertical centerlines of windows and r, doors between tipper and lower floors in) Window orientation and opening size should also work with shading (2) A"heavier"ier"design treatment,such as a darker color and/or stronger,more structures in order to balance stationer cooling and winter hearing by maximizing permanent material,for the base portion ofthe fapade than for the portions (3) Horizontal ornament such as awnings or belt courses,string courses of solar gain during the winter and minimizing solar gain during the summer. above. cornice lines should be carried across adjacent fapades to unify various building masses and convey the sense of consistent building"all iv) Window orientation and opening size should be designed to allow in (3) A horizontal architectural line of feature at or below the top of the first spaces to maximize daylighting and minimize artificial lighting The use of story Examples include a belt course or secondary cornice(related to or in) Fap.de Additive Fle-ewts skylights and"light shelves"(fia�ade-mounted horizontal surfaces beneath repeating the pattern of an upper cornice)separating the first two floors. (1) Covered outdoor spaces such as arcades and galleries are encouraged to windows to diffuse sunlight deeply into interior spaces)is also encouraged for this (4) A Mound level arcade with columns may be used,Column spacing should protect pedestrians from summer heat and winter rain, purpose. be regular and related to the structural bay of the building (2) Window Bay Projections are encouraged at upper stories as they create v) Roof forms,shading devices,and fia�ade cladding systems should be designed fit) At residential buildings,a building base maybe created by anyone of architectural interest and a regional architectural context They also serve 1 and oriented to direct airflow that facilitates natural building ventilation by to increase usable internal floor s pace for u story tenants. combination of the following treatments. pper replacing wain indoor air with cooler outdoor air,especially at night. (1) A visibly thicker and continuous base portion of the wall along the ground, (a) Window Ba),P/aiecoons maybe used on second and higher stories. incorporate hollow cavities that help where the wall above the base sets back vi) Exterior building wall design may incoi (b) Window Bay Projections may be considered a insulate the building These hollow cavities can also be designed to direct airflow (2) A material and/or color change of the base wall relative to the building "primarywall material"or an"accent wall material that supports natural ventilation. wall above. The base material should generally be heavier(e.g of darker and conform to the Wall Cladding guidelines below. permanent material)than portions of the color and/or a heavier or more pert (3) Storefront awnings and canopies: Colored fabric mounted awnings building above supported by a metal structural frame are recommended The awning forria 0 1 Locally produced and recycled building materials should be used whenever should not dominate or obscure the storefront or fia�ade—i.e.,a straight (3) A horizontal architectural feature at or below the top of the first story,such possible as an intermediate cornice line or protruding horizontal band, sloping profile is recommended and a bulbous quarter-round profile is Z strongly discouraged Internally illuminated fabric awnings should not iv) Parking Podiums. Where parking podiums are part of the design of be used. For a sequence of storefronts or windows,a sequence of discrete residential development,they should be designed as the building's base or part of awnings or canopies for each storefront or building bay should be used, 14 the building's base,with wall textures,colors,and dimensional modules that are rather than one continuous inn-on awning.Awnings should not cover up > coordinated with the architecture of the residential portion of the building above. intermediate piers,pilasters,or other vertical architectural features Materials,detailing and design elements should be used to break up a monotonous (4) Trellises,Marquees,and Architectural Canopies:Materials,colors,and faqade. form should be derived from the building architecture,e.g a trellis painted v) Base treatments on additions and accessory buildings should be carried over the same color as a building's trim scheme is appropriate from the primary building. 90 (5) Alcovesand balconies are encouraged at tipper stories to create architectural (6) Upper floor windows should be smaller in size than storefront or first (1) -MHlit E'nlTa/tCCS-- -�-- ._ `,� - "� , j interest,a regional architectural context,and to provide outdoor spaces for floor windows,and should encompass a smaller proportion of[he fapade - - , � �a.,,..� - � _ � � u ei story tenants. The also increase safe b allowing residents to surface area.Exceptions to this include large window openings are used i) Main Lntmnces should incorporate one or mole ofthe following treatments: � PP rY Y safety Y 6 P gP g passively watch their immediate neighborhood. as"penthouse'glazing(top floor of a four or more story building). (1) Marked by a taller mass above,such as a modest tower,or within a vol une (6) Protrusions such as balconies and porches may be used on second and (7) At freestanding parking structures,long-span fapade openings with height, that protrudes from the rest of building surface higher stories. Protrusions of this type should extend no greater than two width ratios more horizontal than 1.3 should not be used. Vertically (2) Accented by special architectural elements,such as columns,overhanging feet from the face ofthe building.Alcoves used un conjunction with these proportioned window-like openings (3 2 to 2 1 ratio) are strongly roofs,awnings,and ornamental light fixtures. elements increases the usability of this element,while providing shadow encouraged and visual interest to the fapade composition. (3) Indicated by a recessed entry or recessed bay in the fapade Recommended ;*- it) Window Treatment. treatments include special pavurgniaterials such as ceramic tile,ornamental (7) Balconies and porches should be constructed of materials and proportions (l) Window rim. Expressed window frames and sills should used to ceiling treatments,decorative light fixtures,and attractive decorative door ade composition.A contrasting material to the g p r related to the overall fa coin g ro o_ pulls,escutcheons,hinges,and other hardware wall surface should be used. enhance openings and add additional relief They should be proportional ` , • , to the glass area framed(a larger window should have wider framing (4) Sheltered by a projecting canvas or fabric awning, or as a permanent : •;t',',a,; (8) Balconies or alcoves that are recessed into the building fapade may use a members). Upper story windows and pp ry parking structure "window" architectural canopy utilizing materials from the primary building curb wall with open railing at top. openings should be detailed with architectural elements such as projecting "lug"sills,and/or lintels it) Entrances to upper-story uses on the primary elevation should incorporate one (9) Battier railings of balconies that project from the wall surface of the b or more of the followingtreatments: , �",",tx building should use a visually open design made of pickets or bars rather (2) Window accessories such as window boxes for plants,fabric awnings, C panels than solid wall P etc. should be considered to add visual interest, in coordination with (1) Located in the center of the fapade between storefronts, as part of a " the selected architectural style Decorative rillework is recommended symmetrical composition. - (10)Ornamental wall-mounted outdoor lighting (seances) may be used tY g to accent entries,mark a sequence of repeating pilasters,or serve as a for parking structure openings,to add detail and help"bleak down"the (2) Aligned with prominent fapade elements of upper stories, such as an "centerpiece"for a fapade panel Style and material should be consistent scale. expressed or embedded entrance tower o y� with that of the building. -[— (.) "Lug sills"(protruding window sills—see glossary)should not be formed (3) Accented by architectural elements such as clerestory windows,sidelights, b sprayed ! iC s dCIOWS• >�;r ."' matenalf They be constructed wthwah permanent material wall hiac numb ornamental g fixtures,and identified 6 b and/or address .-- Li ht es a by si>na=e Y P Windows should be designed to match the character and style of the building. painted wood,painted FRP,metal,precast concrete,GFRC,terra cotta,or (4) Indicated by a recessed entrance,vestibule or lobby distinguishable from ) Windows throughout a building's fagades should be related in design,operating stone. storefronts. type,proportions,and trim.They should be used as aichitectuial elements that add relief to the tagade and wall surface iii) Components: iii) Bollards should be installed at the entrances of large commercial or civic (I) If horizontal or vertical aluminum sliding windows are used,assemblies buildings to prevent a vehicle from crashing through the front doors of the x if Window Fonn: U with extrusions and frame members of minimum one and one-half inches building j`_'a,. (1) Window openings, operating types (single-hung, casement, etc.) and exterior width dimension should be used, to avoid an insubstantial M'' . proportions of window frames and members should be designed in appearance common to aluminum siding windows, kC�_9SBC077[lkTy E/2lYUJtCeS ,- ,,_ ",. ,,� accordance with the building's architectural style. tv) Glazing if Side or rear building entries should be visible and easy to find,but visually L� (2) At additions and accessory buildings' windows should be of the same secondary to main entrances _ architectural style as the main building,including opening mechanisms (1) Clear glass should be used.If tinted glazing is used,light tints and green, and trim. gray or blue hues should be used. it) Secondary entries should be easy to find,particularly for customers or visitors (3) Where greater privacy is desired for ground floor restaurants or professional (2) If solar or heat control is desired, reflective glazing and/or reflective accessing them from parking lots, ww adhesive films should not la used. Nonexternal r al an i types should be selected iii The design of the side or rear entry should be architectural) related to the services,large storefront windows should be divided into smaller units ) 6 iY• Y V instead. Low emissivity glass and external and internal shade devices are front entry, proportions. or panes. An"industrial sash'type of multi-pane window may be used ry,such as in use of ntatei ials and ro ortions. Z where appropriate with the building's architectural style. other options that should be used as well w iv) Secondary entries should be enhanced with detailing,trim and finish £ (4) A vertical proportion of window openings(e g.,3 2 to 2.1 height.width v) Location consistent with the character of the building. p ratio should typically be used. Openings gs may be composed of a series of typ y p b y p (1) Windows should face onto shared courtyard areas,parking areas and/or w vertically proportioned panes or frames activity area. w (5) Commercial clerestory windows are a reconunended feature in storefront A glazing to provide natural light in conjunction with required height for shopfront. ►�+ � I I � 91 . ........... b. ane h),,,Ga boors Loading and services entrances should not intrude upon the public view or interfere i) Single-car garage doors are strongly recommended for mixed-use buildings g with pedestrian activities. and for all commercial use garage entrances. 9) E' it) Where double car width doors are used,a width of eighteen feet should not be exceeded I) General in) The following scale-reducing design treatments are recommended to avoid (1) Doors are the one part of the building fayade that patrons and visitors will projecting an automobile-donimated appearance to the street or alley inevitably see and touch,and should be well-detailed and made ofdurable (1) Garage doors that face the public right of way should have window high quality materials. openings or open giillework on the upper portion of the door. (2) Detailing such as carved woodwork, metal trim, or applied ornament (2) Door design treatments such as Vertically proportioned segmentation and should be used,to create noticeable detail for pedestrians and drivers Doors may be flanked by columns,decorative fixtures or other details detail should be used Co minimize the apparent width of the entrance—in accordance with the selected architectural style, it) Commercial (3) Framing elements such as trellises above openings and trim around the (1) Doors at storefronts should include windows ol'substarinal size that permit edges of openings should be used. views into the establishment iv) A[live-work fapades,garage or studio doors should be compatible with a rl (2) Doors at storefronts should match the materials,design and character of residential c storefront windows.High quality materials such as crafted wood,stainlesscharacter. Large featureless doors should be avoided, Glazed multi- panel doors may also be used to impart a residential scale. steel,bronze,and other ornamental metals are encouraged v) At garage entrances of Parking Podiums and Freestanding Parking Structures in) Residential Vehicle entrances should be treated with architectural articulation and landscape (1) Doors at residential mixed-use buildings should match or complement the materials,to"mark"an important and frequently used common entrance and make materials,design and character of the primary building,as well as convey it easily recognizable Treatments should include; 1 40 the residential character of the building, -(1) Indenting or recessing the mass of the structure or podium at the entry ." - F 714 *, (2) Doors at residential uses should incorporate high quality materials such as (2) applying architectural framing to the opening crafted wood,stainless steel,bronze,and other ornamental metals (3) trellising with or without plant materials iv) Security (4) ornamental door grillework, ornamental lighting and signage, etc (1) If utilized at storefront windows,doors,and loading docks,roll-up security consistent with the architectural style of the building doors should be detailed to conceal door housings and tracks and provide an attractive and finished appearance for all exposed components The roll-up door housing should not protrude more than six(6)inches from the building fapade plane. (2) At live-work units, if roll-tip security doors are used, they should be detailed to conceal door housings and tracks and provide an attractive and 0 finished appearance for all exposed components The roll-Lip door housing should not protrude from the faptle plane O - --------- 92 i) Wall Cladding_ IR ` it General Guidelines - Material Description - - - Usage Recommendations- --- Use (1) Materials used should be appropriate to Full Brick&Thin Brick Veneers Full size brick is preferable to thin veneer brick When used,brick veneers should be mortared to give the appearance of full- Commercial& ( the architectural style and building type, depth buck Detailing should avoid the exposure of sides of veneer tiles,wrap-around corner and bullnose pieces should be used Residential Authentic materials and methods of to further minimize the appearance of veneer Brick wall cladding is frequently complemented by light-colored(white,off-white, Brick light gray)accent materials such as limestone,glazed terra Gotta tile,precast concrete,and/or glass fiber reinforced concrete F,} construction should be used to the degree (GFRC)Accent materials are typically used at window and door frames,wall bases,cornices,and as decorative elements Other possible. accent materials such as granite,river rock or colored glazed terra Gotta are also occasionally used,tan and yellow brick colors are (2) Wall cladding materials on additions and aggro hate Hollow concrete masonry unit Creativity in selecting block sizes.surface textures,stacking/bonding patterns,and block and grout colors should be used In the Commercial& accessory buildings should be carved case ofa building base,fagade composition should be coordinated with the architecture of primary building walls above To Residential over front the primary building where avoid an institutional(i e"project'or"prison")appearance,a plain stack-bond block pattern of standard size blocks should not Concrete Block possible be used Decorative treatments such as alternating block courses of differing heights,contrasting grout colors,alternating surface (3) If the building massing and pattern of textures(e g precision face and split face)and/or compositions of colored blocks should be used,along with matching cap and trim pieces windows and doors is complex,a simple An exterior siding product available in Acceptable substitute for wood siding when used in the formats described below under"Wood" Extra care and training must be Residential palette of wall materials, textures and/ planks,panels and shingles and taken to ensure properly installation,proper tools are used for cutting,and non-rusting hardware is used for fastening or colors should be used. If the building C Fiber-Cement or composed of Portland cement,ground volume and the pattern of wall openings M Cementitious Siding sand,cellulose fiber and sometimes - p clay,mixed with water and cured in an are simple, additional wall materials, V_ autoclave textures and articulation may be utilized. �', Fiber-reinforced plastics Concrete reinforced with either glass Use to simulate materials such as stone,wood or metal Joints should be integrated into the design to ensure a solid appearance Commercial& •� (4) For individual buildings or portions of £ (FRP)&Glass Fiber fiber(GFRC)or plastics(FRP) Residential Reinforced Concrete(GFRC) ' 'r•''',a�� buildings intended to appear as individual IL buildings, materials used as primary 6, Profile,Corrugated,and Other Sheet, Detail with adequate thickness to resist dents and impacts with trun elements to protect edges A high quality,durable,fade- Commercial& 6 P rY Metal Siding cladding should be limited in number— Rolled and Extruded Metal Surfaces resistant coaling system or paint such as Kynar,Tnemec,etc.is recommended Natural metal colors are recommended Residential one or two maximum in most cases. Stucco non insulating material made Stucco and EIFS finishes are acceptable finishes for upper stories only at street exposures on commercial buildings They may Commercial& of sand Portland cement and water not be used at storefronts They may be used at ground floor portions of rear or side service and parking exposures,however the Residential W Stucco&EIFS(Exterior ° (5) Grout and sealant colors should be EIFS shares a similar appearance to ground floor street fagade cladding materials should continue to be used as a building base and accent material Close attention `0.'" coordinated with colors of abutting Insulating and Finish stucco but has insulating properties should be paid to detail and trun elements for a high quality installation,for EIFS,high-density versions should be specified at ground floor level to resist impacts Very stylized or highly textured surfaces are strongly discouraged. Joint patterns should be Uy' materials as well as other building Systems) colors architecturally coordinated with overall fagade composition Ground floor level window and door tom elements should not be made from stucco,cement plaster or EIFS,they should instead be made of wood,metal,precast concrete or other contrasting (6) An anti-graffiti coating should be durable materials Horizontal sidings such as clapboard Trini elements should be used for all wood siding types Timber detailing and exposed bracing maybe appropriate "TI-11" Residential applied at the ground floor level and and tongue-in-groove,vertical siding plywood panel siding is not recommended unless detailed with additional trim to emulate a board and batten style and must be of wherever exposed fa ade surfaces ma '"a' p 9 Y Wood such as board and batten,and other a smooth grade to avoid a rustic,textured appearance Spacing of siding should not exceed ti" be accessible from upper floors through horizontal sidings such as smaller ------- wall openings. A clear matte finish wood shingles is generally recommended for such Tile made by Firing Clay Glazed and Should be limited in use to a fagade cladding or decorative wall accent material Simple color palettes and design motifs should Commercial coatings. Ceramic Tile Unglazed be used Accents and Storefront Bases W (7) Building Base,Parking Podium or Above Concrete that is formed on site with a Long surfaces of uninterrupted flat concrete walls should not be used The use of textured form liners,pigments,stains,and/or Commercial& QO Ground Parking Structure Materials: r Of lower level of precision special aggregates should be used to create visual interesting surfaces At a minimum,the design of exposed concrete walls should Residential U may be clad, built with materials that �" incorporate the location and spacing of formwork tie-holes,expansion joints and control jorms into the fagade composition To E, the degree possible,formwork should shape architectural profiles of walls that create bases,cornices,pilasters,panel frames,and extend down from portions of the M Poured-in-Place Concrete Z C other elements contributing to fagade composition and human scale Concrete walls may also be clad with other finish materials building above,or built with contrasting V. such as stucco and patterned to match other budding walls The architectural treatment of poured concrete that is used as a P. materials ofa more substantial character. O building architectural base should be extended to concrete used elsewhere in the project for site work material W ; Visible fagades of Parking Strictures, 'D > if not clad, should display quality C,^ Concrete that is cast in shop with a The location and spacing of panel and expansion joints should be incorporated into the fagade composition Castings should be Commercial& �W materials of a substantial character yy high level of precision shaped to form architectural profiles that create bases,cornices,pilasters,panel frames,and other elements contributing to fagade Residential ''W Precast Concrete composition and human scale Cement type,mineral pigments,special aggregates and surface textures may be exploited in recast .H P Yp p g P gg b Y P P that are complementary to surrounding concrete to achieve architectural texture and variety. architecture such as Precast Concrete, Stone(including river stone),stone These materials should be used as a wall base or wainscot materials and for copings,true,and special decorative elements Commercial& Poured-in-Place Concrete,and Concrete Stone veneers,cast stone,or terra costa improperly simulated or contradictory finishes f e,use of panelized concrete to simulate a stonewall appearance with visible Residential Block. straight-line joints cutting across individual stones)should not be used Q1 93 ------------ (3) Due to their highly visible location,light poles and fixtures at roofpa k r ing 'Ro6ifWaiddhiek�,_ �.,RobfEqulrp qq_ creei, ngf., ds �i decks should be specified or designed as decorative fixtures,architecturally -mounted equipment such as antennae and receiving dishes should be coordinated with the style of the building. it Roof located behind parapets,recessed into the slope of roof hips or gables,or enclosed i) All pitched and continuous sloping roof forms It e.without flat horizontal vi) Variations of the roof and/or cave line should be used to mark main building within roof volumes. entrances and also to differentiate between individual units within attached portions)are encouraged. These include gable,hip,and pyramidal roofs residential buildings (1) Materials,architectural styles,colors and/or other elements from the ifiqatle it) Flat or shallow pitched roofs should be ornamented with shaped parapets, composition shall be used to integrate the screening into the building's caps,or cornice treatments,using one of the methods below. architecture. (2) In the design of screening enclosures, use dimensional increments of (1) The primary cornice should be decorated or bracketed with parapets, i) Roof materials should match or complement the existing context of the window spacing,mullion spacing,or structrual bay spacing taken from finials,or simple decorative panels or molding. in project area. (2) An architecturally profiled cornice and/or expressed parapet cap should be ii) Roof materials that should be used include: the fii�ade composition used to terminate the top of the parapet wall. it) Solar panels ifnot completely concealed should be architecturally integrated (1) Asphalt shingles Projects using asphalt shingles should use the highest into the roof. (3) Surface mounted cornices, continuous shading elements, or trellises quality commercial grade materials,and be provided with adequate trim should be used to strengthen a parapet wall design. (1) Flat roofs-pavers should be screened with parapets or laid flat elements,Lightweight asphalt shingles should not be used (4) Sheet metal parapet caps or coping should provide a funned(compound (2) Sloped panels should match slope exactly (2) Metal Scant Roofing.Finishes should be painted or coated.Copper,zinc, folded) overhanging edge termination and a heavy gage sheet metal in) Where possible,downspouts should be concealed within walls The thickness selected to avoid"rulcanning"distortion. Single layer,flush and other exposable metal roofs should be natural or oxidized location,spacing,materials,and colors of exposed downspouts,gutters, sheet metal parapet caps should not be used.Finish should either be of an (3) Sheet metal shingles,such as copper,zinc,and alloys. scuppers,conductor heads and other visible roof drainage components should be upainted ornamental metal such as copper or painted to match adjacent (4) Solar(or photovoltaic)roofshingles- Where solar and non-solar shingles incorporated into the architectural composition of the fiagadc and roof,haphazard wall surface Unpainted galvanized metal should not be used in zonesT5 are combined in the same roof plane,shingles should be configured to placement should be avoided. Half round gutters round downspouts are and T6. match the visible size and layout of solar and non-solar roof shingles for recommended as a type appiopriate for most architectural styles Attachment in) Smaller,subsidiary roofs may be used at storefronts;these should match the all Unobtrusive appearance. hardware should be of a high visual quality,corrugated downspouts should not be principal building in ternis of style,detailing and materials (5) Tar and Gravel,Composition,or El astomeric Roofs(at flat roof locations): used vWs Light,reflective colors are recommended to minimize heat gain within the p. rv) Roof overhangs for both flat and sloping roofs are encouraged to add depth, buildings Roof surfaces utilizing these matei rals should be screened fi orn I iv) Mechanical equipment,should be incorporated into the architecture of the I building and included as a part of the building proper. shadow and visual interest,and can be used to create a Street fh�ade Top Element view from adjacent buildings and sites by parapet walls as defined in Section 2.8 1 They should be designed as follows roof edge fascia over eighteen inches in height (6) Terra Carta Barrel Tile:Natural clay color should be used. Doubling the U (1) At roofoverliangs,vertical i tiles at the roof edge is appropriate. ate recommended to be subdivided or accented by additional horizontal layers,stepbacks,trim,and other detailing. in) Roof materials that should not be used include (2) Brackets and corbels(ix decotative supporting pieces designed to bear the (1) Corrugated sheet metal,unless used as an accent roofing material. weight offirojected overhangs),or other expressed roofoverhang supports (2) Stamped sheet metal used to simulate Mediterranean or Spanish roof (whether structural or nonstructural)are encouraged to add richness to tiles. detailing. The spacing module of repeating supports should relate to the wo building's structural bay spacing or window mullion spacing. (3) Wood shakes or shingles. (3) The soffit(i.e. the underside surface of the roof overhang)should be designed as a visible feature and detailed accordingly. Soffit beams, Z coffers,light fixtures and other design articulation are encouraged. v) At Freestanding Parking Structures,the"skyline"at the roof deck should be designed and shaped to create an interesting visual profile,as follows. (1) At stair and/or elevator towers,special roofforms such as sloped or curved roofs are encouraged. (2) Along parapet edges, cornices, shading elements, and/or trellises are 0 encouraged to provide additional visual interest The height of parapet walls and/or guard tailings may be varied in coordination with the overall CQ faqade composition but should be tall enough to conceal vehicles. 94 .......... 2.8.3 ARCHITECTURAL CHARACTER The beach and suif lifestyle are essential to the culture of Huntington Beach This culture should be instilled into the built form of new construction through the use of appropriate architectural styles This section contains an overview of 1) Colors that reflect the City's relationship with the coast should be used the predominant architectural styles that will continue to define the character and Different shades of whites and pastels are appropriate Extremely bright colors identity of Huntington Beach A small number of buildings designed in other should not be used as primary wall colors styles or displaying a degree of stylistic influence from other styles may be found ii) Secondary color should complement the primary building color,and may be a throughout the City,but detailed descriptions of those styles have not been included lighter shade than the body color,or use more saturated lines.Secondary color can here.Reference books such as What Style is It?A Guide to American Architecture be used to give additional emphasis to architectural features such as building bases by John C.Poppeliers&S.Allen Chambers(Hoboken,NJ-John Wiley&Sons,Inc, or wainscots,columns,brackets,cornices,capitals,and hands;or used as trim on 2003)may be consulted for further detail on these and other architectural styles. Within individual style descriptions below,the dates shown indicate the historic doorframes,storefront elements,windows and window frames,railing,shutters, ornament,fences,and similar features. period of initial popularity ofthe style. With the goal of strengthening Huntington Beach's"sense ofplace"and architectural in) Accent colors may be more saturated in color,or brighter in tone,and used identity in mind,the Architectural Character discussed here is included to provide a to highlight special features such as doors,shutters,gates,ornament,or storefront basis for reinforcing and strengthening the City's identity by applying that character rw elements.Bright colors should be limited to retail establishments,and used to the design of new buildings and development in the pioject area. This can be sparingly at fabric awnings,banners,window fames,or special architectural accomplished either through the full emulation and/or the interpretation of the details A restrained use of bright colors allows signage and merchandise to catch following styles. the eye and stand out in the visual field This information is intended to provide guidance for architects and developers to iv) Colors should be compatible with other buildings in the surrounding area make sensitive reference to,incorporate,and/or harmonize with characteristics of *6 C, predominant architectural styles such as(but not limited to)massing,horizontal and (unless those colors violate the above principle) Colors ofriqlacent buildings v ertical scale increments,fisode composition,roof form,architectural elements, should be taken into consideration materials,and colors. v) Fluorescent colors should not be used. 1`7 O O C 95 V.....ission C� d (5) Roofs are typically finished in fired clay red"barrel"tile, sometimes Qvallfti 1h.;AM mixed in with flat roofs with parapet walls with a shaped top profile _935 !x i) Features of Spanish Mission Revival and Mediterranean Styles (6) Both fortual and informal arrangements of window and door openings are used;arched openings are used individually and in sequence as arcades. (1) Spanish Mission Revival and Mediterranean styles(and their sub-styles (7) Storefront designs similar to those used within the Early 20th Century such as Spanish Colonial Revival)were period revivals that became Commercial Style can Occur within storefront openings on facades. popular in California beginning in the 1920s The historic heritage ofthe • Storefront materials and colors such as ceramic file,dark painted woods, California Missions,the exotic imagery of Spain and Mexico in movies, and dark metals are selected in coordination with overall building colors and California's climate being likened to that of the Mediterranean were sources of inspiration (8) Wall colors are white or light earth tones(cream,ochre.ran,etc.) (2) These styles were applied widely to commercial,civic,mixed-use,and (9) Dark painted or stained wood and dark metal(wrought ironwork)are used residential buildings. as trim and ornamental elements in Mission and Spanish styles,while light or colored trim may also be used in Mediterranean styles (3) Building masses are composed of simple rectangular stucco-clad volumes or combinations of simple volumes,punched by deeply recessed openings �q for windows and doors,many of them arched v. ^.O (4) A variety offiroportions ofoverall building masses and individual features (windows clusters,porches,etc)are used F77Z,71 A "M NO X, U 0 1 MEL 96 teMpora Z, (4) Contemporary Styles have been used on all building types, including (8) Contempormy Styles employ a wide palette of building materials. Metal 1 F_ pL r 9 OC�'.-,`prdent!�`i commercial,residential,industrial,and civic uses They have frequently cladding,concrete,glass,the as well as natural materials may be used in i) Featmes of Contemporary Styles: been used on building types outside of downtown districts(such as office unconventional ways for aesthetic purposes.Materials as well as colors (1) For the purposes of this Plan, Contemporary Styles comprise those park campus buildings,suburban schools,and industrial buildings). are often used to define building volumes or even functions architectural styles that draw on Modernism,Post-Modernism,and other (5) As mentioned above,building massing and form of Contemporary Styles (9) Building colors may be composed of contrasting hues and tones,with current styles in practice today. Most Contemporary Styles have drawn typically feature simple volumes,often using geometric forms They may individual building elements or forms emphasized through use of an upon contemporary building materials,modern construction methods to be asymmetrical or symmetrical in organization.They do not necessarily accent color Strong,saturated hues are often used to play off of neutral create a visual identify that is distinct from historic architectural styles, follow strict proportional guidelines. hues (2) Styles that incorporate pedestrian and urban principles including (6) Building elements such as walls,windows,and roofs are often expressed appropriate scale and composition relative to surrounding buildings,faqade as individual planes or forms. Windows can often be expressed as"voids" rhythm and a high level of articulation are encouraged. Contemporary between walls,or act as entire wall planes(such as curtain walls) Where styles with simple building volumes,minimal surface articulation and they are expressed as openings in walls,they are typically composed as zm relief, and unomamented detailing that conflict with the intimate and a series of rhythmically or strategically placed"punched openings"for i7 human-scaled characteristics of traditional styles that support downtown compositional reasons. urbanism should be discouraged. (7) Flat roofs are used in many cases,but shaped roofs are often treated as (3) In some cases and especially in"Post Modern"styles after 1980,designs geometric fornis or volumes that may"stand out- Examples include have drawn upon other historical styles previously described in this barrel vaults, angled planes, curved planes, and extended overhangs. document for inspiration or emulation,but their scale and use of materials They may be accented with special materials such as sheet metal or tile. is not limited to the roots ofthose historical styles. Zvi Ire P j4 .4 ? AW z Le tom= 3A > 4- • T. AJ� =PalmCC 97 CPI[iS -,�Cafi 5�Bun '192 (5) Proportions of both the overall building mass and of individual features � 90 ' 1�ik,` (windows clusters,porches,etc.)are horizontal. i) Features of Craftsman and Bungalow Styles (6) Window and door openings are generally composed to align both The Craftsman and California Bungalow styles emerged after the turn horizontally and vertically on facades;symmetrical faqade arrangements of the century to satisfy tastes for greater simplicity and natural forms. are common Influences from other styles typically used for larger homes can be seen (7) "Elephant"columns(relatively stout-pfopoitioned,tapered columns)and applied to Bungalow styles,including Shingle Style and Colonial Revival homes of east, and the Arts and Crafts movement and its related double columns at entry porebes are a common feature:other decorative informal lifestyle. elements include ornamental brackets to support roof overhangs (2) These styles were applied primarily to residential buildings (8) Craftsman Bungalows are typically clad with wood shingles or siding, while California Bungalows are typically surfaced with light-colored stucco In both cases,trim is painted wood of a contrasting light or dark (3) Building massing is typically composed of one low simple gable-roofed rectangular volume where applied,additions are also ofsimple volumes. color. (4) Front facades typically have a cential shallow pitched gable roof perpendicular to the street,on occasion it is parallel to the street with a dormer above. In the former case,a sub-gable may be offset from the main gable to create a front entry or porch. 17"'e e` In 1....... w M SON "On ............ OT MAM&A waa V Tl� L g"M IKE, 98 .......... 7�r (5) Porches with simply detailed wooden posts are most accurate to historic [777 precedents however simple true classical orders are also successfiffly i) Features of the Costal Vernacular Style. incorporated for a more refined appearance. (1) Vernacular architecture is histinically made from locally available (6) Roof forms are simple,moderately sloped gabled and shed types. Large materials and responds to the regional climate. It is based on traditions roof overhangs moderate sun handed down through generations and constructed by the building owner t or by the community rather than an architect and is most common in (7) Wood shingle look and aluminum standing seam roofing is typical 4 residential structures (8) Color palettes are simple and washed,light colors are common. (2) Contemporary interpretations generally utilize lightweight materials such wood siding,board and batten and metal sidings. (3) Wood trellises and sun shades are used as a means of sun control as well as architectural expression. (4) Detailing is simple but well crafted. Ornaments should generally be avoided �y ear "71il i :-, U '',41 in U M IL, 'If y�j g'40, ppp 'Wq 77; A A All 77" a ............ 99 2 8 ARCHITECTURE REGULATIONS O BOOK 11:DEVELOPMENT CODE O III ........... ................ rj),��D�e_n Incidental Sign: A small sign pertaining to goods,products,services or facilities 2.9 SIGNAGE REGULATIONS N which are available on the premises where the sign occurs and intended primarily Abandoned Sign: A sign which no longer directs,advertises,or identifies a legal for the convenience of the public. This section contains standards and guidelines foi signage to ensure that signs business establishment, product, or activity on the premises where the sign is installed in the Sub-Area Plan Boundary are consistent with the overall quality and displayed. Indirect Illumination: Alight cast on the surface of a sign from an exterior source. character of new development anticipated for the corridors. Regulations include Animation: The use of a sequence of progressive changes of pails or lights or permitted sign types as well as sign size,location,materials,illumination,color, degree oflighting in a sign's design Internal or Interior Illumination: The illumination of a sign or sign face by and design projecting light through translucent panel(s)or panels)with openings from a light Awning: A fabric-covered shelter structure attached to and supported entirely by a P IIF�Cafbiilfit building fa�ade,typically above a window,entrance,or storefront opening. source within an enclosed sign cabinet Bonus Sign: An internally illuminated freestanding sign designed with opaque Logo: A trademark or company name symbol. 1) All signs in the Plan Area shall adhere to the regulations in this section. sign faces/panels,and illuminated for items of information only. Planned Sign Program:City-approved entitlement which incorporates coordinated 2) In the event of a conflict between this Section and any other and quality sign design elements City code,the provisions of this Section shall apply. Canopy:A permanent architectural structure made of rigid materials such as metal, wood,etc mounted on the face of building or is freestanding as common in service Portable Sign: Any sign not permanently attached to the ground or a building "Permits Required"noted in the City of Huntington Beach Zoning 3) stations Primary Sign:The main or principle Freestanding Sign on a property and Subdivision Ordinance,Chapter 233 Signs,Section 233 04, items A-F,indicates requirements for sign permits. Unless otherwise Changeable Copy Sign: A sign or portion thereof with characters,letters, or Promotional Activity Sign:A temporary sign used to advertise a short term special noted,a sign permit is required for all types listed in this section, illustrations that can be changed manually or electrically without altering the face activity or sale,t.c grand opening,under new ownership,fall sale,etc. or surface of the sign 4) All Temporary Signs as noted in the City of Huntington Beach . Secondary Sign: A sign that is in addition and subsidiary to a Primary sign. Zoning and Subdivision Ordinance,Chapter 233 Signs,Section 233 Directional Sign: An on-premise incidental sign designed to guide or direct Secondary Sign copy is limited to business identification only pedestrian or vehicular traffic. as"Real Estate Signs"and"Open House and Real Estate Flags' Sign: Any medium for visual communications,which is used or intended to be (Section 233.06F);"Subdivisional Directional Signs"(Section Electronic Readerboard: A changeable message sign consisting of a matrix of used to attract attention 233.16),and"Promotional Activity Signs"(Section 233.18) lamps which are computer controlled,independent of sign type Sign Area: For Total Sign Area see Section 2.9 L,for sign area of individual Sign shall be regulated per the respective requirements therein. Exposed Incandescent Bulb Illumination: The illumination of a sign by Types see Section 2.9.2. 5) "Exempt Signs"noted in the City of Huntington Beach Zoning and incandescent bulbs which are intended to"spell out"letters and numerical characters Subdivision Ordinance,Chapter 233 Signs,Section 233 08,shall be and/or provide graphic accents,are mounted directly to the face of the sign,and Sign Height: Measurement from the adjacent sidewalk or curb to the highest portion of the sign,including architectural elements. whose light-emitting surfaces are full)visible. exempt from sign permit requirements unless expressly prohibited for specific sign types and districts indicated in this section. Exposed Neon Tube Illumination:The illumination of sign by neon tubes which Sign Copy: Any words, letters, numbers, figures, designs, or other symbolic are intended to"spell out"letters and numerical characters and/or provide graphic representation incorporated into a sign for the purpose of attracting attention. Chi 6) "Subdivision Directional Signs"as described in the City of Huntington accents,are mounted directly to the face of the sign,and whose light-emitting tribes Sign Type: See Section 2 9.2 Sign Type Regulations. Beach Zoning and Subdivision Ordinance,Chapter 233 Signs, are directly visible. Section 233.16,shall comply with the requirements therein. Site: One or more parcels of land identified by the assessor's records where an Exposed LED Illumination: The illumination of a sign by use of Light Fort The site Iting integrated building development has been approved or proposed. e shall 7) Signs for Service Stations shall be as permitted by the City Diode (LED) sources which are intended to "spell out" letters and numerical include all parcels of land contained within or part of the development application of Huntington Beach Zoning and Subdivision Ordinance, characters and/or provide graphic accents,are mounted directly to the face of the Subdivision Directional Sign: A sign providing direction to a land development Chapter 233 Signs,Section 233.06 E"Service Stations." sign,and whose light emitting surfaces are directly visible. project 8) All issues not specifically addressed licicin shall be External Illumination: The illumination of sign by projecting light on to the Temporary Sign:A sign which is installed for a limited time and is not constructed addressed put suant to the City offluntington Beach Zoning face of the sign from a light source located outside of the sign,such as"gooseneck" and Subdivision Ordinance,Chapter 233 Signs. lamps;light sources are shielded from direct view or intended for long-term use. Total Sign Area:see Section 2.9 1. Freestanding Sign: A sign permanently attached to the ground and which does not have a building as its primary structural support. This includes ground signs, Valance: The vertical front face of a fabric awning,parallel to the face of the monument signs,pole-niounted signs,and tower signs. building to which it is mounted. Grand Opening: A promotional activity not exceeding ninety(90)calendar days Window Area: Any window pane or group of window panes contained entirely used by newly established businesses to inform the public of their location and within glazing separators(muntins,mullions,piers,columns,etc.)of one and one 0a. services quarter(I'A)inches or greater in width.Multiple window panes divided by glazing .4 separators less than one and one quarter(I A inches in width shall be considered > Halo Illumination:The illumination ofa sign by projecting light behind an opaque to be a single window area. letter or emblem onto the backing panel which results in the appearance of"halo"of light around the letter or emblem light sources are shielded from direct view. Illegal Sign:A sign which was erected without the benefit of a permit that does not meet the requirements of this ordinance,or has not received legal nonconforming c status. 10 1 2.9.1 FREESTANDiNG SIGN SETBACKS 2.9.2 TOTAL SIGN AREA 2.9.3 SIGN TYPE REGULATIONS l •` ition � � _ Defi'niYiou: 1 nstion a" � Freestanding Sign Setback is defined as the distance from a side property line, i) Sign Area is the area included within the outer dimensions of a single sign i) A Sign Type is a specific configuration of sign elements(such as placement, driveway,or street intersection to any portion ofa freestanding sign -z; (excluding structural supports) orientation,and size)that result in a unique type. la Ohl � l` � ,;•�-_,_� it) Total Sign Area is the combined sign area of all signs on a roe it) The physical configuration of each Sign Type is established b the text, Ian, ) g g g property.ttY ) P Y YP Y p (1) For freestanding signs,sign area shall be calculated on one(1)face of and section graphics in this section q! ,a) tSZCle Property-LI/teS"_ ___ -�� Affi`,�'_ - the sign,provided a sign face on a double-sided sign is not separated iii) The Sign Types established in this plan are summarized on the following page) i) Pole Signs shall set back forty(40)feet from side property Imes as shown infi-om the opposite side of the sign by more than twelve(12)inches at an point. the Fig.2 9.1 Freestanding Sign Setbacks diagram. Y P g "L" (2) For illuminated awning or canopy ii signs,sign area shall be calculated �, �_• �,,M,.Setbacks required for all other freestanding shall be as determined b the 9 b Y • Planning director. around the sign copy only (3) For signs without border or frame(channel or skeleton letters),the area i) Sign types not listed in this Section are not permitted shall be within a rectangular area of eight(8)continuous straight Imes it) A property's permitted sign types shall be as specified in the Section 2.1 Freestanding signs shall not be located within a ten(10)foot by ten(10)foot triangle (with right angles)formed around the extreme outer limits of the sign Development Standards Charts. ,'1 adjacent to driveways as shown m the Fig 291. Freestanding Sign Setbacks message,including all figures and any background or color which is an ..,l iu) In the event that a sign falls under more than one sign definition found within diagram. integral part of the sign this Section,the more restrictive sign regulations shall apply ,Streetlntersectio c nsulation'r,Ai � - Y Y .. .. _ .,.'-w`_. - - .„,.,•_ r;)':,':- `� ' iv) Signs shall not display animation unless otherwise noted,except public service a Unless otherwise noted,all signs(including temporary signs)shall count toward Freestanding signs shall not be located within a twenty-five(25)foot by twenty(25) signs such as those for time and temperature,and permitted electronic readerboards the total sign area permitted based on the following Lineal Budding Froivage foot triangle defined by front property fines at a street intersection as shown in the Ratios v) Electronic readerboard signs shall only be permitted at parcels abutting Fig 2 9 1 Freestanding Sign Setbacks diagram. Interstate 405 and parcels facing on Beach Boulevard(except south of Adams "��Comitierc[al„ !1'I_aximki t TOtal Sign Area hied. Avenue) They shall be configured wholly m as part of one of the permitted sign ww types described in this section including compliance with their respective height i) Lineal Building Frontage Ratio For each establishment,one and one and area requirements Permitted electronic readerboard signs shall comply with all half(1'/)square feet of total sign area shall be allowed for each lineal foot of requirements A through D of the City of Huntington Beach Zoning and Subdivision budding frontage ' t Ordinance,Chapter 233 Signs,Section 233.12"Electronic Readerboards" t7" ' To rwtwn the it = }ks it) For multi-tenant buildings,each establishment shall be calculated vi Commercial messages which identif y,fy,advertise,or attract attention to a individually per lease space frontage Allowable building frontage square N business,product,service,or event or activity sold,existing or offered elsewhere ,. ,, �,, footage shall be divided between eligible sign display areas which are those than upon the same property where the sign is displayed are expressly rohibited, Ifi P P P ty gP �"-ei facing parking lots or side streets or areas permitted by an approved Planned except as indicated for exempt signs. Sign Program vii)Sign design are established in the text for each sign type ofthe following pages. 2 in) Each lease space shall be calculated individually and permitted sign alfa j q ,,},4�;�;I Akha.' t]Ci�rew•Y?` '.: based on the linear frontage of one establishment or facade shall not be placed viii)Freestanding signs shall not obscure any fire fighting appliance,including but O \., i not limited to fire hydrants,fire connections,etc a+..., tQ' � Y ,Y on another establishment or facade. e wide E-+ I iv) Total sign area of parking lot frontage may not exceed the total sin area of w g P g Y s M�b) _Area, �+ tap street frontage regardless of the permitted lineal frontage ratio. ni The maximum size for each Sign Type shall be as specified in the Section 2 1 O # - T Development Standards Charts unless otherwise specified in this section. w n`-� b)�,Churcli�s,,School�and Comlrterct Recreatiottkl I7a�es� wrtl:rn`Pu6licParks Mazi»rum_TotalxSrgnArenPe miffed., ; w "" c 1Yumber o Si ns q Sign Type Setback Pole 40' i) Lineal Frontage Ratio:For each site,one(1)square feet of total wall- The maximum number of signs permitted for each Sign Type shall be as specified in " mounted sign area shall be allowed for each lineal foot of street frontage of the this section. �i x All other freestanding Subject to Director building,up to a maximum of thirty-two(32)square feet. O Signs Review ii) Freestanding signs shall have a maximum of thirty-two(32)square feet. 02 FIG.2.9.1 FREESTANDING SIGN SETBACK DIAGRAM 102 ' I) Grand Projecting Sign 2) Marquee Sign 3) Wall Sign 4) Monument Sign 5) Ground Sign 4;1 6) Pole Mounted Sign 7) Tower Sign 8) Projecting Sign 9) Awning Face Sign 10)Awning Valance Sign 11)Awning Side Sign 12)Canopy Fascia Sign 13)Above Canopy Sign 14)Caf6 Umbrella Sign 15)Recessed Entry Sign 16)Window Sign z Z ABC Q 10 Z , F1 21 > 4 103 k a W 44 W,F-9-4 C 2 9 0�Z_ L�i2'E00-6m RQILqj� gj%�n - M N-K-1 L2=7 J' Grand Projecting g Signs are tall,vertically oriented signs which project from the Marquee Signs are large,canopy-like structures mounted over the entrance to a building perpendicular to the fagade and which are structurally integrated into the theater that include one or more readerboards. building a) UM ber,Qf,Sik#k_" i) Marquee Signs shall be permitted only at movie theatres,live performance i) Only one(1)Grand Projecting Sign shall be permitted per establishment theatres,or night clubs-with a capacity of200 persons or greater al ii) The area of Grand Projecting Signs shall not count towards the total sign area it) Only one(1)Marquee Sign shall be permitted per establishment. permitted based on the Linear Frontage Ratio in) Marquee Signs shall have no more than three(3)faces. -s.�a al�i�g�t"Aoc on" 4......... i) Grand Projecting Signs shall project no more than six(6)feet from the fa@ade Marquee Signs shall only be located directly above the primary public entrance of of the building. the theatre. it) No portion of Grand Projecting Sign shall be lower than twelve(12)feet above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects. S,'L' ieS190 tit) Letter width shall not exceed two-thirds(2/3)of the sign width i) The area of Marquee Signs shall not count towards the total sign area permitted based on the Linear Building Frontage Ratio iv) No portion of Grand Projecting Sign shall extend more than ten(10)feet above the roofline it) Marquee signs shall project no more than twelve(12)feet from the faqade of the building 'j 'V) v Only the following types ofestablisliments may use animation on Grand Projecting Signs night clubs,movie theaters,and live performance theaters with a in) No portion of a Marquee Sign shall be lower than eight(8)feet above the -I) GRAND PRO.VECTING SIGN capacity of 200 persons or greater.When used,animation shall consist offlashnig level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects or chase lights only;light sources shall be of incandescent,neon,or LED type iv) Marquee Signs ma use animation of sign lighting When used,animation only.Flashing xenon strobe lights and rotating lights shall not be permitted shall consist offlashing or chase lights only;light sources shall be of incandescent, v,I Signs that project over the public nghl-of-way shall require an Encroachment neon,or LED type only.Flashing xenon",,role"lights and rotating lights shall not be permitted Permit from the Department of Public Works 01 es 6�Y i) As prominent landmark features,the position of Grand Piojecting Signs i) Exposed materials used in Marquee Signs should be metal and paint only, should be architecturally composed relative to important features of the building's with the exception that plastic may be used for readerboards faqade design—for example,located symmetrically within the Inqade,or aligned it) Marquee Signs should be illuminated by exposed neon tube illumination, with the primary entrance exposed incandescent bulb illumination,and/or LED illumination only,with the ii) Exposed materials used in Gi and Projecting Signs should be metal and paint exception that readerboards may use internal illumination O only. tit) Grand Projecting Signs should be illuminated by exposed neon tube illumination,exposed incandescent bulb illumination,and/or LED illumination Only. 14 Letters should be oriented right-side-up and stacked in a single upright row W with the first letter being at the top of the sign and the last letter being at the 9z bottom CA ?I)MARQUEE SIGN 104 --------------- T A44H Board WallSi Wall Signs ate signs which are located on,and parallel to,a building wall i) Menu Board Wall Signs at drive-thin locations, (1) One(1)per drive-thru lane. ber of Sins (2) Maximum area of thirty-six(36)square feet,maximum height of ninety • - Wall'Wall Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a dedicated six(96)square feet ground floor entrance (3) Menu Board Wall Signs at drive-flim locations shall not count towards the it) One wall sign is permitted per street or parking lot frontage for each separate total sign area permitted based on the Linear Frontage Ratio business on the ground floor MAW` i4linu Case WWISi ID sign toc W J, 1) Menu or Menu Case Wall Signs(non-drive-thru locations)are discrete wall- i 'Wall Signs shall only be mounted on a wall area below the second floor mounted signs or freestanding sign cases containing restaurant menus z level Exception Wall Signs may be mounted above the second floor level on all architectural tower configured to display wall signs (1) Shall be mounted at the ground floor firqade of a restaui ant or cafewith ' indoor or outdoor seating M0000000000 , it) Signs for second flooi businesses with exteiior access may be permitted by (2) Shall be limited to the size of two pages of the menu utilized by the Planned Sign Program. 7� restaurant plus the frame. (3) Shall not protrude more than three(3)inches from the layade. Lettering shall not exceed one(1)in height i) Wall Signs shall project no more than one(1)foot from the faqade of the (4) Shall not exceed one sign or sign case per fagade. building (5) Shall not count towards the total sign area permitted based on the Linear it) Wall Signs over fifty(50)square feet in size shall have an opaque Frontage Ratio background,where only items of information may be internally illuminated,or, 3)NVAIA,SIGN I signs shall be of individual Of channel letter design. (6) Shall be illuminated by indirect illumination only iii) Multi-business consolidated wall signs shall be permitted provided the signs I !9yideli-es" do not exceed the allowable sign area i) Exposed materials used in wall signs should be wood,ceramic,metal,and iv) Raceways shall only be permitted when electrical components cannot paint. Use of plastics should be avoided or iiiininuzed,especially polycarbonates physically be placed within or behind the wall or parapet. and other plastics that yellow with exposure to heat or ultraviolet light Wall signs v) Only the following types of establishments are permitted to use animated may also be painted directly onto the faqade of the building and/or inscribed into 5 phi Wall Signs,and only below the second floor level night clubs,movie theaters, the fagade of the building. "ll---------- and live performance theaters-with a capacity of greater than 200 persons.When it) Wall signs should be illuminated by external,exposed neon tube,exposed used,animation shall consist offlashing or chase lights only,light sources shall incandescent bulb,exposed LED,or halo illumination only. Internally illuminated `E be of incandescent,neon,or LED type only. Flashing xenon strobe lights and "can"signs with large translucent plastic panels should be avoided rotating lights shall not be permitted, in) Where individual letters are used,letters should be three dimensional,created vi) Channel letter signs quality for a fifteen(15)percent bonus in allowable size by raised letter forms mounted to the building fagade or sign panel,or by incised _'4" Y17�,t openings cut out from the sign panel. For changeable copy wall signs at Churches,Schools,and Coniolercial Recreational 000000000 Lei uses within Public Parks: one sign per site with a maximum area often(10)square S feet;this area shall not count towards the total sign area permitted based on the W Linear Frontage Ratio AR 3)WALL SIGN 2 105 ................. _JWK�I jkp and 5) Monument Signs are freestanding signs which are mounted on the ground and it The maximum area of and other requirements for freestanding Changeable are flush or have a clearance from the ground of not more than two(2)feet,and Copy Signs shall be as follows supported by a solid base,one or more uprights,braces,columns poles,or similar Structural components. (1) For Hotels with Convention Facility A maximum of thirty(30)percent ofthe allowable sign area as changeable copy Ground Signs are signs or sign panels with their backs mounted on mounded earth, or consist of individual vertical letters mounted on the ground (2) For Live Entertainment Uses A maximum of thirty(30)per cent of the allowable sign area as changeable copy, (3) For Tenant Directory Uses: A maximum area of thirty-two(32)square i) Monument or Ground Signs shall only be permitted for non-resident feet,a maximum height of six(6)feet above grade(in addition to other ud with a dedicated ground floor entrance or multifamily residential uses. permitted signs) (4) For Menu Board Uses at drive-in food service, in addition to other it) A maximum of one(1)per arterial street frontage on parcels with less than permitted sign. One sign per drive-thru lane,a maximum area often(10) 400 feet of arterial street frontage. square feet,a maximum height of six(6)feet above grade. in) A maximum one(1)primary freestanding sign and two(2)secondary signs on (5) For Churches,Schools,and Commercial Recreational uses within Public parcels with 400 feet or more of arterial street frontage Parks A maximum of thirty(30)per cent of the allowable sign area as (1) Secondary signs are limited to monument or ground signs. changeable copy rv) A maximum of one(1)freestanding sign with changeable copy per site aVX v) A maximum one sign per site for Churches,Schools,and Commercial Recreational uses within Public Parks i) The architectural design of Monument or Ground Sign should be an extension of the building's architecture,or strongly complementary to the building's architecture in form,materials,and color. 4)MONUMENT SIGN ii) Exposed materials used in Monument or Ground Signs should be wood, U i) No freestanding sign shall be located along a local street. W��, metal,stone,brick,concrete(including precast and GFRC),and/or paint Plastics og it) Freestanding signs on the same site shall be located a minimum of 150 feet should be avoided apart unless approved by a Planned Sign Program in) Monument of Ground Signs should be illuminated by external of halo in) The location of commercial and neighborhood identification monument or illumination only Internally illuminated can signs with large translucent plastic ground signs shall comply with the requirements of Diagram A. panels should not be used iv) Monument or Ground Signs shall be located in a landscaped planter a minimum of two(2)feet wider than the sign itself. CMonument or Ground Signs for Church,School and Commercial Recreational Uses within Public Parks shall be set back a minimum offive(5)feet from any W interior property line. 0 vi) Monument or Ground Signs for Neighborhood Identification Uses shall be set back a minimum of twenty(20)feet from any interior property line. Q MD Paz Yg!�-`-RLZ 0, �.0 i) Monument or Ground Signs shall not have more than two(2)faces. 5)GROUND SIGN > ii) Monument or Ground Signs over thirty-two(32)square feet in size shall have an opaque background,where only items of information may be internally illuminated;or,signs shall be of channel letter design, 106 E6FPOIC? (3) Monument or Ground Signs shall be located in a landscaped planter a Pole Mounted Signs are permanent freestanding signs not attached to a building,in minimum of three(3)feet wider than the sign itself `- which signs are constructed on or are affixed to the ground by one or more exposed _ columns,poles,or similar structural components.Tower Signs are freestanding 'E�,=aiulddin�eS ;'' ... signs similar to monument signs in that support poles or structures are concealed `a i) Pole Mounted or Tower Signs should have an articulated arohitecturai within an architectural enclosure of relatively constant width from bottom to top character and well-crafted details (1) A single unornamented pole support design topped by a can sign typical of a commercial strip should not be used 1) Pole Mounted or Tower Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses (2) At a minimum,design treatment or ornamentation of structural supports as with a dedicated ground floor entrance. �7 a decorative composition(for example,featuring columns,struts,braces, ii) A maximum of one(1)per arterial street frontage on parcels with less than fittings,caps,decorative frames,bases,etc.)together with decoratively r 400 feet of arterial street frontage framed sign panels is recommended iii) A maximum one(1)primary freestanding sign and two(2)secondary signs on (3) Alternatively,a Tower Sign should have an internal structural support parcels with 400 feet or more of arterial street frontage within an architecturally composed exterior featuring a base,shaft,and top (1) Secondary signs are limited to monument or ground signs. it) The architecture and composition of a Pole Mounted or Tower Sign structure ' IV) Amaximum of one(1)freestanding sign with changeable copy per site should provide visual interest and detail at both automotive and pedestrian-scale b sZryYIkLRGfiliOu�� ''. speed and perception. Pole Mounted or Tower Signs shall not be located along a local street in) The architectural character,materials,and colors of a Pole Mounted or Tower Sign are recommended to be an extension of,or complementary to those from the z C DCSI O`= primary building(s). ) IV) Exposed materials used in Pole Mounted or Tower Signs should be wood. i) Pole Mounted or Tower Signs shall not have more than two(2)faces ,; r1 metal,stone,brick,concrete(including precast and GFRC),and/or paint ii) Pole Mounted or Tower Signs over fifty,(50)square feet in size shall have an opaque background,where only items of information may be Internally v) Pole Mounted or Tower Signs should be illuminated by external,halo, illuminated,or,signs shall be of channel letter design. exposed neon tube,a exposed LED illumination.Internally illuminated can signs cb with large translucent plastic panels should not be avoided. 'd in) Street addresses shall be included on all Pole Mounted or Tower Signs with 6) POLE MOUNTED SIGN minimum six(6)inch numerals d) Changeable i) The maximum area of freestanding signs with Changeable Copy shall be as follows' I (1) For Hotels with Convention Facility. A maximum of thirty(30)per cent w of the allowable sign area as changeable copy. A (2) For Live Entertainment Uses: A maximum of thirty(30)per cent of the U allowable sign area as changeable copy. w ii) Sign location. (1) Freestanding signs on the same site shall be located a minimum of 150 feet apart unless approved by a Planned Sign Program pursuant to Huntington Beach Zoning and Subdivision Ordinance,Chapter 233 Signs,Section Ca 233 20 Planned Sign Program (2) The location of pole mounted and tower signs shall comply with the �r requirements of Figure 2.9,1. 7)TOWER SIGN 0 f� 107 .� Projecting Signs are signs which are oriented perpendicularly to the building fagade and which are mounted directly to the budding fagade or suspended under a bracket, armature,or other mounting device attached to the fagade and project to the wall more the eighteen(18)inches _ z si w� A��`�-.- M�a'14.� Projecting Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a dedicated . ground floor entrance. r ' :I Projecting Signs shall only be mounted on the wall area below the second floor, - - centered above the store entrance or lease length.They may be mounted above or _ - ir�> below an awning or canopy r 1. r lgn. Projecting Signs shall project no more than four(4)feet from the fapade of , thebuildin& _ j y ii) No portion of a Projecting Sign shall be lower than eight(8)feet above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects .. ...., lZ%'mz`_a ui) Projecting Signs shall be illuminated by external illumination only 8) PROJECTING SIGN 1 8) PROJECTING SIGN 3 a d) W ;�', it Any barber shop shall be entitled to display one(1)barber pole in addition to ar= other permitted sighs ii) Barber poles shall not exceed four(4)feet in length(height) in) Bather poles may be internally illuminated V 1 F iv) Barber shall not be mechanically rotated. v) Shall not count towards the total sigh area permitted based on Linear Frontage Ratio. - eJ fi.zF w , Oi) Exposed materials used in Projecting Signs should be wood,metal,and paint. - V Use of plastics should be avoided or minimized WrQ Projecting Signs incorporating a distinctive shape relating to the business - are reconunended,as well as signs utilizing three-dimensional and well-crafted; 0 designs ° 8) PROJECTING SIGN 2 8) PROJECTING SIGN 4 108 .......... ------------- ------ MWW- Vita s',YMC--ning�Wlej!�W—s _,7*71_19EEIM17_11�' —5 -:7,� -, __ IT F i-A*-- Awning Side Signs are signs applied to the side panel of an awning,perpendicular Awning Face Signs are signs applied to the primary face of an awning,including Awning Valance Signs are signs applied to the awning valence. sloped awning faces and vertical box awning faces to the building wall surface N of P", U 'a Awning Valance Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a Awning Face Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a dedicated dedicated ground floor entrance and multi-family buildings with a common lobby Awning Side Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a dedicated ground floor entrance entry ground floor entrance and multi-family buildings with a common lobby entry 1 t 0, 'M 0, I) Awning Face Signs shall project no farther from the building than its I) Lettering for Awning Valance Signs shall not exceed one(1)line of lettering. I) The area of Awning Side Signs shall not count towards the total sign area associated awning permitted based on the Linear Frontage Ratio ii) Awning Valance Signs should consist of vinyl or paint applied directly to the 11) No portion of Awning Face Sign shall be less than eight(8)feet above the awning,or as printed or woven directly into the awning fabric. ii) Lettering for Awning Side Signs shall not exceed one(1)line of lettering level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects in) Awning Valance Signs shall not be illuminated in) Awning Side Signs shall project no farther from the building than its in) Awning Face Signs should consist of vinyl or paint applied directly to the associated awning. a es Al N ion of an Awning Side Sign shall be less than eight(8)feet above the awning,or as printed or woven directly into t e awn ng fabric. IV) 0 port 41 IV) Awning Face Signs shall not be illuminated Awning mate[ials should be canvas of nylon;plastic should not be used level ofthe sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects v) Awning Side Signs should consist of vinyl or paint applied directly to the awning,or as printed or woven directly into the awning fabric. 1) Awning materials should be canvas or nylon;plastic should not be used vi) Awning Side Signs shall not be illuminated. 'N't Awning materials should be canvas or nylon,plastic should not be used 2 ==0000000000 MOD s. > 9z 4., 9)AWNING FACE SIGN 10)AWNING VALANCL SIGN I I)AWNING SIDE SIGN 109 01 UA T4_-�j �7—__flLf fi m�Fe�1 1743 k Canopy Fascia Signs are signs that are mounted to the front or side fascia of a Above Canopy Signs are signs which are mounted partially or entirely above the 41 Nuni parallel to the building wall surface _;�I,,","canopy,contained completely within that fascia,and oriented parallel to the building front fascia of canopy and oriented paf W!"t- � wall surface. Caf6 Umbrella Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a dedicated u) Nlu ber f S� i, ground floor entrance Canopy Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a dedicated a), bie o s Ab ove - , Canopy Fascia Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a dedicated ground floor entrance and multi-family buildings with a common lobby entry b): AisAi4a, ground floor entrance and multi-family buildings with a common lobby entry S. i) The area of cafe umbrella signs shall not count towards the total sign area permitted based on the Linear Frontage Ratio. 444eafio Above Canopy Signs are permitted only above the front fascia of canopy it) Cafe Umbrella Signs shall only be pennitted to display the name and/or a it Canopy Fascia Signs shall project no farther from the building than its A business logo of the business.Generic advertising such as a product narric shall t associated canopy 0""a", Ak not be pennitted d it) No portion of Canopy Fascia Sign shall be less than eight(8)feet above the i) Above Canopy Signs shall project no farther from the building than its lit) Sign letter height shall be a maximum of six(6)inches level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects associated canopy. iv) Abusiness logo shall not exceed one(])square foot in area. in) Canopy Fascia Signs shall consist of only one(1)line ofteftcring articulated it) No portion of Above Canopy Sign shall be less than eight(9)feet above as individual letters mounted directly to the canopy. the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects. 2 in) Lettering for Above Canopy Signs shall include only one(1)line of lettering The color combination of signs and umbrella fabric should be simple and contrasting C) tt�l ideiinei""' using individual letters only. for legibility and avoidance of visual clutter. i) Materials used in Canopy Fascia Signs should be metal,wood,and paint only �d),,,Guidelines, it) Canopy Fascia Signs should be illuminated by external,halo,exposed LED, or exposed neon tube illumination only it Exposed materials used in Above Canopy Signs should be wood,metal,and paint only ii) Above Awning Signs should be illuminated by external,halo,exposed neon tube,exposed incandescent bulb,or exposed LED illumination only. They may s also be translucent letters that are edge-lit W, rA_, 'k > 4z f! Qa 12 CANOPY FACIA SIGN 13)ABOVE CANOPY SIGN 14 CAPE UMBRELLA SIGN 1110 Recessed Entry Signs are signs which are oriented parallel to the building facade Window Signs are signs which are applied directly to a window or mounted or and which ate suspended over a recessed entry. suspended directly behind a window. I:' bir o Signs .x, . mbera f„g Recessed Entry Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a Window Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a dedicated dedicated ground floor entrance and multi-family buildings with a common lobby ground floor entrance entry b Si n Locations , ;g z X Window Signs shall be permitted on windows below the second floor level only -, y ; i) Recessed Entry Signs shall not project beyond the facade of the building. it) No portion of a Recessed Entry Sign shall be lower than eight(8)feet above the level of the sidewalk The letter height of each Window Sign shall not exceed twelve(12)inches tit) Ifillummated,recessed Entry Signs shall utilize external illumination only i) Ground floor Window Signs should consist ofgold or silver leaf,vinyl,or Exposed materials used in Recessed Entry Signs should be wood,metal,and paint paint applied to the glass,neon mounted or suspended behind the glass,or framed and mounted paper signs. For metallic leaf or vinyl signs,a drop shadow behind only letters is recommended to increase visibility u) If illuminated,Ground floor Window Signs should be illuminated by exposed neon tube illumination only, z e� ® ® ®® �! W . ... IJ K ' o O o O 15)RECESSED ENTRY SIGN 16)WINDOW SIGN I 111 ..... - - - _ - - - _ _ - 2.J.4 SIGN GUIDELINES—ALL SIGN TYPES architectural features.Visible architectural features such as panels,columns, etc should not be haphazardly overlapped by building-mounted signs I) In general,natural construction materials such as wood,metals, t 9) Storefront signage should help create architectural variety ceramic,glass,and stone should be used for visible components of from establishment to establishment In niultt-tenant buildings, signs.Synthetic materials should only be used if they are designed to signage should be used to create interest and vanety- t be indistinguishable from the recommended natural materials,or if they have a secondary or minor visual presence.Large plastic panels 10)All signs(including temporary signs)should should be avoided. Materials subject to yellowing from exposure present a neat and aligned appearance. to sunlight or heat such as polycarbonate should not be used All signs(including temporary signs)should be constructed and 2) Internally illuminated"can"signs consisting of rectangular installed utilizing the services of a professional sign fabricator. enclosures with large translucent plastic sign faces should be avoided Can signs will only be considered for use to incorporate longs,and are not permitted as the primary wall sign If used, one ofthe following treatments should be applied: III, A sheet metal or opaque sign surface with letters cut out so that only letter shapes or outlines are illuminated from within by translucent surfaces; Or,a color scheme of translucent panels with dark colored background with light colored letters. 3) Recommended exposed and non-exposed illumination(light source) types include incandescent,halogen,neon,warm-white encapsulated -=g�^,fi 'i compact fluorescent,warm-white encapsulated induction lamps, and LED light sources Exposed spiral-tube compact fluorescent, F a fluorescent tube,metal halide,and cold-cathode light sources should only be used for non-exposed illumination,i.e.where lamps are shielded from view Exposed high pressure sodium and low pressure sodium light sources are not recommended due to then color The use .,l of energy-efficient illumination sources is strongly encouraged, -`tiffs-� I 4) For legibility,contrasting colors should be used for the color of the background and the color of the letters or symbols Light letters on a dark background or dark letters on a light background are most legible. 5) Colors or color combinations that interfere with the -- — legibility of the sign copy should be avoided.Too many colors can weaken the legibility of the sign 6) Fluorescent paint or material colors should not be used as predonanant wi colors in permanent signs or on their structural supports(except as Orequired for municipal traffic and public safety signs) When fluorescent colors are used as part of temporary signage,they should be limited Fz, to ten(10)square feet of sign area per facade per establishment. w 7) Sign design,including color,should be appropriate to the establishment, j O conveying a sense of what type of business is being advertised. j8) The location of all permanent building-mounted signs should be Aw incorporated into the architectural design and composition of the building. Placement of signs should be considered an integral part of the overall facade design.Locations should be carefully composed and align with major x 0 0 I � 112 s c t 'Plie revitalization and ongoing development of the Beach and Edinger ("orridorswiII besupported bya,hrog ram ofconnm inityactionand investil lei It. Given the substantial length of the corridors and the multiplicity of needs represented, this program will be implemented in phases in accordance with the a,va,ilaabil_ity of city resoiu•ces. Tlie pi-ioritiza,tioit of pnbl is irnprovernerits will be guided by the goals and strategies outlined in Book I of this Spxu'ific, Plan. Complementing the Development Standards contained in Book 11, the strategic investment of coinmitnity resources planned in this section a,re intended to accelerate the revitalization process and to add to the appeal_ and success of the corridors as the central spines of the city. Public Improvements will be guided by the Community Intent established in Book 1. As opportunities arise that were not known at the time of the - Plan's adoption, the city may consider alternative investment strategies to snore effectively realize the community's vision for the Beach Boulevard and Edinger Avenue COr ridOrs. z j o i d U i 1 ' I O 113 Classic Boulevard:A formal,signature streetscape with multiple rows of trees, 3.1 CIRCULATION PLAN parking for retail shops,a broad promenade sidewalk with street trees for shopping, i outdoor dining,strolling,and special events. to stimulate and to support the envisioned growth and change along the Beach and Edinger Corridors, the City of Huntington Beach intends to invest capital ' improvement resources strategically as part of this document's circulation plan i This section describes the primary features of those anticipated investments j Monument Signage Announces the gate- way into Huntington Beach 3.I.1 .STREE'TSCAPE IMPROVEMENTS The City may to implement phased streetscape improvements that will contribute ;'. significantly to the enhancement of the visual appeal and identity of the corridors ILAI Stieetscape improvements have been designed to promote the type of change , envisioned by the connnunity by providing attractive and compatible environments Edinger' e for the desired types of new development,as well as for highly valued existing ' development4 '`is%°:� Implementation { Stieetscape improvements will be installed and paid for by a combination of public and private investment New private development along the corridors will include the installation of(or in-lieu payment for the future installation of)sidewalk and 't&r Palm Tree Boulevard:Wide sidewalks, landscaping improvements between property line and curb. Private investors in s ample lighting,shopfront visibility,and a palm tree-fine mean support d di business and mixed- corridor properties will also provide payment for the costs of metalling public � improvements to the centerline of the street,as specified in the Development Code i use development portion of this Specific Plan(See Book 11 Development Code,Section 2 5-Street "" Regulations).Improvements in the public right-of-way required in the Development Code match the improvements contained in this section. Public implementation of streetscape improvements will be staged over time,and ' as financial resources allow. Public implementation of streetscape improvements in various segments of the corridors would provide improvements between curbs Ellis=as well as improvements along public frontage areas of properties that have not yet I been improved per the standards of this portion of the Specific Plan .._ The Beach Boulevard right-of-way is owned by the State of California with portions that fall within the Coastal Zone and boarder the City of Westminster. Intended l`a design improvements will need to be coordinated with the Coastal Commission, Caltrans,and the City of Westminster respectively as part ofthe design development process ;Parkway:Significant,informal landscaping Design I I � � =creates a garden-like environment appropriate The design of specific streetscape improvements is integrated with the configuration a s for housing of Center and Segment types that are the fundamental organizing principal of this Specific Plan The integration of street design with building disposition and site N — i f i the will result in te emergence of cohesive and iconic city z R ' corridors ? The coordination ofstreet design with development design results in the organization ! of streetscape improvements into three discrete segment improvement types: .�H. "Classic Boulevard"improvements along Edinger Avenue,"Palm Tree Boulevard" U ! improvements along Beach Boulevard north of Main Street and "Parkway" improvements along Beach Boulevard south of Main Street,as illustrated in the diagram to the right Schematic design details intended for each of these three ,, --- �. corridor segments are provided in the following sections. ... ; PCH(Pacific Coast Highway)gateway streetscape treatment south of Pacific View Avenue(outside of Specific Plan Area) 114 -_I CLASSIC& PALM TREE BOULEVARD v r kz 1) Classic Boulevard Improvements(Edinger Avenue) STREET LIGHT a g <a a) Configuration: Atlt x t )' `_ ;,' i) As illustrated in the plan and cross-section diagrams to the left,Classic Boulevard Improvements y retain the three existing through-lanes in each direction along Edinger Avenue,and features a »,e a` �'"° ; *?` ''" ]andsca landscaped center median with left turn pockets at select mtei'secticns New rotected services lanes P p P p b(parking y b p b page p ( and curbside arkin y arkin g may be angled or parallel;diagrams on this a>e illustrate the option of 'Al", angle parking)run parallel to the thiough-lanes,and are separated from the through-lanes by curbed landscape separators. New sidewalks tun along the building firontages ii) This schematic design assumes the maintenance of existing curb locations. The service lane, t 'Y+ * thy, t -- is b' i�lk S.Iib§fp6{11 # flia �+'✓R'. 2 fwx MMM� i curbside parking,sidewalk and landscaped separator are constructed in part within the front setback �u ' x'r s' S- ,. r`� , "�,,,„p," �'.i.' f ` 4 zone of each property That is.the new public frontage is constructed behind the existing curb. { b) Streetsea a Elements: 1P t) Sidewalk.12 foot wide,scored concrete. ovj ;v lxe" s11 ;)'' x ii) Curbed separator(between through-lanes and service lanes)-9 foot wide K k 0� (t` i Z, iE : ' in) Street lighting (1) Iconic Boulevard scale street-lighting(matches the Palm Tree Boulevard lighting on Beach Blvd) , Selected model/design featured in photograph to the left labeled"Classic&Pahn Tree Boulevard Street 1, -# Light" - #. (2) Double arm boulevard-scale and pedestrian-scale street lighting located wrthm the curbed ' - landscaped separators with a spacing of approximately 90 feet on-center Light source should be located .0 ., 25-30 feet above finished grade for boulevard-scale street lighting and 12-14 feet above finished grade sf ; t- `'- for pedestrian-scale street lighting CLASSIC&PALM TREE BOULEVARD (3) Double arm boulevard-scale street lighting located withinthe center planted median with a spacing BENCHES AND TRASH RECEPTACLE of approximately 90 feet on-center Light source should be located 25-30 feet above finished grade (4) Single arm,pedestrian-scale street lighting located on the sidewalk at back-of-curb and spaced *r { tf a ," x ,y `^^"*^ ^'3"`"F approximately at 60 feet on-center iv) Other Furnishing.benches with wood or metal slats and metal trash receptacles with an aesthetic sl that evokes the beach and surf culture All metalwoi k to be painted to match the sheet lighting i----._ § Selected models/designs featured in pictures to the left labeled"Classic&Pahn Tree Boulevard Benches and Trash Receptacle." NORTH SIDE SOUTH SIDE v) Street Trees: Formal planting arrangement with street trees located in regularly spaced alee pattern. l'k ' "; (1) Street Tree Selection Platanus x acerifoha`Yarwood' fir ' y v t (2) Trees are located within the median,the curbed landscape separators,and in flush tree grates in the F + angled parking zone at approximately 30 feet on-center,and are planted as close to corner curb-returns tin o as possible m d €d 1 #t k il (3) Trees align across the street as much as possible i t 1 s s �. U vi) Other planting:media[and curbed landscaped separators are planted with native,low groundcover,of green foliage,which does not require irrigation or extensive maintenance a ' -'k — - NORTH SIDE SOUTH SIDE 115 - 1 2) Palm Tree Boulevard Improvements(Beach Blvd. W" Al PAi,m TREE BOULEVARD'FREES north of 5 Points intersection): a) Configuration: i) As illustrated in the plan and cross-section diagrams to the right,Palm 4 Tree Boulevard Improvements retain the existing four through-lanes in each direction,and feature a landscaped center median with left turn pockets at _i3O select intersections. 4 4�A ii) This schematic design assumes the maintenance of existing curb locations. lari 7,g b) Streetscape Elements: iz, -4 I it Sidewalk and Sidewalk Buffer:street improvements feature a 6 foot A v M & J sidewalk separated from the back-of-curb by a 4 foot continuous planter strip Y% gow IZI it) Street lighting 41 UY (1) Iconic Boulevard scale street lighting(matches the Classic Boulevard "I'll",%,,�I- . ---%-W, - ,1 Ak' lighting on Edinger Ave)The finish color is to be determined 1, (2) Double arm boulevard-scale and pedestrian-scale street lighting located W, within the planter strip with a spacing of approximate]) 90 feet on-center Light source should be located 25-30 feet above finished grade for boulevard- M—�_M Ila, scale street lighting and 12-14 feet above finished grade for pedestrian-scale 4" 4' street lighting fa 'a" J-1 Jai (3) Double arm boulevard-scale street lighting located within tire center k Y 4%v , planted median with a spacing of approximately 100-120 feet on-center(or ), Ale 4 every 3 clusters of palm trees) The street lighting will be the first vertical _0 element at the ends of the median and the light source should be located 25-30 feet above finished grade I-V in) Other Furnishing benches with wood or metal slats,and metal trash receptacles with an aesthetic that evokes the beach and surf culture.All metalwork to be painted white or fresh green. WEST SIDE EAST SIDE Roystonea Regia-Roval Palm(Photo by 1)Coggi,) iv) Street Trees (1) Behind the curbs Intermittent clusters of three,single-species,tall Palm trees,with very shut trunks (2) Palm Tree Species Selection Washingtoma robusta Y (3) Center Median Palm Tree Planting. Palm trees planted in an alee O z arrangements, approximately 30- 35 feet on center in two rows where Possible Ct (4) Street Tree Lighting Trees to be up-lit at night,with one t50 watt up- light on the side closest to moving traffic lanes v) Other planting,planter strips and the center median are landscaped with A native,low groundcover with green foliage,which does not require irrigation or high level of maintenance WEST SIDE EAST SIDE 116 ---------------- Parkway Improvements(Beach Blvd.south of Main Street): N;7___1_4_�-l_Tr 7r tr k .7, A, 4 a) Typical Configuration: N it As illustrated in the plan and cross-section diagrams to the left,Parkway Improvements 77 -lanes in each direction,with occasional parallel parking L.,h.�Iht t- retain the existing three through A— along the sidewalk curb,and features a landscaped center median with left turn pockets at T 4 4 select intersections. ............ -b lit This schematic design assumes the maintenance of existing cut locations and in V, many cases assumes the retention of the existing back-of-sidewalk location In instances oc" where public frontages feature narrow monolithic curb,gutter and sidewalk,it may not T - be possible to implement envisioned parkway strip and sidewalk improvements until and unless new deN el opulent occurs v`lr� :4 b) Typical Streetscape Elements: _N 44 i) Sidewalk and Sidewalk Buffer, street improvements include a 6 foot sidewalk with a 9 f. Y foot continuous planter strip along the back x, it) Street lighting: If f �4 ; 4. x W-, (1) Unique que pedestrian-scale street fighting(reminiscent of colored Venen an lanterns,that express the romance and festive atmosphere of the beach in a modern way) Selected model/ s design featured in photographs on the following page labeled"Parkway Street Light x 16 X_ t (2) Finish color gun-metal (3) Streetlights are to be positioned within the planting,strip at approxonately 80 feet on- VOWU center tp Ej J, (4) The light source should be located at 14 feet from the finished grade and use filters 41 1 within the luminaires to create colored effects through a wrap-around foliage mask a- �7VI iii) Other Furnishing benches with wood or metal slats,and metal trash receptacles with an aesthetic that evokes the beach and surf culture All metalwork to be painted white. 110i` '7 iv) Planting. Parkway Improvements feature an arrangement of alternating,informally WEST SIDE EAST Sum shaped clusters ot'vegetation(Type A and Type B—described below)planted on the center e than roughly every 50-60 feet on-center,and up-fit at night.Low,native groundcover with green foliage to alternate with the vegetation clusters, (1) Type A cluster.a single multi-trunk palm tree-Phoenix reelinata or Chamaerops humilis,broad-leaf tall grasses and medium-height groundcover with small,showy flowers and native grasses 4 &N (2) Type B cluster a cluster of single-trunk, medium-height palm treesWodyetra Infurcata(trees selected from nurseries that seeded the trees in California),small accent 2. palm-like trees-Cycas revolme,and low groundcover,preferably with flowers and native a (J grasses v) Other planting Planter strips to be built as functional stormwater management 1 facilities,landscaped with a mix ofnative,low groundcovers and native grasses Arrangements of two tall palm trees with thick and very straight trunks(Phoenix dactylifera or Roystonea regia)with a street light in the middle at 15'from the light poles co are intermittent with an informal composition of medium-height palm trees(W bifurcate)and small accent palm-like trees(Cycas revoluta). C WEST SIDE EAST SIDE 117 LLJ fEl • ra nwu MCI al t ------------- ............. 0 PCH Gateway Configuration: ",I e) Special Conditions: A'Ulu 'U? g'T', it At the southern entrance and terrainus to Beach Boulevard,special j) There are special conditions along the length of the Parkway gateway improvements take advantage of the changed street configuration at Improvement segment that will require the streetscape treatment to be tailored that location The roadway configuration changes to one through-lane,one 74-1- for these areas. These special conditions include dedicated left turn lane and one dedicated right turn lane on the West side t-4 (1) Large canopies of existing trees at back of sidewalk that limit installation of the street A landscaped center median gives way to a dedicated left turn of sidewalk planter strip vegetation pocket near the intersection.On the East side the street consists of 3 through 41, fZ (a) A closer look at thus condition will be required to determine lanes and a parallel parking lane along the sidewalk curb. �'k'�4 % 5 if existing tree canopies should be pinned to allow for the it) This schematic design assumes the maintenance of the existing curb and -41 na new stieetscape treatment,or if the installation of low-medio v o E� back-of-sidewalk locations,however it assumes that the dedicated right turn M height groundcovet and streetlights is mot e appropriate. V lane on the West side will narrow somewhat to provide room for a continuous 2) Narrow existing sidewalks that do not allow fora 9'wide planter strip Boulevard and Pacific Coast Highway(PCI 1) ,V, wide,landscaped median(10-12 feet)to approach the intersection of Beach US (a) Trees will be located in a narrower continuous pfplanter strip or in tree grates d) PCH Gateway Streetscape Elements: (3) A frontage road with curbed landscaped separators i) Cross-section (a) A closet study is required to determine ifthe proposed sidewalk (1) On the East side,a 6 foot sidewalk with 4 x 10 foot tree wells connected planter strip treatment can be installed in the separator by a pigmented concrete strip four(4)foot wide)along the back ofeurb This will allow for the image of a continuous planting strip robe maintained and at the same time provide a landing area for loading and unloading of passengers ,4 in the parking zoneON' (2) On the West at d e,the wi n d i rig sidewalk separated fi om the back of curb by a planted area is to remain it) Street lighting t fo�"A !F (1) Unique pedestrian-scale street lighting(reminiscent of colored Venetian V% l lanterns,that express the romance and festive atmosphere of the beach in a a q R modern way) Finish color gun metal z NN"'� (2) Street lighting is located back-of-curb in alignment with palm trees, positioned roughly 90 feet on-center The light source should be located at K 14 feet from the finished grade and use filters within the luminaires to create colored effects through a wrap-around foliage mask in) Gateway planting,a single species of tall palm trees with thick and very '5 straight trunks-Roystonea regia (1) Arranged in two rows at roughly 30 feet on-center,within the center median Trees to be aligned across the street and up-lit at night EAST SIDE WEST SIDE WEST SIDE EAST SIDE (2) Arranged in one at roughly 30 feet on-center,within tree wells finishedO with decomposed granite Trees to be aligned across the street and up-lit at night iv) Other Planting:Median and planting areas covered with native/water efficient groundcover of green foliage,which require minimal irrigation and low level of maintenance. Pa 119 __. . _. ........ .. ................ -... . - 4) Gateway Monument-Beach Blvd.&Edinger Ave. 3.1.2 'TRAFFIC/ STREET NETWORK i As part of the City's ongoing sign program,a new city entry sign will be built at IMPROVEMENTS C1 raw. the intersection of Beach Blvd and Edinger Ave to mark this major gateway into , the City. To accommodate ongoing growth and investment along the Corridors,the city - Li 0 IV intends to place the highest piimity on the implementation of improvements to expand vehicular capacity This section outlines a preliminary assessment of needed 5 improvements. Further detail regarding traffic/street network improvements will be developed in conjunction with this documents environmental analysis Fu;3.1 EDIIVGLR AVE.SIGNAL TIMING 1) Beach Boulevard&Edinger Avenue Intersection The intersection of Beach Boulevard and Edinger Avenue is the most critical intersection with respect to the corridors,particularly Edinger Avenue,since it will likely be impacted by short-term development Improvements are intended to be implemented in stages allowing a linked program of land use development and traffic improvements - The critical part of the circulation system to accommodate future growth is the northern part of Beach Boulevard As of this Plan's adoption,the Beach Boulevard/ Edinger Avenue intersection is operating deficiently,a situation that is exacerbated A by the 1-405 interchange immediately to the north.Similarly the Beach Boulevard/ Talbert Avenue intersection is close to capacity. The following improvements for the Beach Boulevard/Edingei Avenue intersection address the operational issues and also increase the capacity EAII!EE9E•R9A.V _ _ i) Signal tinning optimization along Edinger Avenue between Beach Y - Boulevard and Goldenwest Avenue. iQ Operational changes allowing two lanes to enter the eastbound Edinger , 1-405 slip ramp(I e,one dedicated lane and one optional lane), " m The addition or a thud westbound through lane at the intersection r �. IV The addition of a fourth northbound through lane at the intersection 1 - m` ' (coupled with closure of or operational changes to the loop off-ramp lust north """�"""�'"°"� '"" of the intersection) FIG 3.2 BEACH BLVD.& EUINGER AVL.INTERSECTION These improvements will require coordination with Caltrans and the City of AREA TRAFFIC IMPROVEMENTS Westminster Implementation of all four will address the operational problems and increase capacity by a much as 20 percent O ' F � V Q I i.r I 0 0 t� 120 .......... 2) Beach Boulevard&Talbert Avenue Intersection 3) Beach Boulevard&Warner Avenue 4) Beach Boulevard&Heil Avenue The Beach Boulevard/Talbert Avenue intersection is less likely to be impacted The adding of a northbound de-facto right turn lane(rather than a full right turn Add a second northbound left turn lane and an eastbound delacto right turn lane(in by short-term change,allowing some time to assess the most effective medium lane)is illustrated in Fig 3 5. the form of widened through lane). to long-term remedy for this location.The northbound right tum can provide a small increment ofcapacity,but the next increment ofcapacity involves significant 5) Beach Boulevard&Garfield Avenue challenges that will take more nine to successfully address. Add a second northbound left turn lane Improvements under study at the time of the Plan adoption include a northbound right-turn lane(04 ICU gain)and double left turns north and south(08 ICU gain). 6) Beach Boulevard,Main Street&Ellis Avenue While a northbound de-facto right turn lane(rather than a full right turn lane)is An operational deficiency is noted at the Beach Boulevard/Main Street intersection feasible,the north and south double left turn involve challenges due to physical and at the immediately adjacent Main Street/EllisAvenue intersection Thisisrelated constraints.An alternative under study at the time of Plan adoption:east and west to the close spacing between the intersections and the resulting queue interference double left turns,again involves physical constraints. A number of improvement options at this intersection are available,mostly dealing with the role of Ellis Avenue west of Main Street in the circulation system for this area. Such options range from lane configuration changes,possibly with some individual movement prohibitions,to full closure of Ellis Avenue at this location and conversion to pedestrian use. These improvements require further evaluation and development ofa circulation plan to achieve both planning and traffic operations objectives TALvtffT Aviv. WARNER Ave. ski �r FIG 3.3 SIIORT-TERM BEACH BLVD. & TAi,nLzRT AVE. FIG 3.5 BEACH Bi.vm & WARNER AVE. INTERSECTION INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS IMPROVEMENTS TALaziiirr A-4. r zi FIG 3.4 MID-TERM BEACH BLVD. & TALBERT AVE. INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS 121 3.2 PUBLIC FACILITIES Components of this section will be developed in conjunction with this documents environmental analysis. 3.3 INFRASTRUCTURE AND PUBLIC FACILITIES IMPROVEMENT RESPONS➢BILITIES Components of this section will be developed in conjunction with this documents I environmental analysis i i i O F� U d� H U j x 0 0 122 I i I This chapter sets forth definitions of certain words of phrases used in this Code in The total length of the public rights-of-way along all block faces order to promote consistency and uniformity in their usage,thereby facilitating the Breezewav interpretation of this Plan.The meaning and construction of words and phrases as A covered driveway or walkway penetrating a building to connect to courtyards, set forth in this chapter shall apply throughout the Plan unless the context clearly parking areas,or alleys at the interior or tear of a parcel. indicates otherwise. Definitions contained in the city's Municipal Code shall be j applicable except when in conflict with definitions contained in this chapter or Building: elsewhere in this Code,in which case this Code's definitions shall prevail Any structure having a roof supported by coluums or walls for the housing or Accessory Building: enclosure of persons,animals,chattels,or property of any kind. A building or structure which is located on the same lot and customarily,incidental Building Composition: and subordinate to the Primary Building or to the use of land such as a garage. A building's spatial arrangement of masses and architectural elements in relation to Accessory buildings may be freestanding and are not considered part of the Primary each other and the building as a whole. Building Mass when attached to a Primary Building Typically accessory budding Building Disposition: uses include vehicular parking, storage of lawn and garden equipment, storage The placement and orientation of a building of buildings on a parcel. f of household items,play house or green house Accessory buildings may include habitable area such as a home office,recreation roost,guesthouse, or sleeping Building Envelope: rooni(s). The maximum space a building or buildings may occupy on a parcel. Active Living Spaces: Building Height: Habitable spaces such as dining rooms,Irving rooms,or bed rooms that accommodate The vertical extent of a building measured in feet and stories,not including a raised living activities basement or a habitable attic. Active living spaces do not include kitchens, bathrooms, partially submerged Building Orientation: basements,or utility spaces The direction that the ptiniary building facade of a building faces. Active Open Space: Building Placement: Any side yard,courtyard,of other open space that is accessed directly by primary The location of a building on a parcel entiance(s)to housing units or office spaces. Building Volume: Alley: Part or all of a building's three dimensional bulk A public or private way having an ultimate width ofnot less than 20 feet permanently By Right Permit: reserved primarily for vehicular service access to the rear or side of properties A proposal for a building or community plan that complies with this code and may ----- otherwise abutting on a street. thereby be processed administratively,without public hearing. Alley Setback: Carriage House: The required minimum distance from an alley's edge of pavement to any building A separate,detached,complete housekeeping unit with kitchen,sleeping and full Articulation: bathroom facilities,located on the same parcel as a Primary Building but subordinate The use of architectural elements to create breaks in the horizontal and vertical in size. surfaces or masses of buildings. Context: Base: Physical surroundings,including a combination of architectural,natural and civic A base treatment is a horizontal articulation of the lower part of a building fagade's elements that establish a specific district,neighborhood,or block character design that serves to establish a human scale for pedestrian users and passers-by, Corridor: and aesthetically"ties"a building to the ground. The combination of all elements that characterize a roadway. This consists of all Block: elements within the public right-of-way/street(the vehicular realm/thoroughfare An aggregate of land,including parcels,passages,rear lanes and alleys,bounded and the pedestrian realm/public frontage)as well as each adjacent property's Q by streets of railroad rights-of-way. An alley does not constitute the boundary of a private frontage. I � Block Corridor Centers and Segments: Q Block Perimeter: 123 — I An area as defined in the Corridors Centers and Segments A street that a building's primary entrance is oriented The use of a single budding for two or more dwellings. Primary Building Mass: Map whose urban form has a unique character within the Plan towards. Municipal Code: The most prominent portion of the Primary Building's Area. The range of Corridors Centers and Segments forms 3-dimensional bulk. the basic organizing principle for the Plain's Development Front Yard: A collection of regulations that guide local government The area that results from a front yard setback. Primary Entrance: Code Open Space(Public&Private): The main/principal inn f i n in building Front Yard Setback: Land that may be used for passive or active recreation.There point o pedestr a access to a Corridor Centers and Segments Map: The distance or range of distances (expressed in both are a wide range of open space types including parks,plazas, configured as a Private Frontage Type. The map that designates Condor Centers and Segments and minimum and maximum)required from the back-of-sidewalk yards and other configurations as defined in the Development Private Frontage: determines which regulations in the Development Code apply to the primary building facade along a street code. 1)The portion of a property between the back of sidewalk to each property within the Plan Area line and the primary budding facade along any Street. Curtain Wall Window Wall: Frontage Coverage: Parcel or Assembled Parcel: A curtain window wall is a system where a wall of windows The minimum percentage of the length of the frontage A legally defined area of land under single ownership 2)Portions of all primary building facades up to the top of Acoverage zone that shall be occupied by a primary building parking Lot: the first or second floor,including building entrances,located is hung on the building structure,usually from floor to floor. faode(s). along and oriented a street or active open space Development Code: Apaved area,usuallydivided into individual spaces,intended The chapter of the Specific Plan containing all Standards, Frontage Coverage Zone: for parking vehicles Physical elements of the Private Frontage include,but aie not The ch[ions,of the Specific Plaat n ply tamingdevelopmentlStandards, The space between the minimum and maximum front yard parking Structure: limited to a building's primary entrance treatments,setback Regthe Plan Area. setback lines and the minimum side yard or side street setback A structure used for parking or vehicles where parking spaces, areas and property edge treatments. fines. turning radius,and drive aisles are incorporated within the Property: Density: Frontage Line: structure. An individual/owner's land, including land improvements The number of dwelling units within a standard measure of A property line that coincides with the corridor public right- Partially Submerged Podium: and any permanent fixtures on the land including buildings, land area,usually given as units per acre. trees and other fixtures. of-way A parking structure built below the main building mass and Development Regulations. Frontage Type: partially submerged underground. Property Line: All Standards and Guidelines contained within this A specific configuration of elements that define how public or Passage/paseo: The boundary that legally and geometrically demarcates a document. private frontages may be designed. An at-grade pedestrian connector passing between buildings, property Garage: providing shortcuts through long blocks and connecting Public Frontage: Driveway: A building used for vehicular parking with no internal sidewalks or front yards to rear yards,parking areas,and The area between a thoroughfare curb face and the back of A vehicular lane within a parcel,usually leading to a garage or circulation. open spaces. sidewalk line. Physical elements of the Public Frontage parking area Dwelling Unit: Guidelines: Path: include,but are not limited to the type of curb, sidewalk, One or more habitable rooms with only one kitchen, and Principles that provide direction regarding the preferred A pedestrian(or bike)way traversing a park or rural area, Planter strip,street tree and streetlight. designed for occupancy as a unit by one or more persons method of addressing specified design considerations, with landscape matching the contiguous open space Public Right-Of-Way: living as a household unit with common access to all living, Conformance with guidelines is recommended but not Plan Area: For purposes of this plan,any area dedicated or subject to kitchen,and bathrooms areas.. required. The land whose boundary includes all the properties that Public fee ownership or an easement for public use for Enfront: Historic Resource: must adhere to the regulations within this document. vehicular and/or pedestrian travel including,but not limited To be located along a frontage lint. A building,site or feature that is a local,state,or national planning Director/Designee: to,streets,alleys,and sidewalks -- historic landmark. Public Right-Of-Way Line: Entrance or Entry The head of a city's planning department or other individual A point of pedestrian access into a budding House Scale: who has the authority to make decisions regarding the The boundary that legally and geometrically demarcates the Fagade: To be roughly equivalent in size and mass to a detached single implementation of the regulations within this plan. Public Right-Of-Way. family house Public Works Director/Designee: The exterior wall of a building. Planter Strip: Human Scale: An element of the public frontage,located in between the The head of a city's public works department or other j Fagade Composition: individual who has the authority to make decisions regarding The relationship between individual elements of a faFade as To have the size, height, bulk, massing, or detailing that sidewalk and the thoroughfare curb face,which accommodates the implementation of the regulations within this plan. they relate to the fapade's overall design,articulation,and creates a comfortable relationship to humans. landscaping, including street trees Planter strips may be organization Liner Building/Uses: continuous or individual. Rear Yard: Facade Offset: A portion of a building,with distinct,habitable uses located Primary Building: The area that results from a rear yard setback Ahorizontal or vertical plane break spanning a facade where along a property frontage such that it conceals the larger A main/principal building on a lot, including parking Rear Yard Setback: building behind. Typically, liner uses are located along structures and excluding accessory buildings or structures, The distance between a rear property line and any building.one portion of a facade sets back from another, a parking garages or large format/anchor retail buildings with a primary facade located within the frontage coverage Regulations: Floor zone. See story Main Entrance: Regulations include Regulatory Definitions. The roles and Z See primary entrance. Primary Building Facade: performance measures that define Regulations and establish Q Front Street: The main/principal faFade of a building that faces a street or Multi-Family: CJ open space. 124 j how Standards apply to properties Regulatory Definitions Story: ! do not vary from one District to another. A habitable level within a budding as measured from finished Regulations include General Requirements Performance floor to finished ceiling.Attics and raised basements are not measures that do not vary from one District to another considered stones for the purposes of determining building height Ribbon Windows: Ribbonwindowsareaseriesoflong,honzontallyproportioned Street: windows interrupted by vertical mullions The combination of all elements within the public right-of- way the vehicular realm/thoroughfare and the pedestrian Roof realm/public frontage The top surface that covers a building. j Street Type: Services: A specific configuration of elements that define how new Activities and,in some instances,then structural components streets may be designed. that relate to the maintenance and basic functioning componentsofeach land use These activities may include,but The composition and design of all elements within the public are not limited to,trash and recycling areas and aboveground The c components of wet and dry utilities. right-of-way: the vehicular realm / thoroughfare (travel lanes for vehicles and bicycles,parking lanes for cars,and Shopfront: sidewalks or paths for pedestrians)and the amenities of the A specific private frontage type. Shopfrouts are the primary pedestrian realm/public frontage(sidewalks,street trees and treatment for ground-level commercial uses, designed for plantings,benches,streetlights,etc) active ground floor activities including retail, dining, and Sastainabili[y personal services Physical or design elements that improve environmental Sidewalk: performance,efficiency,and livability to"..meet the needs The paved area of the public frontage dedicated exclusively of the present without compromising the ability of future j to pedestrian activity. generations to meet then own needs"(quotation fioni the Side Setback: Our Common Future,World Commission on Environment See Side Yard Setback and Development,United Nations 1987) Side Street: Tandem Parking: A street along a comer parcel that is not a front street. An off-street parking auangement where one vehicle is parked behind the othei. Side Street Facade: The fagade of a building that typically faces a side street. Thoroughfare: The portion of the street between curbs that includes all Side Yard: vehicular lanes,including travel lanes,turn lanes,parking i The area that results from a side yard setback. lanes. Side Yard Setback: Townhouse: The distance between a side property line and any stricture A home that is attached to one or more other houses,and requiring a building permit. which sits directly on a parcel of land that is owned by the Sign: owner of the house. Any medium for visual communications,which is used or Urban Design Concept: intended to be used to attract attention. The district structure which serves as the conceptual basis for Significant: 6 the regulations contained in Book 11. An important part or area,or a large quantity. Use(as a verb): Significant Additions: To occupy land or water in any manner or to establish,carry Additions greater than 15%of the buildings floor area. out,maintain or continue any activity or development on land or in water regardless ofwhether the activity or development is Single-Family: established,carried out,maintained or continued in a manner The a single budding for one dwelling. that utilizes buildings or structures on land or in water. Chi Standards: Wall Cladding All required development specifications(such as permitted The exposed materials of a fagade that primary walls,base, O land use types, building height dimensions, and setback wall accent,trim,and other articulation elements are made of dimensions)that vary from one District to another. `� or covered with. CJ o j GLOSSARY ------------ i i I i I I i i APPENDIX A ,: EXISTINli CONDITIONS A.1. INTRODUCTION The condition of the Beach and Edinger Corridors at the inception of this Specific Pbul is detailed in this section. Ultimately, the implementation of the planning framework contained herein will result in sufficient modification of these conditions as to make this Plan obsolete. At that Ix)ij-it, a, newl.N uplated Beach and Edinger Corridors Specific Plan will be 1 prepall"ed to engaige the prohlems and opportinlities presented 1 y the modified existing conditions. As change occurs, the community intends to meastire those changes against the conditions recorded lierein to monitor the degree to which the Plan remains sufficiently current. 127 A.2. CONTEXT � 1) Region s ��� >v Elrr�iwitr9r3tj� _ 131.ir }t} ,1ltai>C'{R:FIrY Yt - Huntington Beach is located in Orange County 35 miles south of Los Angeles F v GI k£i III (Fig.A.1) With a population of 202,250 it is the second largest City in the County ` tfit(�Iq C#Pw tr ;:d,. behind Anaheim The city's western edge is bounded by the Pacific Ocean which " , ;` _ €}'aScfC�f.�F tr�lidfzc provides 7 miles of coastline stretching from Seal Beach to Newport Beach. The - aP `tda�t northern and eastern City Limits boarder Seal Beach,Westminster,Fountain Valley, I"3 " and Costa Mesa ° ^lit " Ki2{ Iu�e zaC f� Ekif Sal,( trp� � p ���„ tkt # Rak Witt i1-wild CI arc F coin e� ttkrrti� d.jht� Nt�yw i Rivayr7 .,., z i 1tt Y1'�t r`Kit1. aflf�yy�a 144 h' 4'd Will P, r ' } khv„ -. ViAt1t t ¢ s Ctllfi"aiC(tirxl7a� El S�u 40tal , e (� a V44 dofefici�rtt C � I Lon �E?'c�C l 1 'pwk�, a A miter ., hsx✓ e sy'• j .Eaciti�di8 t :. ;rrI outnl Io Vill a. W ,r.,* "��. �' .�„, .u�. e 3 $ ic' r}rk,�, s v'.'s,� 2„c� '`"';. - C ✓'+ ".. (( V FIG.A.l.RSGIONAL CONTEXT 128 7�`7777777777777 2) City IT!" Corridors Location.Beach Blvd,is one of four arterial corridors with the City of 'v Huntington Beach providing continuous north-south connection between Pacific J 7 Coast Highway and Interstate 405. It runs roughly through the geographiccenter of the city—the Beach Blvd 1-405 interchange is the central of the seven interchanges providing access to Huntington Beach(Fig A 2) Edinger Ave.runs due east-west and is one ofonly four city arterials that cross the freeway It is the primary east-west arterial serving thejob center adjacent to the Seal Beach Naval station The portion I edge of Edinger Ave located within the Specific Plan Area runs along the southern of Golden'West College and Bella Terra shopping mall and intersects with Beach q," Blvd immediately south of the 1-405 interchange Q. xt Coastal 7one. The California Coastal Zone Area abuts the southern edge of the 7R Specific Plan Area,and incorporates a segment of the Beach Blvd.Corridor The not portion ofthe Beach Blvd Corridor falling within the California Coastal Zone is 0 within the Beach and Edinger Corridors Specific Plan Area, �c A 411�i,,A v k, l�, K A, S ... .....N J'A 44 v, 6 KA, V --A %ansj"lack } sty0 I I"I HIP Z corawr � El tg w,jv z VA V'f r 7 r -az,"Ca. i+JUk1Q"BOW-01 104 UMU FIG.A.2.CITY CONTEXT 129 3) History In early 1901,with plans to develop a resort town on 1,500 acres of land along the i t` i Pacific Ocean,the West Coast Land and Water Company laid a grid of lots and ,:,,," .- "•. "" ma's �-"�..� streets.including main street,for the new town of Pacific City In order to stimulate `�F"r` r, .t .�,.'r,r" ,,,;, 'fi,,'�""* L. !•# 1 investment the company moved to secure public transportation to the town sitting .,r on an isolated Mesa on the beach. To achieve this,they made a deal with Henry , .c AP ', "= .-"'+�g, r #-,s=t t �; r - .w•r ,,..., E Huntington,the owner of the southern California electric railway better knownY:.,,,cs� •>..�' .'' "•' =' .-• ' J� ? _ _ _ li as the"red car"to extend the Long Beach line of the rail to Pacific City. In 1904,a ''_ ` ,°,, i r _ _` "tr P Z 1{' elt crowd estimated at 50,000 witnessed the arrival of the first Pacific Electric red cars = r,,•�,*_. 1, and the re-naming of the City of Huntington Beach(Fig.A 3). i for a the first cou le ofdecadesofthe2o'heentu ty p ry,growth in the cr was slow until the oil industry began drilling the City's oil field around 1920(Fig.A 6&a 8). The Pacific Coast Highway was constructed in 1925 and Beach Blvd was designated5a f'r a state highway in 1939(Fig A 7) Land speculation was high as oil production '��,•'µ #.�,m 3 * '� ".,. ;'f soared until the 1940's and World War IL After the short oil boom,City growth t& s _ slowed again and by 1954,most Pacific Electric Street Car Lines were shut down. '! �. "'s, _,� ,, t `"�'• d' � ,_"' _ ,,,," -"i--' Through the 1950's large property holdings and unincorporated County farmland .tom^',"' were annexed and large areas of agricultural land remained along Beach Blvd.and northern portions of the City until 1960(Fig.A 9&A 10). Despite the oil booms` p and the physical growth due to annexation,the City's population was still just under 11,500 in 1960 The City's biggest changes came following the construction of the I-405 freeway ^r1� 1 'X'a in 1963(Fig.A 11) With the car and the new freeway infrastructure,Huntington x, "' r'. -_ i31--.;-psi i Center mall opened at the Beach Blvd interchange in 1964 and McDonald Douglas .„ F1UI1t1I1��01'f BC" l Caro located in Huntington Beach employing 8,000 people by 1968(Fig A-12). By 1970 the population had exploded to over 115,000 During this period of growth f TM • ". ice^?__ x r, m the 1960's and 70's,commercial corridors across the country entered a period of ',` 'w,, , µ _"` q-a•- �,� 4„gty V accelerating transition With long stretches of commercially zoned land available and financial conditions that provided incentives to construct low cost buildings " ,` s;v.: with short economic lives,the City's cone ner cial corridors were lined with'`strip" }:I(,.A.3. coimnereial development. Much of the development currently along Beach Blvd and Edinger Ave comes from this period(Fig A.13—A 15). The Streetcar or"red car"Runs Along the Coast and Arrives in Huntington Beach from Los Angeles,c.1904 The rapid population growth of the 1960's and 70's has continued to the present with the City reaching 202,250 in 2007(Fig.A 4&A.5) Despite this incredible t s - - city-wide growth,new development,re-development,and property improvement Vol'k z on properties along the corridors has been declined since the initial surge of "`"' O commercial construction. While there has been some large scale development,the °,- character of Beach Blvd..and Edinger Ave. remain largely unchanged over the past _ otwo decades. 'N' N i <Z, F1c'.A.4. FKi.A.5. Orange County Urbant edArea 1950 Orange Co;mty Urbanized Area 2000 130...I — 1930's AND 1940's 1950's 1960'S AND 1970's HUNTINGTON M:Mil TODAY .......... 4., q Vi�V NIV 6 pN, W OF, 4" 3 01 NI V I-V K, r"A Me FIG.A.6. MW Aerial of Downtown and Beach Blvd,c.I 938 41 "'v 4 Fi(;.A.1 1. Fi(;.A.13. MrS Aerial of Beach Blvd,c.1970 Aerial of Beach Blvd,circa 2000 Althongh significant housing construction occurred and development began to fall in around the I-405 interchange,large tracts of vacant land remain zi�: J,'J along Beach Blvd. 7 N�, FI(..A.9. Aerial rial of Beach Blvd,c.1959 Beach Blvd remains largely un-dcveloped Fi(;.A.7. z Looking North on Beach Blvd at Talbert c.1933, 0 Beach Blvd is designated as a state highway in Fm.A.14. 1939. Looking North on Beach Blvd.at Talbert c.2007 -7- et 7t Piing Fw.A.8. FiG.A.10. FIG.A.12. FiG.A.15. Newland House c.1948 Bird's Eye View looking Fast circa 1950 Huntington Center c.1965(now Bella Terra) Bella Terra c.2007 —------------- 131 A.3. PATTERN HE OWNERSHIP , The Beach Blvd and Edinger Ave.Plan Area includes well over 500 individual `�.*ar parcels located along approximately 6.7 miles of public right-of-way(Fig.A.16). .• 'ay"t- t - These parcels vary greatly from less than 1/10°'of an acre with as little as 50 feett"'� a of corridor frontage up to 40 acres and as much as 1000 feet of corridor frontage. """ ``This range ofproperry shapes and sizes does not have a logical basis and,as a result, there is no singularly"typical"property shape or size inthe Plan Area. - - ' m a ai rr £ R✓, 4,Y � W„F t R' 41, A.4. ZONING At the time of this Plan's adoption,both the City's Zoning and General Plan on the large majority of land along the Beach Blvd.and Edinger Ave is designated for ,i. � .. :,t, „,t ,.,', ,;;'7, , ..,l, - ;_.:., °1, .�,■.,) 1"' x some type of commercial use,focusing on general retail and professional office FIG.A.16.PATTERN OF OWNERSHIP (Fig.A.17) This fact appears to provide an overabundance of commercially designated property, permitting continued and undifferentiated commercial development along the length of the study area The most notable exceptions are :•5 ., „.lvP-ry' ;.'> a, s� N Pill the properties south of Adams that are predominantly designated for residential �{; t 3 � � 77��yy�ptr-� "� development s, r F @ x �'Ilfr dbLiiFl '`�.,,T i i --. t aia in - .q �r� _ ��� ,: z"'w; ew'R34m""ISFi :tkrFu `a� t :: 31.� <.' > r ,vn�en0_ ®ate® IN : 1u r r a� 0 a� r r ry ,tt�9, i0RA.� �1� .��.;�{�1 '7r.�5; 1 a t,ME 'J I �'''� 1 !L �M ..��� MI. � �ti FRi.A.1',7.ZONING MAP 7maaing Doignaatillals H _ �j �. A d I -- .. . ............. - 132 _ A.5. `7 PATTERN OF DEVELOPMENT 1) Ground Floor Land Use and Site Development Pattern Beach Blvd.North of Adams Ave and Edinger Ave are dominated by commercial- 4— J and retail-intented uses (FigA.18) The most common site development configuration for these uses is a typical single-story"strip center"configulation. In this configuration,a row ofniultiple tenants occupy a single building significantly Al set back from the street/sidewalk and surrounded by parking lots.This development velopme iv pattern has been driven by the desire for vehicular access and business visibility where primacy is placed on signage visibility and availability of parking. Parking fronts or surrounds the building,distancing the building form the street and the d significantly public realm 'Me result is building coverage that is inconsistent an 2 lacks definition(Fig.A.19) C==W-1.10 cm, e=. Id-It Fr—ly A11 The pattern ofland use and development along Beach Blvd.changes South ofAdanis m�46A*q dtWA C:=0 Ave This segment is composed predominantly of housing built in a"parkway" t=_— _-.q4_ configuration. In this configuration,the side or rear of buildings are located along Beach Blvd are significantly screened from view by walls or landscaping. FIG.A.1 8.GROUND FwoR LAND USE lift 411W Ir.11 r-7 t3z I -S W , Ln; '74 �,Jyuxu VIJHX�!,, RI IT 1014 .—Rue A Jlt. IC WVI'. Fi(..A.19. PATTERN of BUILDINGS 133 ............................ 1 2) Anchored Shopping Centers At most major intersections (where cross streets provide access to 1-405), V tAr neighborhood serving retail,such as pharmacies,banks,coffee shops,and other convenience uses,are clustered. The larger clusters typically contain supermarkets X, or other retail anchors(Fig.A.20) The most successful retailers seek locations '-Q with strong anchored shopping centers However,the Study Area is dominated by �Vl Unanchored strip centers,the weakest type of center in the retail industry Of the 34 -A'O shopping centers evaluated,less than 30%of the centers are considered anchored LIPP by retail industry standards. Edi,1911 Ave. Ofthe 7 shopping centers along the Edinger Corridor,only 3 are anchored: tp T 1.The Albertsons Center; 2 Bella Terra(Kohl's,Mervyn's):and 3 Expo Center(Home Depot). FiG.A.20.ANCHORED SHOPPING CENTERS 4- The remaining 5 centers are occupied by furnishings stores and mim-anchor stores, such as Petsmart and Michaels—but are not anchored by grocery stores or discount I department stores b) Beach Blvd. 4' e Of the 27 shopping centers along the Beach Corridor,only 6 are anchored by major N"I retailers: I Pavilions Place(Target and Vons Pavilions),located in the C ity of Westminster, 2.Newland Center(Albertsons,Mother's Market); i 3.Wal-Mart Center: ' 1 4.Beach Garfield Center(Stein Marl), N X 5.Loelimann's 5 Point Plaza(Loehinann's and Trader Joe's),and V- 6.Huntington Collection(Marshalls). A seventh center contains Big Lots in a former grocery store space(at the southeast comer of Beach and Atlanta),but this discounter is not considered a traditional ti, anchor store. L FiG.A.2 I.NEIGHBORHOOD CENTER TRADE AREA SATURATION 3) Neighborhood Center Saturation Nearly all potential neighborhood and community anchor stores have already found Ohomes in Huntington Beach or the immediately neighboring city ofNA'estininster to serve the residents living in and around the Study Area(Fig.A.21). rr ------- 134 7M77'77,777 777, 4) Pattern of Auto Dealerships 4,4 V ,4 Beach Blvd is home to a significant number of vehicle dealerships. However,these % dealerships are significantly dispersed between Yorktown Are and Heil Ave street un— (Fig A.22 Furthermore,land available for dealership expansion is limited � ._ W w, f"R. Q g..i, 5) Pattern of Office and Office-Medical Development',�';`i� . "i, J 4_ N', Office and office-medical development along the conridors is limi ted In many cases, office tenants occupy retail shopfront space in strip commercial buildings. The 4 c ,er" three largest concentrations of office and medical office uses are along Beach Blvd.. 1)The mid-rise office building at the Warner Ave intersections 2)the Huntington Beach Hospital and nearby office-medical development at the Newman intersection f and 3)the Hoag — Health Center and nearby office development near the Yorktown In intersection.(Fig.A 23 Ui U." F, 6) Relationship to Adjacent Neighborhoods J FIG.A.22. PATTERN OF AUTO DEALERSHIPS The extent ofBeach Blvd and Edinger Ave.corridor development is primarily defined 1 by the irregular edges of the residential neighborhoods that lie immediately to the East and the West of the corridors. lit Fig A.18-A.23 the grey area represents the extent ofhousing along the corridors The transition from commercial development-g along Beach Blvd or Edinger Ave..to this housing is generally abrupt Commercial parking lots and loading P W g areas are adjacent to single family homes,creating an X, undesirable and unattractive relationship. �AS 2 Q, 4, The exception to this condition is along the residential segment of Beach Blvd. T 'Z south of Adams Ave.where housing lines the corridor 1§4 M v X X"I 411 kZftz Fi(;.A.23. PATTERN OF 01'VICE AND()F]FICE-MEDICAi,DEVELOPMENT ,4- 4 OR rZ o i at 135 A.6. OPEN SPACE AND RECREATION Public open spaces and opportunity for recreation are extremely limited within the L corridor Plan Area(Fr 24). Public open spaces within 1/4 mile of the Plan Area the plaza area of the Bella Terra mail,include the ball fields at Golden West College, Bartlett Park along the eastern edge of the Newland Center,and the Huntington L Beach State Beach at the southern end of Beach Blvd However,these spaces are fragmented and generally not connected to the Corridors or to each other as shown L j (Fig A 25) r—I A �j jjr n V, Fi(;.A.24.PATTERN OF OPEN SPACE 7 1 J Z Z A" 4 451 Fi(;.A.25.CITY-WIDE PATTERN OF OPEN SPACE 136 ........... .................- -------- ..... . ..... ........ A.7. VULNERABILITY TO CHANGE "'MIP"Ition with large anchored centers located at major intersections has had a ,(��®®®®����® ® 0 detrimental effect on smaller businesses and un-anchored strip centers throughout Beach Blvd and Edinger Ave.. This condition is reinforced by the aforementioned existing land use and zoning designations which provide an overabundance of commercially designated land while hunting properties'ability to re-align with RNME Rimini MNN current market fiends(Fig.A 17) This vulnerability includes vacant land and buildings, poorly maintained buildings, and underutilized land with low value savul lrmzm-L�z businesses or structures that could solicit higher rates ofreturn(Fig A.26) However, visible disinvestment is only moderately apparent throughout the corridors The best current opportunities for change are the large,assembled properties located MWEE near the Edinger Ave./405 interchange. This area include the largest concentration FEM of vacant land, vacant buildings and underutilized properties in the plan area. MLonger term opportunities are distributed throughout the remainder of the Beach Fm.A.26.VULNERABILITY TO CHANGE 4- Blvd north of Yorktown. AX LOCAL TRANSPORTATION AND CIRCULATION gm 1 gammorg *14 111*11*#1 rel 1 IS 41 �ee®®0'�®�s�e ® ®®® , i� 1) Street and Block Network ONE The primary existing street network throughout Huntington Beach is laid out on a grid based on U.S survey quarter sections,or 1/2 mile squares Beach Blvd and .tNr Edinger Ave.are two of the major streets in this network The result is a regular and connected grid of streets with major cross streets along Beach Blvd consistently located every 1/2 mile. In contrast,the consistency and connectivity of the local street network within those 1/2 mile"blocks"is relatively limited and does not contribute significantly to a transportation system with a built-in series ofalternative ��� I � ���� �LT� routes should they be needed(Fig.A.27) ®®La�llrsl� ue��1J I cs.�! i—sJ��° ��� 2) Vehicular Circulation The City's highly connected arterial street network combines with the inconsistent Fi(,A.27.STREET AND BLOCK NETWORK local street network to direct the majority of traffic onto a limited]lumber of major,high volume arterials. The load these arterial streets are required to early is exacerbated by the City's spread out,single-use development pattern.By physically separating destinations by long distances,this pattern requires residents to get in their car when traveling from one location to another. Without a connected local street network,these relatively short local trips must use the same routes as longer distance regional trips and add to the volumes of traffic the Currently,bicycle in the Beach/Edinger corridors are nonexistent. Vi zo 137 3) Traffic Volumes and Intersection Level of Service 4) Circulation Patterns:Regional Beach Access 5) Bicycle Circulation By far the highest traffic volumes in the City are on Beach Blvd.at the 1-405 Although Beach Blvd.is a major access point for City and State beaches,due to the Currently,bicycle facilities in the Beach/Edinger corridors are nonexistent Due intercahnge with Average Daily Traffic(ADT)reaching as high as 96,000 trips per length of the City's beachfront,there are multiple alternative routes for local and to the high volumes of traffic on Beach Blvd and Edinger Ave.these streets are day. Further from this intersection,traffic levels steadily decrease with a low of regional beach access These routes include the Pacific Coast Highway,Goldenwest not designated as bike routes in the General Plan bike network. Bicycle traffic is, around 20,000 trips per day approaching the intersection with the Pacific Coast Ave,Lake St Magnolia Ave,and Brookhurst Ave(Fig.A.29) instead,directed to nearby parallel Class 11 routes along Newland Street,Gothard Lhghwyay. Due to these high volumes of traffic oil Beach Blvd and Edinger Ave, Ave,Heil Ave.,and McFadden Ave as well as the route connecting 5 points with intersection Level of Service(LOS)in several locations along Beach Blvd from Downtown along Main Street 1-405 to Talbert Ave are near the City's adopted acceptable limit of LOS E In particular,the Beach Blvd and Edinger Ave.,Beach Blvd and Warner Ave.,and 6) Pedestrian Circulation Beach Blvd.and Talbert Ave intersections are near this limit(Fig A 28) Pedestrian Facilities are consistent throughout the Plan Area with sidewalks on all major streets including cross streets However,these sidewalks are not located within a pedestrian oriented environment The lack of on-street parking throughout the majority ofthe corridors puts sidewalks directly adjacent to travel lanes. Sidewalks { are regularly interrupted by curb cuts accessing parking lots, further reducing ' pedestrian comfort. At intersections,the 7 lane and larger street sections make crossing major streets difficult and dangerous. in addition,there is little pedestrian refuge from the sun due to few shade trees on sidewalks. Finally,the large blocks increase walking distances to and along the corridors Overall,the pedestrian experience along Beach Blvd and Edinger Ave is unpleasant(Frg.A 30) ®� 7) Transit Currently public transportation service in the City is provided by the Orange County —I Transportation Authority(OCTA). Facilities consist primarily of local bus routes. In the Plan Area,bus route 29 runs along Beach Blvd and bus route 70 runs along Edinger Ave In addition,bus lines run along cross streets every mile,including along Main St Bus frequency can range from as high as every 10 minutes to as low as once an hour between about Gam and midnight Regional transportation is AM ICU limited to the Goldenwest Transportation Center Park-And-Ride From here,buses take i-405 toward Los Angeles where riders can transfer to various MTA rail lines Union Pacific Railroad tracks run parallel to Beach Boulevard from Yorktown Ave i 5 s north,crossing Edinger Ave.just east of Gothard Ave. Currently,the tracks are not i used for public transportation. However,the Goldenwest Transportation Center is well positioned along these tracks to be used as a potential future rail station. », it I U "i�AI I.BL4('HIS V 0, BOLSA CHICASTATE BEACH 25191 ifs z g HBSTATE BEACH 2GS6 101AL 51M �i � C'I'IV BFACIIFS I'A11KIN(:SI'A('NS ���., �`� '*` ':�� ( '('`• ', W PM ICU o HR CITY BLACH 200 ©('1'IY1Ol(BEA('HBIND"101S1 Sl) I80U PI rR PLAZA 624 Q IO1'ni. 2G34 A ��r�nc en,�c��nire i.,�� laEe,l Pg,za *Y 'S� gg FIG.A.28.INTERSECTION LEVEL OF SERVICE Fu,.A.29.CIRCULATION PATTERNS:REGIONAL, FR:.A.30. PEDESTRIAN CIRCULATION EXPERIENCE THROUGHOUT THE CORRIDORS BEACH ACCuss ALONG BEACH BLVD. �— 138 _-, RIGHT OFWAY RGHTOFWAYJ 8) Street Design Fig.A.31 -A.33 show current street sections for Beach Blvd and Edinger Ave. respectively. The width and number oflanes on these streets have been determined by their role as major travel thoroughfares oriented to automobile travel On street parking is limited to Beach Blvd south of Adams Ave. Sidewalks are typically I Oft wide. r Travel Travel Travel Q1 Travel Travel Travel Pkg Lane Lane Lane l.) Lane Lane Lane / �g � .�. J, /edian TT .I. "r l3s a I FIG.A.31.BEACH BOULEVARD EXISTING STREET DESIGN-SOUTII OF ADAMS RIGHT OF WAY RIGHT OF WAY II 1 I LLajne l Travel Travel Travel (-� Travel Travel Travel Travel Lane Lane Lane l.1 Lane Lane Lane Lane .I. .I. J. Median T .I. .I. 133 0' FIG.A.32.BEACII BOULEVARD EXISTINNG STREET DESIGN-NORT11 OF ADAMS v, I z RIGHT OF WAY RIGHT OF WAY O r I I O I z I k i QJ Travel4.L Travel Travel Travel A LaeL�e L�e Lane Wfs FIG.A.33.EDINGER AVENUE EXISTING STREET DESIGN i 139 010 , f 4� A.9. ARCHITECTURE AND LANDSCAPE T"IF N CHARACTER See Appendix X for an in-depth summary of Huntington Beach character(including 34,�4 buildings,landscape and landscape elements,and colors and materials)as identified by community member at the Character Workshop held on January 23,2008, 1) Buildings There is a strong architectural character in Huntington Beach that generally draws from Tuscan/Spanish Mission and California Beach Bungalow/Coastal Vernacular architecture expressed with a modem simplicity However,few buildings along the corridors strongly express this character Most of the Plan Area is dominated by auto-oriented"strip"development(Fig 134) These structures are reduced to the simplest,most economical form:usually tilt-up construction simply massed buildings with abox-like appearance and ornamentation FR;.A.34.TYPICAL"STRIP CORRIDOR"DEm,opMENT FiG.A.37.HOUSING SOUTH OF INDIANAPOLIS- across the facades is minimal,except for signage. BEACH BUNGALOW Even these simple buildings,however,sometimes build upon the local architectural styles,even if at a cursory level. The Newland Center,for example,draws heavily on the California Beach Bungalow style with horizontal wood siding,shingle roof, i:, ; r and cool,light coloring(Fig A.3 35) Te Similarly,the newly renovated Bella ramall and incorporate the varied masses,stucco finish,and warm colors of the Tuscan/ Spanish Mission style(Fig A 36). The most notable concentration of buildings in the Plan Area that build LIP011 Huntington Beach character is along Beach Blvd south of Indianapolis Ave.,where development is primarily residential and close to the beach and Downtown. Here, I Beach Bungalow/Coastal Vernacular housing and a Spanish Mission beach-front resorts appear to have been strongly influenced by Huntington Beach character (Fig A.37—39). 2) Landscape Fm..A.35.NFWLAND CENTER - FIG.A.38.HOUSING SOUTH Ol'INDIANAPOLIS- Due tothe auto-oriented nature of the corridors,site designs are primarily concerned COASTAL VLRNACULAR BEACH BUNGALOW V_ A5 with vehicular circulation and most properties are significantly covered with paved 'y ,"'Co" V pa rking lot areas. Very little effort is made to create site layouts that are amenable to pedestrians,to use pathways,trees,or other site design elements that contribute to the pedestrian realm. Where landscaping has been implemented with new development,particularly along Beach Blvd,the use of palm trees is one of the A, few elements that consistently draw from local landscape character While there are some individual projects that have made efforts with landscaping along their edges,these fragments do not add up to create a consistent feeling throughout the Plan Area, z gz FIG.A.36.BELLA TERRA- Fu;.A.39.BEACH-FRONT RESORT AT PCH- Tus(.AN/SPANNISII MISSION SPANISH MISSION 140 A.1 O.CONCLUSION The Beach Blvd.and Edinger Ave.corridors are two of the City's primary corridors providing the majority the City's commercially zoned land and acting as major pieces of the regional transportation network. However,changing market forces have moved these corridors into a state of transition. The trend of clustering retail at major crossroads has begun to impact the value of development on properties no longer advantageously positioned to accommodate the retail for which the majority of the corridors are zoned Furthermore,the auto-oriented nature of the corridors and their associated visual character does not complement the role these streets play as major contributors to the City's identity. Conventional arterial streetscape design and late 20"century commercial corridor land use patterns do not support a strong pedestrian environment. The current character of Beach Blvd and Edinger Ave are no exception and present a significant barner to successfully accommodating a full range of uses This is especially true for housing,which is strongly influenced by streetscape character and adlacent development. The role of Beach Blvd and Edinger Ave. in the city and regional circulation pattern will not change in the foreseeable future. However,the changing nature of commercial coridor development and the need to accommodate city and regional growth presents a great opportunity to eliminate this mismatch. By aligning City policy with the forces of change acting on the corridors,future development along Beach Blvd and Edinger Ave.can help create a balance between the mobility- oriented desires ofhigh-capacity arterials,the accessibility goals ofwalkable mixed use boulevards,and the communit)'s desire for corridors that embody Huntington Beach character and identity 0 z 0 U z I F X W Q �C A W P+ d 141 I i ' N APPENDIX A:EXISTING CONDITIONS i I i i I i I j APPENDIX , B . i The Planning Process was org;aniied around a, series of Cotmnunit;y, Workshops and Cit>> Council Study Sessions. This section provides a list of the dates and focus of those sessions, and a summary, of continents received from community ein1wnn at Community . • April 2007—Focus Groups • May 10,2007—Community Workshop#1:Community Aspirations& Opportunities � June 20,2007—Community Workshop#2 Broad Brush Concept i • August 27,2007—Community Workshop#3:Traffic • September 20,2007—Community Workshop#4:Future Edinger Avenue • January 7,2008—City Council Study Session 41.Edinger Vision • January 23,2008—Community Workshop 45 Character • February 27,2008—Community Workshop#G.Beach Boulevard • April 17,2008—City Council Study Session#2:Plan Recommendations I a a 0 z 3 Ai i a � I a. �- 143— I it W VIlks7hW67#2 I like the town center idea.I think it will generate nunit rkiti 0"' 0 us Ou s P' less traffic. - The following represents a summary of comments received The following represents a summary ofcomments received by Chamber of Commerc In nodes with higher density housing,more people by community workshop participants in response corrununity community workshop participants in response to consultant's • Huntington Beach residents and visitors would aspirations and opportunities. presentation regarding broad brush strategies. will walk and they will be less congested. like better local shopping opportunities,especially Looking at traffic is putting the cart before the horse Beach Boulevard is our gateway to the City and to Comments on Broad Brush Concepts apparel and quality grocery Potential for major the Pacific Ocean o Get economics down first so we're not taking a retailers limited because of proximity of Costa Mesa Huntington Beach has been built on single family shot in the dark and Westminster malls o —Accessibility transportation homes . We should focus on the long term process,not • Need for driveway consolidation on Beach o —Pleasant We should separate housing from retail • immediate traffic impacts • Beach Boulevard needs aesthetic upgrade—not a o —Surf city identity • We will need housing so that we don't make Boeing . The Edinger Transit Center and the railroad tracks proper entry to the City . Nothing unique about Beach Blvd workers them long-distance commuters are already in place for us to build upon • Many successful and stable businesses along both . Keep"flavor"of Beach Blvd. . I totally support this,move ASAP . I like the town center idea I think it will generate Corridors Terrible eyesore . The vision is wonderlul less traffic. . I want to compliment your excellent analyses Pro _erty_.Jtymers&Dev�lqper� Limited •depth on Beach Blvd parcels • HB not a desirable office address.Residential There has been a history of citizen meetings . We need people movers LC�ommun`�fy)�orkshop 93 The following represents a summary ofcomments received by "missing"in Edinger corridor.Interest in creating a regarding Beach Blvd o More bicycle trails community workshop participants in response to consultant's mixed use place,with some single use projects . Beach is not a good"walkable"street o What about Rail? presentation regarding traffic • Beach is not a positive entry need a"Wow" . Beach Blvd—sea of concrete o The Edison Trait Concerns factor,and"eye appeal" now it looks like",funky flea market" Upgrades need to be aesthetic.1 and . Setbacks and other devises to deal with wide This process is important I applaud the city for . People who move here want to live the medium-low economic highway hiring these consultants density California Lifestyle and drive cars. . More landscape setbacks on Beach Blvd. Property owners want intensification of entitlements 0 1 see the benefits from this broad brush approach . I'm Concerned about the extent of the benefit you and streamlining of process Change will take a long . Need innovation to keep flow of traffic and the corridors need it get from mixed-use centers. time,they want flexibility in terms of use Stand . -New Horizontal mixed-use development would be . Rear access requires more depth on Beach • Under current transportation system,more intensity alone residential is probably what would develop a good idea is planning for more cars . Make a Beach Gateway—arch over"Surf City" • most quickly Convert commercial property to residential . Golden West College is behind this Agreement Concern that traffic issue will"shut it down,"i.e. property Comments on Traffic/Transportation . Thanks for listening about traffic limit increases in intensity."Have to make traffic Boeing will need housing in corridor flow," Interest in transit potential within and to City •I'm worried about transportation . We are getting more people;The only solution is o —Healthy,affordable mix of housing high density&mixed-use • North HB businesses losing customers because of Will these recommendations increase traffic on Need for increased residential density I'm in support of the network improvements and mall—especially delis,etc. o —Modes of increased density Edinger Ave.so that congestion is bad all day long? . mixed-use • On Beach,there is"huge demand"for office, -Generally I like the recommendations but I'm especially medical.Small parcels big development Affordability attracts a young and vibrant worried •about the interchange as a choke point. . I agree with the idea of phasing development challenge population . "This strikes irie as an exhilarating process. I •We need to maintain traffic flow • Parking"drives everything" Many over-parked Mixed-use reduces traffic haven't heard'I disagree totally'but I do hear some properties,"sea ofunused parking" Plaza Almeria is a good example ofvertical mixed- We need seamless land-use and transportation caution. Let's definitely go to the next stage" planning Some properties ready for submittal now—Red Oak, use Support for Transit • Consider innovative traffic solutions. 0 DJM Need a variety of housing options . We need to look 30 years out to plan for transit. The Transit Center and railroad tracks are already Five Points is a Good Opportunity •. I want to see us do more planning for transit. al in place for us to build on. o —Pedestrian-friendly • Consider transit to get beach traffic of roads. . Beach,Ellis,and Main is a perfect place for a • Caltrans owns Beach Boulevard transportation center. Changes in the Edinger corridor have major impact o —Make it like the new development in • •Reduce the commute out of the City on Caltrans facilities(405 and interchanges) Downtown Santa Barbara •Focus on the long term planning process,not just . We do need to move forward with more emphasis on All changes to Beach will require Caltrans'full o — ake it a center like Santana Row in the immediate traffic impacts. transit. SaMn Jose agreement and participation Ifyou live in the City,you avoid the problem Caltrans will comment on changes in Edinger,City intersections d will be required to analyze traffic in conformance w/ You don't take Beach Blvd,to get to downtown. Caltrans procedures 144 Community—worksko-PY-4--,....,�� Bad Think this is great-how many stories •. I I s there a wai to do"open space credits"or The following representsa summary ofcomments received by . Instead of a train,how about a quite Monorail, I Are these restrictions too much on Neighborhood payments"? community workshop participants in response to consultant's Magrail etc. Centers? . Who pays for traffic improvements9 presentation regarding. . This assumes that people are going to walk o What about no retail to ground floors . Can open space be allowed to be private? Good * I don't care what you say I am concerned about the u As few restrictions as necessary . Commercial and traffic'/,is far from work • Wonderful presentation traffic. 0 Let them be inventive and let them decide . Offices to the ground floor is good. • Beautiful . You can't do 50 DU/acre with existing parking Does the housing qualify for workforce housing^ . Are you doing something to help dealerships? • I agree you need 50 DU to be feasible. regulations -Make the specific plan encourage workforce . Promote auto dealer fleet structures . I think even mixed use density will be more traffic housing?• . Can),on really make segments pedestrian friendly This absolutely makes sense. than low density single use . I think restricting the retail is great with Big Box and Auto Dealers? • I like what you are talking about. . I want to make sure you give traffic its due diligence• . Have you thought about the mix between Rental and . More density is 5 Points close but not at comer- Nods for a"good piece of Huntington Beach" . You should consider not limiting forms to those that Sale property? why not at comer? • Thank you for the thorough presentation-I think are economically feasible . Will the specific plan be analyzing fiscal analysis of . Why not at intersection"-think it should be taller,8 the vision is viable 0 You should consider how feasibility is affected by converting retail to housing? or even 10 stories • If we are lucky it will work well for adults-What impact fees • There will be new demand on services . Because of Type I vs.Type V about children' . Mixed use retail downtown has been unstable • : Are school districts aware of this? . If traffic analysis says only 3 floors,will you limit This is a dynamic community and growth will . Luxury • rental and affordable housing contradict each development? happen so you need to anticipate and channel change other . Do you envision changes to households" • This vision is a lifestyle choice People will move . I think high density means higher crime . What about provision of parks or open spaces9 . I like it there because they want to. Fin concerned about water service 0 150 square feet per unit seems small "Good Direction"=majority •• As a business owner,this might be the right place for I think it's the wrong direction •. is the open space requirement in addition to park "Wrong Direction"=I person workforce housing fees? I think that('try Center type development should be Follow up Discussion • I'm all for mixed-use concept-the condition is not . Why restrict to 4 floors?-I think this wouldn't do 0 Too aggressive but I like the concepts to lose retail allowed in more places • much for us, 'Faller too high-we already have tip to . Don't think housing is in character with Beach Blvd • We need to review the Bella Terra site plan [Community Workshop 45 • Maximize retail square feet and minimize leakage The summary ofcomirients received by community workshop • My mantra o If you build it we will shop there participants as part of the interactive workshop on Huntington o Every unit will require two cars • The concepts make sense Beach Character can be found in Appendix X o How are we going to get around' • A hotel would seem to be appropriate for that area co,mlilubi, Oki'to-46 7' 0 1 can't get around right now • Idea of mixed use on the Montgomery ward site with The following represents a summary of comments received by 0 Will you change parking requirements along with a market is excellent community workshop participants in response to consultant's height recommendations? • I like what you have done so far. It has bee thorough presentation regarding Beach Boulevard. . Some communities discourage driving by • I challenge you to ensure the workshop vision 0 The Residential Parkway is a great idea;preserve significantly reducing parking requirements. matches the(intricate)regulation near the beach . Will there be regulations limiting driveways to help o If it doesn't you can not get to the vision . I like the ideas but they sound like maintenance will traffic? • 1-405 is the most visible gateway to the city be a big city expense . Fire access has a big affect c) What kind of monument or landmark can we 0 1 think it would be wonderful. I also think it's . What about additional fire safety and police9 ti do? setting us up for gridlock . What is the motivation for property owners to want 99 • Part of the 10-15 year 405 improvement can be a 0 Huntington Beach tomorrow's position to make these changes? gateway element o The study is flawed . Will there be incentive packages9 • I agree and think this is a good direction o There are recommendations that are in conflict . I like the vision for the segments so far. • I really like your fie o Projects are coming faster than City can process 0 Consider phasing or award of density to help them disadvantaged properties. • . Concerned about I SO square feet of open space Does tenant change trigger regulations? 0. being too much for developers, 145 | �� . APPENDIX B:WORKSHOP SUMMARY | | / �--- | �-�----�--�--------�-�--�------�--�--'-----' �----- -! | ' | ! ! | | ' ! / { | ! � i ! | � ! | / ' / ! | ! | / ! | � / i | � / � ! � | � / ! | / i � i | | | | � ! � | | � | | / | | | | | | ' | | | / { � i F a s t � 51 " Iry i s. r x i t Y � JAPPENDIX C:CHARACTER WORKSHOP SUMMARY i i -- --- - - -- - - -... . _. _ ---- - -- - - -- -- - The Interactive Workshop Process Community members participated in this �OOnI S@t _ 3 Part Interactive Workshop Process aspart of _ the Beach Blvd: & Edinger Ave:Corridors ' g , -50,images setup around the room,�and, Rl t ` , .� HSpecific Plan in order to helpidenti what untington Beach,Charact is-The�results of grouped into three categories: 1 'Building Materials&Colors ' ilie.process and a compiled summary of ) '. Huntington Beach<Character can befound.on 2)Landscape-,&Landscape Elements__ ' `- they followg' B in a es. p g _ s �3)Buildings&Architecture Part.': Picture Review Session Part 2: Roundtable Discussions` Part.3:, Rou `dtable Presentations l)'Review�Each Picture" . `l,):Agreei'on"Gieatest`Hits"�for'each picture' " 1)Selects table representative �. 2)Fill out Individual Worksheet group as,a table 2)Report the table's findings back to the rest df the �De"cide if you think:"Fits"or,"DoesfNot Fit' 2)Fill'out the;Group"Worksheet woikshopF Huntington Beach Character :- ' Write Comments about why(if you want to) •Choose-Greatest Hits"'for each category - k„ i Ry a . n vJFF Z til } I l48 - - — - i Individual Worksheet Results The stars i�? indicate the number of times each picture was selected as a greatest hit by an individual 10,i M AIR a a I li F V � t d I x V U Dt A W ' 0. 0. 149 Building Materials and Colors — Individual Worksheet Results ''E'. 1 f Wf Y J n INS .- ` r L 0 3 x< " - 150 - Landscape & Landscape Elements — Individual Worksheet Results Bat t : : . �.. �,..u... r .,: ..'�. tail t ��' �r' `s;•,v �F, i 4 Z, :z x x fi tr r �� -t_"C V� a fi k 4 V,,' ii I "k, Y �k` Yx ¢ "A i Q B Buildings & Architecture — Individual Worksheet Results r _ ,k. i i!P y: :q C 3 W_ W,W�_ W r..a..�h,ter .,..,'=. W W W W .. _ W W W W �- ,. ,..- �W W�- ... �- •' W�W .'".� - x 3 �7' 7r x ? 7r7 �777 a . 152 I Group W®rksheet Results The stars i�? indicate the number of times each picture was selected as a greatest hit by a Group / Roundtable I W T r 4F 4j1Tf ' a I � a a i w U x V �I J A W a 0. Q j 153 ---- -------- - -------- ------- ---- Gr®upi Worksheet Results Building Materials and Color7-1 t r ♦� ;\ A *\� � �� �-±t^e� � '" ice :,+"-, �*""e++—.�E _ � �'� l -, _ ,"� x >� tom.,. .xo`"CI :} :.NA , -' - �l fi pry-- Landscape"& Lantlsca`pe Elements ( = , i : x j 3 Buildings&Architecture,,..- ` � .. �., - rN r2 x tk ,I tl aW W.W,W W W W_LJ Wes, ' --154 :..I i Compiled Summary of Huntington each Character i The stars i�, indicate the number of times each picture was selected as a greatest hit by a a Group / Roundtable a t a 0 x a � w F U R d x U U A W P. d 155 j Huntington Beach Character Summary Building Materials and Color �a>' Pei `t 17 V L+Mixture, ry Mixture of stucco and Tower is a good focal •Has a California feeling Stone •Beacliy colors Warni materials rile s element . e NaturaUmate' als Roof and tower Color'variation Fits beach i'Architectural detail and :'Appropriate for elements accents - " commerctt areas Earthtones, � �- ��. � Wooil�sidtng, Fresh: .Great mix of coFresh,:,,-,' ,. lors •Fresh .-� � u Window style- ieWar ii beach colors' i y � � x Beach colors •Beach colors •-Stucco Multiple colors •Soft colors Blend of colors ' dtfferenttates bwldings •Tile'roof " r. i 156 Huntington Beach Character Summary — Landscape & Landscape Elements Livel atmosphere, •Outdoor dtnin with •ColorfultLandsca e . . pp g_ 9 p Miic of plant materials Balanced design Water feature people gathering tables chairs,umbrellas, �� ' •Buffers pedestrian •Buffers the`bwldin •Potted plants a Interior courtyard, •Mix.of trees arid` : away from buildings g . •and off the street Pedestrian Scale •Contemporary,planters •Pots separate space Sidewalk is pleasing , •AAntiqu6lampost •Harmony between hardscape�� •Good use of outdoor hardscape and softscape Nice green areas space i Pedestrian scale`- - .x a . a o x •�Qceantc look - Palms provide vistbthty '? •.Green •Goodlink between •Scale of buildings •Friendly&mvuttig Bella Terra and the _ ... s College U *'Surf Ctty�Palms •xTrges should beiipltt •Gor eous;-Lush,Gieat � °' • g Residential Scale •Palms create an open feel Buffer for traffic;areas .Walking path _ A y� •Nice open:space- W a 157 Huntington Beach,Character•Summavy, Buildings and Architecture WE —FF rg 9 �T' I !i y� It M " y , •�Ele"a it,traditional feel 1 '$alconies�and�rails i Timeless " "" g" 'A r y. „ ,�"�, ", �. •Mixed use�anii good;_,,;p,� 'r O Modern'interpretation�' •Large wmA ows •Goo l;£or mxzed'ase "'Hoxtzdntal elements - a Breakm`":u of the mass' Integrattoi of°raultiple� of"the beach "" .� .Stone, ;:3 `?�'• ,: ,< �x dtsunguishes;uses/floors g`.p ases Simle � �� ; a.., Arched elements ;. i _ .: e.Spanish stucco.style ;::�. ��TsM �� � :....,,p •Stdin . ..x Attractive roof�lme ?" �� Corneryelement Ocean colors ' • g Oomph"ments Bella "�Vanatibn,not a box tower`feature " �'Scale" A. r Terra 'Variation,not a box �g�conies "'r: °Mi2c o£materials � � ` •.Pro ections and recPA esses y Y # ' { �' Sg x a " , � +# � x € $ t S, u V . e • lean look •Interaction with the, Beach fee •Vazted height and V ? 9SIC f, _ �''* StreeY t *' *,a•GOOd COIO[5,;r�`' Il1asSpS '- U •Flexible formatfor :� •Appropriate near the y� Teless itectnre multiple uses Cottage arclutecture z, �" • r � � beach �W j" 158 APPENDIX D . MITIGATION MEASURES Components of this section will be developed in conjunction with this documents environmental analysis. O ! o ' APPENDIX DI MITIGATION MEASURES i I, I� I BOUNDSEPARATELY APPENDICES II The following Reports can be found in a separately bound appendix APPENDIX E: ECONOMICS Beach Boulevard/Edinger Corridor Economic Development Revitalization Strategy Market Consultation I Prepared by Linda Congleton&Associates in collaboration with Tierra West Advisors LLC APPENDIX P: TRANSPORTATION Edinger Avenue and Beach Boulevard Corridors Traffic Implications of Potential Land Use Changes Prepared by Austin-Foust Associates Inc. i APPENDIX G: TRANSPORTATION Edinger Avenue and North Beach Boulevard Corridors Traffic Implications of Potential Land Use Changes ! I Prepared by Austin-Foust Associates Inc I I C � z i a ; i 0 a w 161 SEPARATELY BOUND APPENDICES PROJECTPARTICIPANTS .. _ ...... . .... . _ ----- -. _..... -- - ----- CITY COUNCIL: CITY STAFF CORE TEAM MEMBERS: CONSULTANTS: Mayor Debbie Cook PLANNING FREEDMAN TUNG& BOTTOMLEY(FTB) Mayor Pro Tern Keith Bohr Scott Hess,Director of Planning Urban Design&Planning,Development Code,Community Council Member Joe Carchio Mary Beth Broeren,Planning Manager Workshops,Plan Preparation Council Member Gil Coerper Rosemary Medel,Associate Planner FTB PROJECT TEAM j Council Member Cathy Green EcoNomlc DEVELOPMENT Michael Freedman,Principal, Council Member Don Hansen Stanley Smalewitz,Director of Economic Development Hiroyuki Sasaki,AICP,Principal Council Member JIII Hardy Kellee Fntzal,Deputy Director of Economic Development Gregory Tung,Principal � Dons Powell,Project Manager Assistant Ellen Greenburg,former Principal PLANNING COMMISSION: PUBLIC 1VoKKs Trent Greenan,AICP,Senior Associate Chair Tom Livengood Erik Calloway,Associate&Project Manager Vice-Chair Elizabeth Shier-Burnett Travis Hopkins,Director of Public Works Bob Stachelski,Transportation Manager Gregory Delaune,Associate Commissioner Devin Dwyer Michelle Gaines,Associate Commissioner Blair Farley E%ECUTIVB Alexa Lawrence,Urban Designer Commissioner John Scandura Paul Emery,Deputy City Administrator Michael Katzman,Urban Designer Commissioner Joe Shaw Bob Hall,Deputy City Administrator TIL'ItRA NEST ADVISORS,LLC IN Commissioner Fred Speaker COLLABORATION WITH LINDA S.CONGLETON& DTHL'R PARTICIPATING DEPARTMENTS ASSO(9ATES Community Services Department Economics,Market and Fiscal Analyses CITY AwIINISTRATOR Fire Department Tim Mulrenan,Principal Police Department — -- Fred Wilson p Johan Yonai,Principal Linda S.Congleton,Principal AU3TIN-FOUBT ASSOCIATES Transportation and Parking F� Terry Austin,Principal Cassandra Carlin,Project Planner Catherine Lawrence,Traffic EngineerV- F ANDERSON ILLUSTRATION a Rendering a F I � � I Special thanks to all of the participants at the Beach & Edinger Corridors Specific Plan community workshops. Ocv i 163 I / -----------'--��---------' i | | p������ | PARTICIPANTS | | � | / ! | ' | | | ' � | | | | | | i | ! | � | / i | / | | | / | | i � | | | | / | i ! | | | | / | i �